Agenda packet — South Lake Tahoe City Council, May 5, 2026 (part 2 of 3)

268
Adopted Fee Proposed Fee Proposed Fee
3/25/2025 per GCP 3.04%
Loan Subordination Fee each $2,161 $0 $2,161 $66 $2,227 Multi-Family Dwelling Inspection Fee each unit $104 $0 $104 $3 $107 Single Room Occupancy Inspection Fee each unit $104 $0 $104 $3 $107 Reinspection Service per hour / 1 hr. min. $177 $0 $177 $5 $182 Substandard Condition Inspection each $656 $0 $656 $20 $676 Adopted Fee Proposed Fee Proposed Fee
3/25/2025 per GCP 3.04%
Allocations:

Deposit - Building Permit per application $1,000 $0 $1,000 $0 $1,000 Residential Permit Processing Allocation Application Processing per living unit each $784 $167 $951 $29 $980 Single-Family Allocation Acceptance per allocation
Under 2,000 sq. ft. $0 $0 $0 $0 $0
2,001-2,500 sq. ft. $2,101 $0 $2,101 $64 $2,165
2,501-3,000 sq. ft. $5,253 $0 $5,253 $160 $5,413
3,001-5,000 sq. ft. $10,506 $0 $10,506 $319 $10,825
>/=5,001 sq. ft. $15,759 $0 $15,759 $479 $16,238
Inclusionary Housing Plan Check Process each n/a n/a $152 $5 $157 Inclusionary Housing Requirement each nonexempt unit
Under 2,000 sq. ft. exempt $0 exempt $0 exempt
2,001-2,500 sq. ft. $5.29/Sq. Ft. $0 $5.29/Sq. Ft. $0 $5.29/Sq. Ft. 2,501-3,000 sq. ft. $5.84/Sq. Ft. $0 $5.84/Sq. Ft. $0 $5.84/Sq. Ft. 3,001-5,000 sq. ft. $16.77/Sq. Ft. $0 $16.77/Sq. Ft. $0 $16.77/Sq. Ft. >/=5,001 sq. ft. $17.65/Sq. Ft. $0 $17.65/Sq. Ft. $0 $17.65/Sq. Ft.

General Permits:

Major General Planning Application (variance, special use permit, major design review, wireless communications facilities, small wireless communications facilities) application $3,219 $2,566 $5,785 $176 $5,961 Minor General Planning Application (minor variance, minor design review, eligible facilities request) application $1,019 $3,282 $4,301 $131 $4,432 Permit Revision and/or Permit Extension each $600 $694 $1,294 $39 $1,333 Categorical Exemption each $82 $108 $190 $6 $196
Negative Declaration Review each $4,414 n/a Cost of consultant + 25% $0 Cost of consultant + 25%
Negative Declaration Preparation each $7,991 n/a Cost of consultant + 25% $0 Cost of consultant + 25%
EIR/EIS each Cost of consultant + 25% n/a Cost of consultant + 25% $0 Cost of consultant + 25%
Other Permits:

Non Residential Fence Permits each $291 $90 $381 $12 $393 Home Occupation Permit each $146 $82 $228 $7 $235
Minor Sign Review and Approval each $161 $296 $457 $14 $471 Major Sign Review and Approval each $400 $209 $609 $19 $628 Sign Application Revision each $161 $220 $381 $12 $393
Locally Unique Sign Application each $3,219 $1,120 $4,339 $132 $4,471 Development Services - Planning
Fee Description Unit
Fee Description Unit
Development Services - Housing
$ Change
$ Change
$ Change
$ Change

Page 13 ends

269
Adopted Fee Proposed Fee Proposed Fee
3/25/2025 per GCP 3.04%
Other Permits (Cont.):

Minor Special Event Permit each $231 $797 $1,028 $31 $1,059 Major Special Event Permit each $459 $569 $1,028 $31 $1,059 Non-Profit Producer and Free to the Public - Special Event each $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 Temporary Use/Structure Permit each $689 $224 $913 $28 $941 Certificate of Compliance (Subdivision Map Act) each $888 $25 $913 $28 $941 Tentative Subdivision Map each $5,850 $734 $6,584 $200 $6,784 Condominiumization of Existing Residential Dev. each $6,016 $416 $6,432 $196 $6,628 Permit Technology Fee each permit n/a n/a $31 $0 $31
Cannabis Use Permit:

Cannabis Use Permit each $5,816 ($260) $5,556 $169 $5,725 Cost Recovery Deposit Amounts for Cannabis Use Permit and Development Agreement
a) Retailer / Cultivator / Testing Lab/ Manufacturing/ Distribution each $24,021 $0 $24,021 $730 $24,751 b) Microbusiness each $25,288 $0 $25,288 $769 $26,057
Annual Inspection Fee each $2,100 $0 $2,100 $64 $2,164
Re-Inspection Fee each $894 $0 $894 $27 $921
Other Services:

Zoning Letter each $253 $90 $343 $10 $353
Document Copying page $0.10 $0 $0.10 $0 $0.10
Planning Review of Building Permits per hour/1 hr. min. each $128 $24 $152 $5 $157 Admin Fee for Cost of Collection on Liens, Nuisance, etc. % of collection costs 25% $0 25% $0 25% Public Notice Label Preparation each $234 ($44) $190 $6 $196 Special Plan Inspections
per hour / 1 hr. min. regular working
hours
per hour / 3 hr. min. outside of
regular working hours
n/a n/a $177 $5 $182
Planning Documents:

General Plan Amendment each
Fully burdened hourly staff cost and/or
cost of consultant - $8,855 $10,000
deposit
$1,145 $10,000 $0 $10,000
Community Plan Amendment/Area Plan/Plan Area Statement each Fully burdened hourly staff cost and/or
cost of consultant - $8,855 $10,000
deposit
$1,145 $10,000 $0 $10,000
Annexation:

Annexation each hourly Fully burdened hourly staff cost - $10,000 deposit $10,000 $10,000 $0 $10,000
Mobile Vending:

Location Permit each $600 $237 $837 $25 $862
New Vendor Permit each $181
Renewal Permit each $90
Publicly Visible Art On Private Property:

Public Murals each $0 $0 $0 $0 $0
Non-mural Publicly Visible Art each $263 $688 $951 $29 $980 Development Services - Planning (Cont.)
Fee Description Unit $ Change $ Change

Page 14 ends

270
Adopted Fee Proposed Fee Proposed Fee
3/25/2025 per GCP 3.04%
Street/Property Abandonment each $3,277 ($422) $2,855 $87 $2,942 Single-Family Residential Public Works plan review fee per hour $128 $17 $145 $4 $149 Multi-Family Residential Public Works plan review fee (6 units or less) per hour $128 $17 $145 $4 $149 Large Multi-Family Residential Public Works plan review fee (7 or more units) each $1,711 Large Multi-Family Residential Public Works plan review fee (7 or more units) per hour n/a n/a $145 $4 $149 Commercial Development/Redevelopment Public Works plan review fee per hour/1 hr min. $128 $17 $145 $4 $149 GIS Fee (special requests for information/maps) each $347 ($38) $309 $9 $318 Grading Fee < 3 10 cubic Yards (no fee) project $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 Grading Fee 3 - 7 10+ Cubic Yards project $566 $188 $754 $23 $777 Grading Fee 8 - 350 Cubic Yards project $957
Grading Fee 350+ Cubic Yards project $2,468
Parcel Merger/Lot Line Adjustment/Parcel Maps
(does not include county fees paid directly to El Dorado County) per hour/5 hr min. $128 $17 $145 $4 $149 Final Subdivision Map
(does not include county fees paid directly to El Dorado County) per hour/5 hr min. $128 $17 $145 $4 $149 Tentative Subdivision Map
(does not include county fees paid directly to El Dorado County) per hour $128 $17 $145 $4 $149 Obstruction Permit each $307 $33 $340 $10 $350
Encroachment (Street Cut) Permit/Minor each $766 ($426) $340 $10 $350 Encroachment (Street Cut) Permit/Major; base + 1.5% of Construction value >$20,000 each $766 ($263) $503 $15 $518
Transportation Yearly Permit each $148 ($58) $90 $0 $90 Transportation Single Permit each $105 ($89) $16 $0 $16 Permit Violation/Stop Work Fee each $1,532 $0 $1,532 $47 $1,579 Storm water Inspection Fee: Commercial each $262 $31 $293 $9 $302 Storm water Inspection Fee: Commercial Reinspection each $131 $162 $293 $9 $302 Storm water Inspection Fee: Industrial each $327 $73 $400 $12 $412 Storm water Inspection Fee: Industrial Reinspection each $131 $269 $400 $12 $412 Easement Request/Review each $1,417 $2,951 $4,368 $133 $4,501 Reproduction Fee per 23x26 sheet file plans and record
maps
$4 $9 $13 $0 $13
Street Name Change; actual costs of City staff, equipment, and materials each Actual $0 Actual $0 Actual Unapproved Work (ROW)/Correction Fee/Inspections of Repairs to City Infrastructure; deposit plus actual time and materials of various city staff each $946 $0 $946 $29 $975 Public Works Condominiumization of Existing Residential Dev. per hour/5 hr min. $128 $17 $145 $4 $149 Public Works Inspections/Re-Inspections each $177 ($32) $145 $4 $149 Third Party Plan Reviews each n/a n/a actual cost n/a actual cost Permit Technology Fee each permit n/a n/a $31 $0 $31
Public Works
Fee Description Unit $ Change $ Change

Page 15 ends

271
Adopted Fee Proposed Fee Proposed Fee
3/25/2025 per GCP 3.04%
Emergency Medical Service:

Advanced/Basic Life Support, incident response* hourly incident $532 + Medicare Mileage factor $66 $598 + Medicare Mileage factor $18 $616 + Medicare Mileage factor Advanced/Basic Life Support - with standby to support air ambulance transport, incident response hourly $1,032/hr
Advanced/Basic Life Support - with engine standby for CPR, incident response hourly $1,032/hr County Fire Services:

Lake Valley Fire District Contract Per agreement (with CPI) Fallen Leaf Fire District Contract Per agreement (with CPI) Wild Land Fire Suppression Fee:

Support Vehicle hourly CA OES rate n/a CA OES rate n/a CA OES rate Pumping Engine hourly CA OES rate n/a CA OES rate n/a CA OES rate Ladder Truck hourly CA OES rate
Motor Vehicle Accident:

Level 1 Basic Response X hourly incident $1,159 $247 $1,406 $43 $1,449 Level 2 Extrication X hourly incident $1,757 $121 $1,878 $57 $1,935 Level 3 Multi Casualty X hourly incident $2,577 $760 $3,337 $101 $3,438 Hazardous Materials Clean-Up:

Level 1 Basic Response X hourly incident $771 $461 $1,232 $37 $1,269 Level 2 Full Alarm Response X hourly incident $2,577 $764 $3,341 $102 $3,443 Bomb Response/Bomb Squad:

Level 1 Full Alarm Response X hourly incident $1,159 $73 $1,232 $37 $1,269 Level 2 Full Alarm Engine Response plus TD Bomb Unit X hourly incident $2,577 $239 $2,816 $86 $2,902 Pipeline Breakage/Power Line Incidents:

Level 1 Single Engine X hourly incident $1,159 $15 $1,174 $36 $1,210 Level 2 Full Alarm Engine Response X hourly incident $2,577 $66 $2,643 $80 $2,723 Fire Hydrant Flow Test hourly 337
Witnessed Acceptance Test hourly 337
Fire Watch Service X Actual costs n/a Actual costs n/a Actual costs hourly per engine $2,577
hourly per ladder truck $2,577
Structure Fire Suppression (includes scene safety, initial investigation, traffic control, patient contact, hazard control) X incident n/a n/a $2,860 $87 $2,947 Emergency Assistance to Boats/Water Incidents: Includes boat responses, swift water and ice rescues, etc.

Level 1 Single Engine X incident $1,159 $78 $1,237 $38 $1,275 Fire Department
Fee Description Recovery
USA Unit
Structure Fire Suppression (includes scene safety, initial investigation, traffic control, patient contact, hazard control) X
$ Change $ Change
*As it pertains to "Advanced Basic Life Support Fee" also known as a First Responder Fee, the Fire Chief's office has discretionary authorization to waive fees under the following criteria:
• Patients relying on government sponsored insurance plans such as Medicare, Medicaid and Medi-Cal. • Patients demonstrating a financial burden such as those on fixed income. • Patients who petition for a fee waiver for other exigent circumstances may request a waiver with final decision by the Fire Chief.

Page 16 ends

272
Adopted Fee Proposed Fee Proposed Fee
3/25/2025 per GCP 3.04%
Rescue: Includes working with Search & Rescue for victim recovery, Rope Rescue, etc.

Level 1 in City X incident $819 $413 $1,232 $37 $1,269
Miscellaneous Fees:

False Alarm Responses 1st Offense X response $164 $0 $164 $5 $169 False Alarm Responses 2nd Offense X response $274 $0 $274 $8 $282 Open Burning and Recreational Fires inspection $273
Ceremonial/Special Permit each n/a n/a $70 $2 $72
Arson Investigation - Includes scene safety, investigation, source ID, Arson dog, equipment use, mobile detection and report X investigation At cost using fully burdened rate n/a At cost using fully burdened rate n/a At cost using fully burdened rate Fire Investigation Reports report $0 $0 $0 $0 $0
Fire Incident Report report $0 $0 $0 $0 $0
Copies page no fee $0.10 ($0.10) $0 $0 $0
Photographs See police fee See police fee
Video Tape Duplication See police fee See police fee
Fireworks/Pyrotechnical Display Permit permit $448 ($201) $247 $8 $255 Fire Dance Permit Annual Fee permit $225 ($36) $189 $6 $195 Per Event Inspection each $58
Defensible Space Inspections for AB38 (Real Estate Sale) per hour $32 $66 $98 $3 $101 Defensible Space Inspections for Homeowners (includes tree marking) per hour inspection $32 $66 $98 $3 $101 Tree Removal Permit each n/a n/a $75 $2 $77
Special Event / Fire Inspections
per hour / 1 hr. min. regular
working hours
per hour / 3 hr. min. outside of
regular working hours
$177
Misc. Event Standby per event n/a n/a $338 $10 $348
Fire Plan Review & Inspection Fees:

Auto Alarm/Ext System - 10 per inspection $248
Auto Alarm/Ext System - 100 per inspection $604
Suppression Sys-50 hds/Dry Chem sys per inspection 248
Suppression Sys-200 hds per inspection 604
Underground Main Inspection <2" per inspection $121 $101 $222 $7 $229 Underground Main Inspection >2" per inspection $248 ($26) $222 $7 $229 Board 7 Care Facility 7-50 per inspection 138
Board 7 Care Facility 50+ per inspection 343
Day Care Facility 6+ per inspection $128 $70 $198 $6 $204 Fire Plan Review - Commercial, MFD, Special Event each per hour $263 ($64) $199 $0 $199 Basic Fire Inspection, <1k k sq. ft. each $96 $77 $173 $5 $178 Basic Fire Inspection, 1k - 4k sq. ft. each $134 $88 $222 $7 $229 Basic Fire Inspection, 4k - 9k sq. ft. each $161 $110 $271 $8 $279 Basic Fire Inspection, >9 k sq. ft. each $204 $141 $345 $10 $355 Basic Fire Inspection - hourly, after 4 hours per hour n/a n/a $99 $3 $102 Child Care Inspection Occupancy Permit Non-Home each $109 $64 $173 $5 $178 Child Care Inspection Occupancy Permit Home each $109 $64 $173 $5 $178 $ Change Recovery
USA Unit $ Change
Fire Department (Cont.)
Fee Description

Page 17 ends

273
Adopted Fee Proposed Fee Proposed Fee
3/25/2025 per GCP 3.04%
Fire Plan Review & Inspection Fees (Cont.)
Miscellaneous Fire Services each actual cost n/a actual cost n/a actual cost Fire Inspection/Re-Inspection (incl. Special Events)
each per hour / 1 hr. min.
regular working hours
per hour / 3 hr. min. outside of
regular working hours
$177 $0 $177 $5 $182
Operational Permit and Inspection CFC 105.6 each $254 ($7) $247 $8 $255 Fire Administrative Processing per hour/ 1 hr min. n/a n/a $151 $0 $151 $ Change
Fire Department (Cont.)
Fee Description Recovery
USA Unit $ Change

Page 18 ends

274
Adopted Fee Proposed Fee Proposed Fee
3/25/2025 per GCP 3.04%
Special Business Regulation:

Other Permits - New each $474 $59 $533 $16 $549
Other Permits - Renewal each $235 $42 $277 $8 $285
Pedicab Permit - Owner/Operator New each $263 $10 $273 $8 $281 Pedicab Permit - Owner/Operator Renewal each $92 ($1) $91 $3 $94 Pedicab Permit - Driver New each $156 $41 $197 $6 $203
Pedicab Permit - Driver Renewal each $61 ($11) $50 $2 $52 Sidewalk Vending Permit - New each $165 $62 $227 $7 $234 Sidewalk Vending Permit - Renewal each $28 $52 $80 $2 $82 Letter of Public Convenience or Necessity each $459 ($1) $458 $14 $472 Other Police Functions:

Misdemeanor Booking per booking $44 $2 $46 $1 $47
Fingerprinting each $27 $22 $49 $0 $49
Live Scan Fingerprinting each $18 $31 $49 $0 $49
Local Criminal Clearance Letter each $10 $35 $45 $1 $46 Towed Vehicle Release each $165 $77 $242 $7 $249
Special Police Service each actual cost at fully burdened rate n/a actual cost at fully burdened rate n/a actual cost at fully burdened rate
DUI Incident Response - Police & Fire incident actual cost at fully burdened rate n/a actual cost at fully burdened rate n/a actual cost at fully burdened rate
Copy of Dispatch Event report $0.11 $0 $0.11 $0 $0.11
Restitution Rate each actual cost at fully burdened rate n/a actual cost at fully burdened rate n/a actual cost at fully burdened rate
Govt. Code Controlled Activities hourly actual cost at fully burdened rate n/a actual cost at fully burdened rate n/a actual cost at fully burdened rate
Other Special Activities hourly actual cost at fully burdened rate n/a actual cost at fully burdened rate n/a actual cost at fully burdened rate
Special Police Boat Service hourly actual cost at fully burdened rate n/a actual cost at fully burdened rate n/a actual cost at fully burdened rate
Equipment Reimbursement each Actual cost n/a Actual cost n/a Actual cost Firearm(s) Release (by appointment only) weapon $44 $2 $46 $1 $47 Ski Run Blvd. Vehicle Control hourly actual cost at fully burdened rate n/a actual cost at fully burdened rate n/a actual cost at fully burdened rate
Tape Duplication - Audio tape $23 $0 $23 $1 $24
Tape Duplication - Video tape $23 $0 $23 $1 $24
Crime Scene/Police Photo Reproduction (CD photo) CD $23 $0 $23 $1 $24 Repossession Fee each n/a n/a $15 $0 $15
Police Department
Fee Description Unit $ Change $ Change

Page 19 ends

275
Adopted Fee Proposed Fee Proposed Fee
3/25/2025 per GCP 3.04%
Taxicab Fees:

Taxicab Company Permit Annual $5 $7 $12 $0 $12
Taxicab Vehicle Permit Annual per vehicle $5 $22 $27 $1 $28 Taxicab Driver Permit Annual $28 $23 $51 $2 $53
Police False Alarm Response:
1st & 2nd False Alarm No charge n/a No charge $0 No charge Excessive > 3 False Alarms alarm Per city code n/a Per city code $0 Per city code Non Permitted False Alarm Per city code $0 Per city code $0 Per city code Initial Permit Application - Resident, 3 year period permit $41 $20 $61 $2 $63 Renewal Permit - Resident, every 3 years permit $19 $19 $38 $1 $39 Initial Permit Application - Business, 1 year period permit $41 $20 $61 $2 $63 Renewal Permit - Business, every year permit $19 $19 $38 $1 $39 Vacation Home Rentals - Tourist Core:

Vacation Home Rental Application fee each $548 n/a n/a $17 $565 Vacation Home Rental Permit - Late Fee On Renewal violation Counted as violation n/a n/a n/a Counted as violation
Vacation Home Rental Permit Master Report report $68 n/a n/a $2 $70 Vacation Home Rental Permit Label Report report $63 + cost of labels n/a n/a $2 $65 + cost of labels 4 or less occupants $200 n/a n/a $0 $200
5 to 8 occupants $350 n/a n/a $0 $350
9 to 12 occupants $650 n/a n/a $0 $650
13 or more occupants $850 n/a n/a $0 $850
Fractional $19.23 to $850 n/a n/a $0 $19.23 to $850
Vacation Home Rentals - Non-Tourist Core:

Vacation Home Rental Application fee each $548 n/a n/a $17 $565 4 or less occupants $250 n/a n/a $420 $670
5 to 8 occupants $500 n/a n/a $840 $1,340
9 to 12 occupants $1,000 n/a n/a $1,680 $2,680
13 or more occupants $1,325 n/a n/a $2,160 $3,485
Vacation Home Rental Permit Master Report report $68 $2 $70 Qualified Vacation Home Rentals:

Qualified Vacation Home Rental Application fee each $548 4 or less occupants $100
5 to 8 occupants $150
9 to 12 occupants $200
13 or more occupants $250
Hosted Rental Fees:

Hosted Rental Permit each $288 n/a n/a $9 $297
Hosted Rental Annual Renewal Fee each $288 n/a n/a $9 $297 Parking Program:

Parking Garage per 20 min/daily max $1.25/$25 n/a n/a $0 $1.25/$25 Monthly Garage Pass April 1-Oct 31 each month $125 n/a n/a $0 $125 Winter Full Week Pass Nov 1-Mar 31 each month $175 n/a n/a $0 $175 6 Month Pass per 6 months $500 n/a n/a $0 $500
5 p.m. until 3 a.m. $.50 per 20 min/up to $5 $.50 per 20 min/up to $5 n/a n/a $0 $.50 per 20 min/up to $5
$ Change $ Change
Police Department (Cont.)
Fee Description Unit
Vacation Home Rental Permit - Annual Fee - Tourist Core Vacation Home Rental Permit - Annual Fee - Non-Tourist Area (Adopted 6/17/2025) Qualified Vacation Home Rental Permit - Annual Fee

Page 20 ends

276
Adopted Fee Proposed Fee Proposed Fee
3/25/2025 per GCP 3.04%
Parking Program (Cont.):

Holiday Rates (can include days before/after Holiday) Double Regular Rates $2.50/$50 n/a n/a $0 $2.50/$50 Parking validations - 1 packet of 50 - 1 hr validations each packet of 50 $50 n/a n/a $0 $50 Electric Car Charging Electricity Fee each Rate as determined by STJPPFA n/a n/a $0 Rate as determined by STJPPFA
Electric Car Charging Overstay Fee each Rate as determined by STJPPFA n/a n/a $0 Rate as determined by STJPPFA
Parking - Bellamy/Transit Way per 20 min/2 hr max $2 n/a n/a $0 $2 Parking - Upper Ski Run (identified in map) per contract per contract n/a n/a $0 per contract Cannabis:

Public Safety License Fee each $1,190 + $85 x's # of employees (fingerprint/background) $0
$1,190 + $85 x's # of
employees
(fingerprint/backgro
und)
$0
$1,190 + $85 x's # of
employees
(fingerprint/backgro
und)
Public Safety License Renewal Fee each $1,190 + $85 x's # of employees (fingerprint/background) $0
$1,190 + $85 x's # of
employees
(fingerprint/backgro
und)
$0
$1,190 + $85 x's # of
employees
(fingerprint/backgro
und)
Public Safety License Amendment Fee each $300 $4 $304 $9 $313 Public Safety Mitigation Fee Amounts:

Retailer each $13,750
Microbusiness with Retail each $21,250
Testing Lab/Manufacturer, Cultivator, Distributor, Microbusiness without Retail each $7,500 Delivery Component each $5,000
Shared Mobility:

Shared Mobility Device Fee per device $83 $30 $113 $3 $116 Shared Mobility Device Operator Violation per incident n/a n/a n/a n/a $100 Shared Mobility Device Rider Violation per incident n/a n/a n/a n/a $100 Parking Citations:

City Code:

4.25.300 - Parking, Restricted Parking Occurrence $75 n/a n/a $0 $75

4.25.330 - No Stopping Zone Occurrence $75 n/a n/a $0 $75

4.25.360 - Time Limited Parking Zone Occurrence $55 n/a n/a $0 $55

4.25.370 - Parked in Excess of 72 Hours Occurrence $75 n/a n/a $0 $75

4.25.410 - Parked Wrong Side of Street Occurrence $25 n/a n/a $0 $25

4.25.435 - Parked in an Electric Vehicle Charging Space Occurrence n/a n/a n/a $0 $75

4.25.440 - Designated Taxi Zone / Bus Stop Occurrence $75 n/a n/a $0 $75

4.25.590 - Parking Garage Payment Required Occurrence $75 n/a n/a $0 $75

4.25.600 - Parking Garage Parked within Parking Space Occurrence $55 n/a n/a $0 $55

4.25.620 - Use of Entrance and Exit Occurrence $75 n/a n/a $0 $75

4.25.740 - Paid Parking - No Ticket Occurrence $75 n/a n/a $0 $75

4.25.750 - Paid Parking Time Expired Occurrence $75 n/a n/a $0 $75

4.25.840 - Residential Parking / Permit Zone Occurrence $75 n/a n/a $0 $75 $ Change $ Change
Police Department (Cont.)
Fee Description Unit

Page 21 ends

277
Adopted Fee Proposed Fee Proposed Fee
3/25/2025 per GCP 3.04%
Parking Citations (Cont.):

City Code:

4.95.050 - Private Property - Restrictions Occurrence $200 n/a n/a $0 $200

7.05.420 - Area restricted-Snow Removal Occurrence $205 n/a n/a $0 $205 All other City Parking Codes Occurrence $75 n/a n/a $0 $75 California Vehicle Codes:
21113 - Parking on Public Grounds Occurrence $75 n/a n/a $0 $75 21113(a) - Unauthorized parking on public grounds Occurrence $75 n/a n/a $0 $75 21211(b) - Park in bike path Occurrence $75 n/a n/a $0 $75 21211a - Blocking designated bicycle path Occurrence $75 n/a n/a $0 $75 22500.1 - Parked In Fire Lane Occurrence $105 n/a n/a $0 $105 22500a - Park Within Intersection Occurrence $75 n/a n/a $0 $75 22500b - Park on Crosswalk Occurrence $75 n/a n/a $0 $75 22500d - Park Within 15ft Fire Station driveway Occurrence $105 n/a n/a $0 $105 22500e - Block Driveway Occurrence $75 n/a n/a $0 $75
22500f - Park on a Sidewalk Occurrence $75 n/a n/a $0 $75 22500g - Obstructing Traffic/HWY Construction Occurrence $105 n/a n/a $0 $105 22500h - Double Parking Occurrence $75 n/a n/a $0 $75
22500i - Park in Bus Loading Zone Occurrence $75 n/a n/a $0 $75 22507 (a) - Heavenly Valley No Parking/RPP Area Occurrence $300 n/a n/a $0 $300 22507 (a) - Lakeside Residential Neighborhood No Parking/RPP Area Occurrence $300 n/a n/a $0 $300 22507.8(a) - Handicap Disabled Only Occurrence $455 n/a n/a $0 $455 22507.8(b) - Block Disabled Stall/Space Occurrence $455 n/a n/a $0 $455 22507.8c - Parked in Handicap Crosshatch Occurrence $455 n/a n/a $0 $455 22514 - Within 15ft of Fire Hydrant Occurrence $105 n/a n/a $0 $105 22515 - Unattended Running Vehicle Occurrence $75 n/a n/a $0 $75 22523(b) - Abandoned Vehicle Occurrence $250 n/a n/a $0 $250 4000a - Expired Registration Occurrence $75 n/a n/a $0 $75 5204(a) - No Tabs Occurrence $75 n/a n/a $0 $75
All other California Vehicle Codes Occurrence $75 n/a n/a $0 $75 Administrative Citations*
City Code:

2.30.060 (E) - Administrative Fee for Administrative Citations Occurrence $20 n/a n/a $0 $20

2.30.080 (A) - Administrative Hearing Fee for Administrative Citations Occurrence $100 n/a n/a $0 $100

3.35.040 - No Business License Occurrence $100 n/a n/a $0 $100

3.50.380 (B) - Unpermitted VHR - Owner/Agent Responsible First occurrence
Second occurrence within year
Subsequent occurrence within year
$1,500
$3,000
$5,000
n/a n/a $0
$1,500
$3,000
$5,000

3.50.440 (B ) - Vacation Home Rental (Parking Space Availability - Owner/Agent Responsible)
First occurrence
Second occurrence within year
Subsequent occurrence within year
$1,500
$3,000
$5,000
n/a n/a $0
$1,500
$3,000
$5,000

3.50.440 (C )- Vacation Home Rental (Commercial Activity Prohibited - Occupant and Owner/Agent Responsible)
First occurrence
Second occurrence within year
Subsequent occurrence within year
$1,500
$3,000
$5,000
n/a n/a $0
$1,500
$3,000
$5,000

3.50.440 (D) - Vacation Home Rental (Compliance with SLTCC - Owner/Agent Responsible)
First occurrence
Second occurrence within year
Subsequent occurrence within year
$1,500
$3,000
$5,000
n/a n/a $0
$1,500
$3,000
$5,000
$ Change $ Change
Police Department (Cont.)
Fee Description Unit

Page 22 ends

278
Adopted Fee Proposed Fee Proposed Fee
3/25/2025 per GCP 3.04%
Administrative Citations (Cont.)*
City Code:

3.50.440 (E) - Vacation Home Rental (Posting of Permit - Owner/Agent Responsible) First occurrence
Second occurrence within year
Subsequent occurrence within year
$1,500
$3,000
$5,000
n/a n/a $0
$1,500
$3,000
$5,000

3.50.440 (F) - Vacation Home Rental (Marketing/Advertising Requirements - Owner/Agent Responsible)
First occurrence
Second occurrence within year
Subsequent occurrence within year
$1,500
$3,000
$5,000
n/a n/a $0
$1,500
$3,000
$5,000

3.50.440 (G) - Vacation Home Rental (Authorization to Inspect - Owner/Agent Responsible)
First occurrence
Second occurrence within year
Subsequent occurrence within year
$1,500
$3,000
$5,000
n/a n/a $0
$1,500
$3,000
$5,000

3.50.440 (H) - Vacation Home Rental (Outdoor Spas/Hot Tubs prohibited between 10 p.m.-8 a.m. - Occupant and Owner/Agent Responsible)
First occurrence
Second occurrence within year
Subsequent occurrence within year
$1,500
$3,000
$5,000
n/a n/a $0
$1,500
$3,000
$5,000

3.50.440 (I) - Vacation Home Rental (Interior Signage - Owner/Agent Responsible) First occurrence
Second occurrence within year
Subsequent occurrence within year
$1,500
$3,000
$5,000
n/a n/a $0
$1,500
$3,000
$5,000

3.50.440 (J) - Vacation Home Rental (Exterior Signage - Owner/Agent Responsible) First occurrence
Second occurrence within year
Subsequent occurrence within year
$1,500
$3,000
$5,000
n/a n/a $0
$1,500
$3,000
$5,000

3.50.440 (K) - Vacation Home Rental (Parking Requirements - Occupant and Owner/Agent Responsible)
First occurrence
Second occurrence within year
Subsequent occurrence within year
$1,500
$3,000
$5,000
n/a n/a $0
$1,500
$3,000
$5,000

3.50.440 (L) - Vacation Home Rental (Noise and Amplified Music Prohibited between 10 p.m. - 8 a.m. - Occupant and Owner/Agent Responsible) First occurrence
Second occurrence within year
Subsequent occurrence within year
$1,500
$3,000
$5,000
n/a n/a $0
$1,500
$3,000
$5,000

3.50.440 (M) - Vacation Home Rental (Emergency Lighting - Owner/Agent Responsible)
First occurrence
Second occurrence within year
Subsequent occurrence within year
$1,500
$3,000
$5,000
n/a n/a $0
$1,500
$3,000
$5,000

3.50.440 (N) - Vacation Home Rental (Lighting Design - Owner/Agent Responsible) First occurrence
Second occurrence within year
Subsequent occurrence within year
$1,500
$3,000
$5,000
n/a n/a $0
$1,500
$3,000
$5,000

3.50.440 (O) - Vacation Home Rental (Parking of Commercial Vehicle - Occupant and Owner/Agent Responsible)
First occurrence
Second occurrence within year
Subsequent occurrence within year
$1,500
$3,000
$5,000
n/a n/a $0
$1,500
$3,000
$5,000

3.50.440 (P) - Vacation Home Rental (Records Relating to VHR - Owner/Agent Responsible)
First occurrence
Second occurrence within year
Subsequent occurrence within year
$1,500
$3,000
$5,000
n/a n/a $0
$1,500
$3,000
$5,000

3.50.440 (Q) - Vacation Home Rental (Camping Prohibited - Occupant and Owner/Agent Responsible)
First occurrence
Second occurrence within year
Subsequent occurrence within year
$1,500
$3,000
$5,000
n/a n/a $0
$1,500
$3,000
$5,000

3.50.440 (R ) - Vacation Home Rental (Trash/Bear Boxes Required - Owner/Agent Responsible)
First occurrence
Second occurrence within year
Subsequent occurrence within year
$1,500
$3,000
$5,000
n/a n/a $0
$1,500
$3,000
$5,000

3.50.450 (D) Vacation Home Rental (Operating without a Permit) (Owner/Agent Responsible)
First occurrence
Second occurrence within year
Subsequent occurrence within year
$1,500
$3,000
$5,000
n/a n/a $0
$1,500
$3,000
$5,000
Police Department (Cont.)
Fee Description Unit $ Change $ Change

Page 23 ends

279
Adopted Fee Proposed Fee Proposed Fee
3/25/2025 per GCP 3.04%
Administrative Citations (Cont.)*
City Code:

4.150 - Refuse and Garbage Occurrence $150

4.150 - Refuse and Garbage - Commercial Occurrence n/a n/a n/a $0 $1,000

4.150 - Refuse and Garbage - Residential Occurrence n/a n/a n/a $0 $250

4.35.020 - No Operator License - Mobile Vending Occurrence $100 n/a n/a $0 $100

4.40.020 - Nuisances Generally Occurrence $50 n/a n/a $0 $50

4.40.030 - Outdoor Display Occurrence $100 n/a n/a $0 $100

4.40.040 - Nuisances Generally - Noise Occurrence $100 n/a n/a $0 $100

4.45.040 - Abandoned Vehicle Occurrence $150 n/a n/a $0 $150

4.50.030 - Illegal Dumping Occurrence $1,000 n/a n/a $0 $1,000

4.50.050 - Unsuitable Trash Container - Commercial Occurrence $300 n/a n/a $0 $300

4.50.050 - Unsuitable Trash Container - Residential Occurrence $150 n/a n/a $0 $150

4.55 - Graffiti Occurrence $50 n/a n/a $0 $50

4.60 - Abandoned or Damaged Structure Occurrence $1,000 n/a n/a $0 $1,000

4.135.010 Police Service Occurrence $500 n/a n/a $0 $500

4.140.100 Private Patrols Occurrence $25 n/a n/a $0 $25

6.05 - Handbills Occurrence $100 n/a n/a $0 $100

6.10.160 - Exterior Lighting Occurrence $100 n/a n/a $0 $100

6.15 - Building Code Violation Occurrence $100 n/a n/a $0 $100

6.40.050 - Noncompliant Sign Occurrence $100 n/a n/a $0 $100

6.55.280 - No Home Occupation Permit Occurrence $100 n/a n/a $0 $100

7.05 - Sidewalk Snow Removal Occurrence $100 n/a n/a $0 $100

7.05.500 - Placing Snow in Right-of-Way Occurrence $100 n/a n/a $0 $100

7.05.560 - Sidewalk Snow Removal Occurrence $100 n/a n/a $0 $100 All Code Violations Not Listed Above or Specified in the Code Occurrence $250 n/a n/a $0 $250 *The fines for a second and any subsequent violation within a 12-month period for all violations with the exception of Vacation Home Rental violations will be double that of the previous fine assessed. The above penalties shall not supersede fines and penalties listed in the current City Code for specific violations. Except for Vacation Home Rental violations, under no circumstances shall a penalty be greater than $1,000.

Police Department (Cont.)
Fee Description Unit $ Change $ Change

Page 24 ends

280
Adopted Fee Proposed Fee
3/25/2025 3.04%
Offices square foot or agreement $2.30 $0.07 $2.37
Ground Lease Rate square foot or agreement $0.35 $0.01 $0.36 Gratuitous Transportation vehicle $61
Conference/Meeting Room hourly rental hour $33 $1 $34
Conference/Meeting Room daily rental day $325 $10 $335
Restaurant Facilities Per agreement Per agreement n/a Per agreement Airport Terminal Lobby (upper/lower) hourly rental hour $64 $2 $66 Airport Terminal Lobby (upper/lower) daily rental day $391 $12 $403 Advertising Negotiated Negotiated n/a Negotiated
Advertising “Paper” Pick-Up Ads monthly $83
Advertising Digital monthly n/a n/a $90
Rental Car Ground Lease Area Negotiated / Market Rate Conditions Negotiated / Market Rate Conditions n/a Negotiated /
Market Rate
Conditions
Other Use of Terminal Negotiated Negotiated n/a Negotiated Commercial Filming:

Small Scale Commercial Filming (less than 50 persons); waived if City promotion per day/winter $472 $14 $486 Small Scale Commercial Filming (less than 50 persons); waived if City promotion per day/summer $786 $24 $810 Large Scale Film Production (film crew larger than 50 persons) - Prep / Strike Location per day $352 $11 $363
Large Scale Film Production (film crew larger than 50 persons) - Filming Days per day $5,857 $178 $6,035 Airport Escort Required on Filming Days per day $293 $9 $302 Movement Area Filming (Runway and/or Taxiway)* per day* $2,500* $0 $2,500* Large Scale Filming (more than 50 persons) Security Deposit Negotiated Based on Location Agreement n/a Based on Location Agreement
Large Scale Film Production (film crew larger than 50 persons) - City Film Support for Permits, Police, Fire, etc. Per Hour Fully Burdened Rate of Employee Used n/a Fully Burdened Rate of Employee Used Aviation Use of Airfield
GA Ramp Fee for A/C under 5,000 lbs (First 15 minutes free) day $10 $0 $10 GA Ramp Fee for A/C over 5,001 lbs (paid with landing fee) day $26 $1 $27 Special Event Fee (Celebrity Golf, A/C under 5,000 exempt) day n/a n/a $50 Monthly Tie Down Fee Flat Rate $79 $2 $81
Helicopter Takeoff Weight
3,001+ $50.00 flat rate $0 $50.00 flat rate
FixedWingTakeoffWeightPer1,000lbs.
5,501 - 19,000 $8 $0 $8
20,000 - 49,000 $10 $0 $10
50,000+ $12 $0 $12
Fuel Flowage Fee per gallon/per agmt $0.20 $0 $0.20
$ Change
Airport
Fee Description Unit
*Any filming conducted on runways or taxiways defined as the Movement Area by the Federal Aviation Administration will have a $2,500 per day additional fee on top of other rates.

Landing Fee
Landing Fee

Page 25 ends

281
Adopted Fee Proposed Fee
3/25/2025 3.04%
Building:

All Hangars (Box and Tee) per square foot $0.96 $0 $0.96 All Storage Units (Aeronautical Use) per square foot $0.96 $0 $0.96 All Storage Units (Non-Aeronautical Use) Aeronautical use fee plus 10% Aeronautical use fee plus 10% n/a Aeronautical use fee plus 10%
Other Fees:

Parking per space $105 $3 $108
Airport Parking Lot Rental 100 Spaces 1/2 Parking Lot $1,171/day $35 $1,217/day Ground Transportation - Limousine; yearly per company $777 $24 $801 Gratuitous Transportation - Taxi Cab; yearly, negotiable vehicle $39 $1 $40 GA Ramp; hourly, 300 linear feet full width hourly $325 $10 $335 GA Ramp; day, 300 linear feet full width day $3,901 $119 $4,020 Taxiway A between H and J - North End; hourly hourly $325 $10 $335 Taxiway A between H and J - North End; daily day $3,901 $119 $4,020 Local Emergency Agency Training Ramp Use
(Non Airport Emergency) yearly $5,000 $0 $5,000
Airport Technician Fully burdened hourly rate Fully burdened hourly rate n/a Fully burdened hourly rate
Dump Truck, Sander, Grader, Loader hourly $222 $7 $229
Carpet Cleaning; includes equipment use +actual costs of City staff hourly + actual Fully burdened hourly rate n/a Fully burdened hourly rate
Airport Hangar Waitlist Fee each $250 $0 $250
Airport Lease Security Deposit (refundable deposit) each $750 $0 $750 Airport Key Card (refundable deposit) each $50 $0 $50
Lost/Stolen Key Card Replacement (non- refundable) each $50 $0 $50 Airport Hangar Key (refundable deposit) each $25 $0 $25 Lost/Stolen Hangar Key Card Replacement (non- refundable) each $25 $0 $25 **Local Emergency Agency Partners conducting training exercises to improve interagency airport emergency response is exempted from use fees.

Airport (Cont.)
Fee Description Unit $ Change

Page 26 ends

282
Adopted Fee Proposed Fee Proposed Fee
3/25/2025 per GCP 3.04%
Appeals* per appeal $380 $873 $1,253 $0 $1,253
Document Printing and Copying - .10 per page plus postage document page $0.10 $0 $0.10 $0 $0.10 City Council Chambers Use Application Fee per application $28 $7 $35 $0 $35 City Council Chambers Rental, M-F, 8-5 p.m. per hour $44 $6 $50 $0 $50 City Council AV Service Fee each n/a n/a $99 $0 $99
Video Meeting Electronic File Transfer, 1 per Drive thumb drive $5 $0 $5 $0 $5 Verbatim Transcript Service actual outsource cost hourly or actual outsource cost n/a hourly or actual outsource cost
$0 hourly or actual
outsource cost
Notary Service per signature $15 $0 $15 $0 $15
Notary Service - Providing California Notary
Acknowledgement or Jurat Form per form $1 $0 $1 $0 $1
Agenda Mailing Service, .10 per page plus postage agenda .10 per page plus postage $0 .10 per page plus postage
$0 .10 per page plus
postage
Filming Application Fee application $197 ($33) $164 $0 $164 Public Property Use Fee (for filming only) use $767
Film Application Fee Special per application n/a n/a $192 $0 $192 Film Appliation Fee Rush (less than 7 business days) per application n/a n/a 150% base fee $0 150% base fee Film Permit Change Fee each n/a n/a $132 $0 $132
Temporary Sign Deposit (yard signs) campaign $174 $0 $174 $0 $174 Adopted Fee Proposed Fee Proposed Fee
3/25/2025 per GCP 3.04%
Business and Professions Tax Rates:

Schedule A (per $1,000 gross receipts) per 1,000 gross receipts $1.07 n/a n/a $0 $1.07 Schedule B (per $1,000 gross receipts) per 1,000 gross receipts $1.62 n/a n/a $0 $1.62 Schedule C (per $1,000 gross receipts) per 1,000 gross receipts $2.14 n/a n/a $0 $2.14 Schedule D (per $1,000 gross receipts) per 1,000 gross receipts $2.69 n/a n/a $0 $2.69 Schedule E (per $1,000 gross receipts) per 1,000 gross receipts $3.22 n/a n/a $0 $3.22 Schedule N (non-profit 501(c)(3); veterans; etc.) n/a $0.00 n/a n/a $0 $0.00 Maximum Annual Amount of Tax (Measure B, June 2012) application $20,000.00 n/a n/a $0 $20,000.00 Administrative Fee - New license application (Including $13 31 Business License Technology Fee) application $86 $22 $108 $0 $108
Administrative Fee - New Business One Time 6 Month License Application application $42 ($10) $32 $0 $32 Administrative Fee - Annual Renewal (Including $13 31 Business License Technology Fee) application $68 ($5) $63 $0 $63
AB1379 (amended SB1186; ADA info and access fee - State of CA mandated; effective 1/1/2018 through 12/31/2023) per business certificate $4 $0 $4 $0 $4 Business License Technology Fee; collected with admin fee business application $13 $18 $31 $0 $31 Business License Certificate - duplicate copy certificate $19 ($7) $12 $0 $12 Lien Release Fee lien Passed on to Seller through Escrow n/a Passed on to Seller through Escrow n/a Passed on to Seller through Escrow
Administrative Fee for Delinquent Refuse Collections lien $87 $0 $87 $0 $87 City Clerk
Fee Description Unit
Finance
$ Change
$ Change $ Change
Fee Description Unit $ Change
*Cost based Appeal Fee is due at filing; if appellants prevail (the decision is reversed or materially modified in their favor), the full fee will be refunded.

Page 27 ends

283
Adopted Fee Proposed Fee Proposed Fee
3/25/2025 per GCP Proposed Fee
TOT and Business License Reports:

Delinquent Tax Analysis per project At cost using fully burdened hourly rate n/a At cost using fully burdened hourly rate n/a At cost using fully burdened hourly rate Motel Tax Master (name/address listing) per report $63 ($23) $40 $0 $40 Individual TOT Report per motel/per year $18 ($1) $17 $0 $17 Vacation Home Rental Master Report per report $68 ($28) $40 $0 $40 Vacation Home Rental Label Report per report $63 + cost of labels ($23) $40 + cost of labels $0 $40 + cost of labels Business License Master Report, Standard Format per report $63 $16 $79 $0 $79 Business License Master Report Requiring Specific Formatting Due to Information Request per report $63 + fully burdened hourly rate $16 $79 + fully burdened hourly rate $0 $79 + fully burdened hourly rate
Business License Label Report per report $63 + cost of labels Miscellaneous Fees:

Returned Check (NSF) Processing 1st Check per check $28 ($3) $25 $0 $25 Returned Check (NSF) Processing Subsequent Checks per check $28 $7 $35 $0 $35 Geobase Information Service, Research per project At cost using fully burdened hourly rate n/a At cost using fully burdened hourly rate n/a At cost using fully burdened hourly rate Stop Payment Fee per check At cost using actual bank charge n/a At cost using actual bank charge n/a At cost using actual bank charge
Finance (Cont.)
Fee Description Unit $ Change $ Change

Page 28 ends

284
Resolution 2026-XXX May 5, 2026 Page 1 of 2
Resolution 2026-XXX
Adopted by the City of South Lake Tahoe
City Council
May 5, 2026
Adopting the Annual Master Schedule of Fees and Charges for City Services 2025-2026

BACKGROUND
A. User fees in California are required to conform to the California Constitution including Proposition 26 and statutory requirements including Government Code Sections 66014 through 66018.5. User fees imposed to provide specific services, to cover reasonable regulatory costs to issue licenses and permits, for entrance to or use of city property, and fines for violating the City Code are generally excluded from the definition of "tax" under Proposition 26. Section 1 (e) of article XIIIC of the California Constitution describes these exceptions.

B. The City of South Lake Tahoe engaged Government Consulting Partners (GCP) in April 2025 to conduct a Comprehensive User Fee Study using 2024 financial and operational data. The study evaluated the full cost of City services and recommended fee structures that support the City's cost‑recovery objectives. At its March 24, 2026 meeting, the City Council directed that fees be set to recover the cost of providing services in order to minimize General Fund subsidies, with the exception of Emergency Medical Services (EMS) and selected recreation and community programs, which will remain partially subsidized based on policy considerations. Additionally, appeal fees shall be set at full cost recovery and refunded if the appellant prevails.

C. The City Council most recently adopted a CPI-based fee adjustment on March 25, 2025.

Because the User Fee Study is based on 2024 financial and operational data, it is fiscally prudent to update the City's fee schedule to reflect CPI changes that have occurred since that adjustment.

D. Pursuant to Government Code Sections 66016 and 66018, certain fees must be adopted by Resolution after providing and holding a public hearing. The City Council held a duly noticed public hearing on May 5, 2026.

BASED ON THE FACTS SET FORTH IN THE BACKGROUND, BE IT RESOLVED, that the City Council of the City of South Lake Tahoe:

1. Adopts the new fee amounts according to the implementation dates as set forth in the applicable codes and all fees and charges as presented in the Master Fee Schedule attached hereto as Exhibit "A."
285
Resolution 2026-XXX May 5, 2026 Page 2 of 2
Adopted by the City of South Lake Tahoe City Council on May 5, 2026 by the following vote:

Yes:

No:

Absent:

Abstain:
________________________ Date: _________
Cody Bass, Mayor
Attest:
_______________________
Susan Blankenship, City Clerk
The presence of electronic signature certifies that the foregoing is a true and correct copy as approved by the South Lake Tahoe City Council.
286
City of South Lake Tahoe
Master Fee Schedule
Adopted May 5, 2026
287
Master Schedule of Fees and Charges for City Services
Table of Contents

PARKS & RECREATION
MULTIGENERATIONAL RECREATION & AQUATICS CENTER .................................................................... 1 OTHER PARKS & RECREATION FACILITIES................................................................................................ 4 GOLF COURSE .......................................................................................................................................... 5 CAMPGROUD........................................................................................................................................... 5 BOAT RAMP ............................................................................................................................................. 5 ICE ARENA................................................................................................................................................ 5

DEVELOPMENT SERVICES & PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENTS
DEVELOPMENT SERVICES-BUILDING....................................................................................................... 7 DEVELOPMENT SERVICES-HOUSING........................................................................................................ 7 DEVELOPMENT SERVICES-PLANNING...................................................................................................... 7 PUBLIC WORKS-ENGINEERING ................................................................................................................ 9

POLICE AND FIRE DEPARTMENTS
FIRE ........................................................................................................................................................ 10 POLICE.................................................................................................................................................... 11

INTERNAL SERVICES
AIRPORT................................................................................................................................................. 15 CITY CLERK ............................................................................................................................................. 16 FINANCE................................................................................................................................................. 16 288
Resident Non-Resident
Gym Rentals
Full (2 Courts) hourly $250 n/a
1/2 Gym (1 Court) hourly $125 n/a
1/4 (1/2 Court) hourly $65 n/a
Stage Rental Fee each $150 n/a
Non-Profit Organizations 25% off base rate 25% discount n/a Facility Rental Setup Fee per hour per staff $48 n/a
Group Rentals May Be Subject to $500 minimum or $1,500 Maximum Security Deposit and/or Cleaning Fees at the Discretion of the City of South Lake Tahoe $500 (Security Deposit) $500 Minimum or $1,500 Maximum n/a Group Rentals May Be Subject to a Minimum of $15 Cancellation Fee and Maximum of $50 at the Discretion of City of South Lake Tahoe $15 (Cancellation Fee) $15 Minimum or$50 Maximum n/a Late Payment Penalty Fee 10% of total rental fee due 10% of total rental fee due n/a
Meeting Room Rentals
Rental per hour $25 n/a
Partner/Affiliate Use No Charge No Charge n/a
Recognized Local Youth Sport Organizations May Have Free Use of Meeting Rooms in the Recreation & Aquatics Center No Charge No Charge n/a Youth Organization Meetings hourly $15 n/a
Non-Profit Organizations 25% off base rate 25% discount n/a Senior Services Meetings No Charge No Charge n/a
Community Room Rentals
Rental hourly $55 n/a
Stage Rental Fee each $150 n/a
Recognized Local Youth Sport Organizations May Have Free Use of Meeting Rooms in the Recreation & Aquatics Center No Charge No Charge n/a Youth Organization Meetings hourly $15 n/a
Non-Profit Organizations 25% off base rate 25% discount n/a Senior Services Meetings No Charge No Charge n/a
Facility Rental Setup Fee per hour per staff $48 n/a
Group Rentals May Be Subject to $500 minimum or $1,500 Maximum Security Deposit and/or Cleaning Fees at the Discretion of the City of South Lake Tahoe $500 (Security Deposit) $500 Minimum or $1,500 Maximum n/a Group Rentals May Be Subject to a Minimum of $15 Cancellation Fee and Maximum of $50 at the Discretion of City of South Lake Tahoe $15 (Cancellation Fee) $15 Minimum or$50 Maximum n/a Late Payment Penalty Fee 10% of total rental fee due 10% of total rental fee due n/a
Commercial Kitchen Rental
Commercial Kitchen Rental hourly $50 n/a
Non-Profit Organizations 25% off base rate 25% discount n/a Facility Rental Setup Fee per hour per staff $48 n/a
Group Rentals May Be Subject to $500 minimum or $1,500 Maximum Security Deposit and/or Cleaning Fees at the Discretion of the City of South Lake Tahoe $500 (Security Deposit) $500 Minimum or $1,500 Maximum n/a Group Rentals May Be Subject to a Minimum of $15 Cancellation Fee and Maximum of $50 at the Discretion of City of South Lake Tahoe $15 (Cancellation Fee) $15 Minimum or$50 Maximum n/a Late Payment Penalty Fee 10% of total rental fee due 10% of total rental fee due n/a
Dance/Fitness Room Rental
Rental hourly $55 n/a
Stage Rental Fee each $150 n/a
Non-Profit Organizations 25% off base rate 25% discount n/a Senior Services Meetings No Charge No Charge n/a
Facility Rental Setup Fee per hour per staff $48 n/a
Group Rentals May Be Subject to $500 minimum or $1,500 Maximum Security Deposit and/or Cleaning Fees at the Discretion of the City of South Lake Tahoe $500 (Security Deposit) $500 Minimum or $1,500 Maximum n/a Group Rentals May Be Subject to a Minimum of $15 Cancellation Fee and Maximum of $50 at the Discretion of City of South Lake Tahoe $15 (Cancellation Fee) $15 Minimum or$50 Maximum n/a Late Payment Penalty Fee 10% of total rental fee due 10% of total rental fee due n/a
Event Space Rentals
Event Space Weekday Mon-Thurs $/hr. $350 n/a
Event Space Weekend Fri -Sun $/hr. $450 n/a
Event Space After Hours per hour $100 n/a
Stage Rental Fee each $150 n/a
Audio Video Ad On each $150 n/a
Event Space Facility Rental Setup Fee per hour (2 hour minimum) $48 n/a Ceremony Chair Package $7-$9 per chair comps $8 per chair n/a Non-Profit Organizations 25% off base rate 25% discount n/a Multigenerational Recreation & Aquatics Center
Adopted Fee 11/4/2026 Fee Description Unit

Page 1 ends

289
Resident Non-Resident
Event Space Rentals (Cont.)
Group Rentals May Be Subject to $500 minimum or $1,500 Maximum Security Deposit and/or Cleaning Fees at the Discretion of the City of South Lake Tahoe $500 (Security Deposit) $500 Minimum or $1,500 Maximum n/a Group Rentals May Be Subject to a Minimum of $15 Cancellation Fee and Maximum of $50 at the Discretion of City of South Lake Tahoe $15 (Cancellation Fee) $15 Minimum or$50 Maximum n/a Late Payment Penalty Fee 10% of total rental fee due 10% of total rental fee due n/a
Pool Rental
Swimming Pool Rental Rate hourly $85 n/a
Lap Pool Rental (Full) hourly $85 n/a
Lap Pool Rental (1/2 pool) hourly $45 n/a
Lap Lane Rental (1 Lane) hourly $15 n/a
Play Pool Rental hourly $95 n/a
Stage Rental Fee each $150 n/a
Lifeguard Hourly Rate (Rental) hourly actual cost at fully burdened rate n/a
Non-Profit Organizations 25% off base rate 25% discount n/a Facility Rental Setup Fee per hour per staff $48 n/a
Group Rentals May Be Subject to $500 minimum or $1,500 Maximum Security Deposit and/or Cleaning Fees at the Discretion of the City of South Lake Tahoe $500 (Security Deposit) $500 Minimum or $1,500 Maximum n/a Group Rentals May Be Subject to a Minimum of $15 Cancellation Fee and Maximum of $50 at the Discretion of City of South Lake Tahoe $15 (Cancellation Fee) $15 Minimum or$50 Maximum n/a Late Payment Penalty Fee 10% of total rental fee due 10% of total rental fee due n/a
Party Room
Rental Weekday Mon-Thurs $/hr. $40 n/a
Rental Weekend Fri -Sun $/hr. $50 n/a
Recognized Local Youth Sport Organizations May Have Free Use of Meeting Rooms in the Recreation & Aquatics Center No Charge No Charge n/a Youth Organization Meetings hourly $15 n/a
Non-Profit Organizations 25% off base rate 25% discount n/a Facility Rental Setup Fee per hour per staff $48 n/a
Group Rentals May Be Subject to $500 minimum or $1,500 Maximum Security Deposit and/or Cleaning Fees at the Discretion of the City of South Lake Tahoe $500 (Security Deposit) $500 Minimum or $1,500 Maximum n/a Group Rentals May Be Subject to a Minimum of $15 Cancellation Fee and Maximum of $50 at the Discretion of City of South Lake Tahoe $15 (Cancellation Fee) $15 Minimum or$50 Maximum n/a Late Payment Penalty Fee 10% of total rental fee due 10% of total rental fee due n/a
Party Packages
Mini Mountain Movers Party Package session rental $225 n/a Batting Cages 2-hour party $300 n/a
Rockwall 1-hour party $200 n/a
Obstacle Course Pool Add On per event $75 n/a
Pool Party Package session rental $200 n/a
Aquatics
Obstacle Course per participant $5 plus facility drop in fee n/a
Lifeguard Certification Course per participant $235 n/a Water Safety Instructor Certification Course per participant $299 n/a Junior Lifeguards per participant per 4-week session $200 n/a Mini Lifeguards per participant per 4-week session $185 n/a Swim Team per participant per month/session $120 n/a
Development Swim Team per participant per month/session $105 n/a Aquatics Special Class (Ex Log Rolling) per participant per class $7 n/a Float Fit Aquatics Fitness Classess 30 minutes each $10 n/a Float Fit Aquatics Fitness Classess 60 minutes each $20 n/a Float Fit Aquatics Fitness Classess 90 minutes each $30 n/a Locker Rental per month $20 n/a
Swimming Programs
H2O Exercise: Adult 18-54 years each $8 $10
H2O Exercise: Senior or Permanent Disability each $6 $8 H2O Exercise: Adult 18-54 years - 10 Use Pass each $60 $75 H2O Exercise: Senior or Perm Disability - 10 Use Pass each $50 $65 H2O Exercise: Individual Annual Pass each $295 $369
Multigenerational Recreation & Aquatics Center (Cont.)
Fee Description Unit Adopted Fee 11/4/2026

Page 2 ends

290
Resident Non-Resident
Swimming Programs (Cont.)
Swimming Lessons (Group) 8 Class Session each $50 n/a
Swimming Lessons (Group) 6 Class Session each $40 n/a
Swimming Lessons (Group) 4 Class Session each $30 n/a
Private Lessons (25 minutes) 1 Student each $33 n/a
Private Lessons (25 minutes) 2 Students each $45 n/a
Private Lessons (25 minutes) 3 Students each $55 n/a
Master Swim Drop In each $10 $12
Master Swim Session 10 Use Punch Card each $70 $85
Non-Profit Organizations 25% off base rate 25% discount n/a Facility Day Use: Includes Gym, Natatorium, Exercise Room, Walking Track Adult: 18-54 Years each $10 $15
Youth: 18 Years and Under each $8 $12
Senior 55 Years and Up or Permanent Disability each $8 $12 Public Shower Adult/Discount for Senior, Disabled, and Youth each $3/$2 n/a Daily Day Rate for Medi-Cal, WIC , and Veteran Participants Adult: 18 and Over each $3 n/a
Youth: 18 Years and Under each $2 n/a
Facility Multi-Use Day Passes: Includes Gym, Natatorium, Exercise Room, Walking Track Adult - 10 use punch card each $80 $100
Adult - Monthly each $65 $81
Adult - 90 Day (City Employees Only) each $45 n/a
Senior or Permanent Disability -10 use punch card each $65 $81 Senior or Permanent Disability - Monthly each $50 $63
Children 3 years and Under Are Free with a Paying Adult for Recreation Drop in only each Youth - 10 use punch card each $65 $81
Youth Monthly each $50 $63
Couple Annual Pass each $690 $863
Individual Annual Pass each $480 $600
Youth Annual Pass each $300 $375
Youth Annual Pass for GPA of 3.5 or higher (Resident Only) each $150 n/a Senior Annual Pass each $300 $375
Family Annual Pass (2 adults + 2 children): Includes 20% discount on party packages and access to special member days each $825 $1,031
Family Annual Pass (1 adult + 1 child): Includes 20% discount on party packages and access to special member days each $560 $700
Family Annual Pass - Each Additional Adult each additional adult $345 $431 Family Annual Pass - Each Additional Senior or Child each additional senior or child $150 $188 Administrative Fee for replacement of annual passes only each $10 n/a Non-Profit Organizations 25% off base rate 25% discount n/a Recreation Add Ons
Batting Cages per participant $5 plus facility drop in
fee n/a
Batting Cages - 10 punch card each $100 includes drop in fee n/a
Rockwall per participant $5 plus facility drop in
fee n/a
Rockwall - 10 punch card each $100 includes drop in
fee n/a
Golf Simulator hourly $50 n/a
Rockwall hourly $150 n/a
Rec Center Special Events
Puzzle Event per team $40 n/a
Family Dance per participant (adults and children
age 2 and older)
$15 n/a
Family Dance (Childred Under 2 Years Old) No Charge No Charge n/a Gym Sports Event per team $40 n/a
Pickleball Tournament per team $75 n/a
Family Game Night Part of Season Pass No Extra Charge n/a Pool Special Events per participant $15 n/a
Pickleball Mixer per participant $25 n/a
Adult Programs
Adult Volleyball League Team per season participant $400 n/a Adult Volleyball League Individual per season participant $66 n/a Adult Basketball League Team per season participant $550 n/a Adult Basketball League Individual per season participant $75 n/a Multigenerational Recreation & Aquatics Center (Cont.)
Fee Description Unit Adopted Fee 11/4/2026

Page 3 ends

291
Resident Non-Resident
Adult Programs (Cont.)
Pickleball Clinic Adults per participant per session $30 n/a Pickleball Clinic Youth per participant per session $25 n/a Senior Games per participant per event $10 n/a
Personal Training per participant per hour $60 $75
Adult Cornhole League Individual per season participant $50 n/a Adult Fitness Classes 30 minutes each $10 $12
Adult Fitness Classes 60 minutes each $15 $18
Adult Fitness Classes 90 minutes each $20 $25
Late Payment Registration for league play 10% increase to base fee 10% increase to base fee n/a
Youth and Teens
Parents Night Out per participant $40 n/a
Kid's Summer Day Camp each $40 $50
Kid's Summer Day Camp (Weekly Fee) each $150 $188
Kid's Summer Day Camp Multi-Child Discount 10% off base rate 10% off base rate n/a Youth Basketball League per season participant $65 n/a
Youth Flag Football League per season participant $95 n/a Youth Street Hockey per season participant $70 n/a
After School Enrichment Program per season participant $120 n/a Tiny Tots Sports League per season participant $60 n/a
Youth Volleyball League per season participant $75 n/a
Youth Soccer League per season participant $65 n/a
Multi Child Discount 10% off base fee 10% discount n/a
Late Payment Registration for league play 10% increase to base fee 10% increase to base fee n/a
Adopted Fee
5/5/2026
Senior Center Large Multi-Purpose Room hourly $64
Senior Center, Conference Room hourly $46
Senior Center, Arts & Crafts Room hourly $46
Outdoor Park Facility Rentals:

Alcohol Use Permit, City Sanctioned Public/Private Outdoor Facilities each $68 Bijou Park, Kiwanis Picnic Shelter (4 Hours) hourly $178 Bijou Park, Rotary Picnic Shelter (4 Hours) hourly $178 Recreation Complex Group Picnic Areas (4 Hours) hourly $178 Gazebos and Picnic Areas beyond 4 hour minimum rental hourly $47 Mon-Thur $/hr $229
Fri & Sun $/hr $296
Sat $/hr $360
Late Payment Penalty Fee 10% of total rental fee due 10% of total rental fee due
Public Special Event Park Rentals:

Lakeview Commons or Bijou Community Park Special Event Rental, Attendance up to 500 persons day $800
Lakeview Commons or Bijou Community Park Special Event Rental, Attendance 501- 1,000 persons day $1,405
Lakeview Commons or Bijou Community Park Special Event Rental, Attendance 1,001- 2,000 persons day $1,900
Bijou Community Park Lawn Space (up to 100 persons) hourly $50 Bijou Bike Park or Skate Park Rental day $262
Disc Golf Course Rental for Tournaments & Special Events (Bijou Park) day $275 Bijou Park Concession (absent lease agreement) day $299 Bijou Community Park Parking Lot Rental daily $215
Community Playfield Parking Lot Rental daily $215
Facility Rental Setup Fee hourly $48
Special Event Vendor Fee Not to Exceed $125 per event Not to Exceed $125 per event
Non-Profit Organizations 25% off base rate 25% discount Late Payment Penalty Fee 10% of total rental fee due 10% of total rental fee due
Group Rentals May Be Subject to $500 Minimum or $1,500 Maximum Security Deposit and/or Cleaning Fees at the Discretion of the City of South Lake Tahoe $500 (Security Deposit) $500 Minimum or $1,000 Maximum
Group Rentals May Be Subject to a Minimum of $15 Cancellation Fee and Maximum of $50 at the Discretion of City of South Lake Tahoe $15 (Cancellation Fee) $15 Minimum or$50 Maximum Multigenerational Recreation & Aquatics Center (Cont.)
Fee Description Unit Adopted Fee 11/4/2026
Private Rental: Regan Beach West (Per Hour; 2-Hour Minimum) Other Parks & Recreation Facilities
Fee Description Unit

Page 4 ends

292
Adopted Fee
5/5/2026
9 Hole each $22
9 Hole Senior each $20
9 Hole Junior (17 and under) each $12
9 Hole Family (1 adult & 1 Junior - 17 and under) each $26 Add 9 Holes each $14
Twilight (last 2 hours of tee times) each $19
Cart Rental each $6
Club Rental each $17
PASSES:
20 Use each $308
10 Use each $171
10 Use Twilight (last 2 hours of tee times) each $143
10 Use Senior each $154
10 Use Family (1 adult & 1 Junior - 17 and under) each $198 10 Use Junior (17 and under) each $94
Individual Adult Season Pass (no restrictions) each $495 Individual Senior Season Pass (no restrictions) each $450 Individual Junior Pass (no restrictions) each $450
Administrative Fee for replacement of annual passes only each $10 Bijou Golf Course use in partnership with Boys and Girls Club No Charge No Charge Adopted Fee
5/5/2026
Campground Site Fee - No hook up, up to 6 people and 1 car (includes $10 infrastructure fee) per day $47
Standard Cabin (includes $10 infrastructure fee) per day $90 Reservation Fee (non-refundable) each $10
Cancellation Fee (Inside 30 days from arrival date) One night rental fee $50 Cancellation Fee (Outside 30 days of arrival date) each $10 Dump Fee (charged to campers not staying in our campground) each $15 Extra person each $6
Visitor Day Use each $5
Pets each $2
Extra Vehicle (no holding tanks) each $6
Motorcycles and Electric Scooters each $3
Late Checkout Fees per site $10
Adopted Fee
5/5/2026
Day Use per day $17
Annual Pass each $138
Adopted Fee
5/5/2026
ICE ARENA:

Learn to Play n/a Free
Morning School Skate n/a Free
School Skate Week (PE program) n/a Free
Military Discount (Served In combat area) n/a Free
Wounded Warriors (military event) n/a Free
Charity Events (i.e. St. Baldrick's), fees subject to review n/a Ice free all day Ice Sheet Rental See schedule for rates by time per hour $491 Party Room Full (hourly - 1 hour minimum) per hour $125 Boat Ramp*
Ice Arena**
Fee Description Unit
*The Division of Boating and Waterways currently limits these fees to $17 for Day Use and $138 for an Annual Pass.

Fee Description Unit
Golf Course
Fee Description Unit
Campground
Fee Description Unit

Page 5 ends

293
Adopted Fee
5/5/2026
SKATING PROGRAMS:

Public Skate: 11 years & up per person $20
Public Skate: Youth (10 & under) per person $10
Public Skate: Child (3 & under) per person Free
Public Skate: Senior 55 & up per person $7
Blue Card (available to frequent users/members) each n/a Skate Rental each n/a
Free Style - Drop - In each $15
Hockey - Drop - In per person $20
Hockey League: Adult 18-54 years, 10 games each $250
Hockey League: Single Game each $25
Hockey League: Youth each $113
SKATING LESSONS:

Skate/Hockey School: per lesson per lesson $20
Private Skate lessons (1 student, 2 student, 3 or more) per lesson Varies by instructor City Sponsored Ice Programs:

Partnerships with City recreation programs fee determined by program type and need
Fee determined by program type and
need
Facility Rentals (various use agreements):

Year Round Rentals for Rec Programs/Rec Center typically billed monthly Refer to contract Refer to contract **The listed Ice Arena Fees represent the maximum allowable charges.

Ice Arena (Cont.)**
Fee Description Unit

Page 6 ends

294
Adopted Fee
5/5/2026
Building Permit & Inspection:

Building Permit Fee (25% plan review deposit due with application) Valuation shall be determined at the discretion of the Building Official utilizing the most current square foot valuation based on the proposed use and type of construction as published by the International Code Council or construction contract value submitted by the applicant
% of valuation 2% of valuation - $271 minimum
Administrative Processing per hour/ 1 hr min. $151
Active Building Permit Extension each $197
Building Plan Review Extension each $197
Building Plan Review per hour / 1 hr min. $132
Stop Work Notice of Violation each $441
Stop Work/Red Tag Permit Fee each 2x the Building Permit Fee Special Building Inspections
per hour / 1 hr. min. regular working
hours
per hour / 3 hr. min. outside of
regular working hours
$182
Building Inspection/Reinspection Fee each $182
Document Printing & Copying per page $0.10
Permit Technology Fee each permit $31
Illegal Unit Review each $1,141
Admin Fee for Cost of Collection on Liens, Nuisance, etc. % of collection costs 25% Temporary Certificate of Occupancy Application each $182 Demolition Permit each $453
Residential Fire Sprinkler % of valuation 2% of valuation - $271 minimum Residential Fire Plan Review hourly $132
Notice of Violation (City Code 6.55.550) each $250
General Plan/Community Plan/Area Plan Maint. Fee each $1.18 per construction valuation Re-check Fee (4th + Each Add'l Check) each $256
Fees for Work Not Specifically Identified Elsewhere hourly $182 Vacation Home Rental Fees:

Vacation Home Rental Permit Inspection Fee (Adopted 6/17/2025) each $285 Vacation Home Rental Permit Re-Inspection Fee (Adopted 6/17/2025) each $165 Adopted Fee
5/5/2026
Loan Subordination Fee each $2,227
Multi-Family Dwelling Inspection Fee each unit $107
Single Room Occupancy Inspection Fee each unit $107
Reinspection Service per hour / 1 hr. min. $182
Substandard Condition Inspection each $676
Adopted Fee
5/5/2026
Allocations:

Deposit - Building Permit per application $1,000
Allocation Application Processing each $980
Single-Family Allocation Acceptance per allocation
Under 2,000 sq. ft. $0
2,001-2,500 sq. ft. $2,165
2,501-3,000 sq. ft. $5,413
3,001-5,000 sq. ft. $10,825
>/=5,001 sq. ft. $16,238
Inclusionary Housing Plan Check Process each $157
Inclusionary Housing Requirement each nonexempt unit
Under 2,000 sq. ft. exempt
2,001-2,500 sq. ft. $5.29/Sq. Ft.
2,501-3,000 sq. ft. $5.84/Sq. Ft.
3,001-5,000 sq. ft. $16.77/Sq. Ft.
>/=5,001 sq. ft. $17.65/Sq. Ft.

Development Services - Planning
Fee Description Unit
Development Services - Building
Fee Description Unit
Fee Description Unit
Development Services - Housing

Page 7 ends

295
Adopted Fee
5/5/2026
General Permits:

Major General Planning Application (variance, special use permit, major design review, wireless communications facilities, small wireless communications facilities) application $5,961 Minor General Planning Application (minor variance, minor design review, eligible facilities request) application $4,432
Permit Revision and/or Permit Extension each $1,333
Categorical Exemption each $196
Negative Declaration Review each Cost of consultant + 25% Negative Declaration Preparation each Cost of consultant + 25% EIR/EIS each Cost of consultant + 25%
Other Permits:

Non Residential Fence Permits each $393
Home Occupation Permit each $235
Minor Sign Review and Approval each $471
Major Sign Review and Approval each $628
Sign Application Revision each $393
Locally Unique Sign Application each $4,471
Minor Special Event Permit each $1,059
Major Special Event Permit each $1,059
Non-Profit Producer and Free to the Public - Special Event each $0 Temporary Use/Structure Permit each $941
Certificate of Compliance (Subdivision Map Act) each $941 Tentative Subdivision Map each $6,784
Condominiumization of Existing Residential Dev. each $6,628 Permit Technology Fee each permit $31
Cannabis Use Permit:

Cannabis Use Permit each $5,725
Cost Recovery Deposit Amounts for Cannabis Use Permit and Development Agreement
a) Retailer / Cultivator / Testing Lab/ Manufacturing/ Distribution each $24,751 b) Microbusiness each $26,057
Annual Inspection Fee each $2,164
Re-Inspection Fee each $921
Other Services:

Zoning Letter each $353
Document Copying page $0.10
Planning Review of Building Permits each $157
Admin Fee for Cost of Collection on Liens, Nuisance, etc. % of collection costs 25% Public Notice Label Preparation each $196
Special Plan Inspections
per hour / 1 hr min. regular working
hours
per hour / 3 hrs min. outside of
regular working hours
$182
Planning Documents:

General Plan Amendment each $10,000
Community Plan Amendment/Area Plan/Plan Area Statement each $10,000 Annexation:

Annexation hourly $10,000
Mobile Vending:

Location Permit each $862
Publicly Visible Art On Private Property:

Public Murals each $0
Non-mural Publicly Visible Art each $980
Development Services - Planning (Cont.)
Fee Description Unit

Page 8 ends

296
Adopted Fee
5/5/2026
Street/Property Abandonment each $2,942
Single-Family Residential Public Works plan review fee per hour $149 Multi-Family Residential Public Works plan review fee (6 units or less) per hour $149 Large Multi-Family Residential Public Works plan review fee (7 or more units) per hour $149 Commercial Development/Redevelopment Public Works plan review fee per hour / 1 hr min. $149 GIS Fee (special requests for information/maps) each $318 Grading Fee < 10 cubic Yards (no fee) project $0
Grading Fee 10+ Cubic Yards project $777
Parcel Merger/Lot Line Adjustment/Parcel Maps
(does not include county fees paid directly to El Dorado County) per hour / 5 hrs min. $149 Final Subdivision Map
(does not include county fees paid directly to El Dorado County) per hour / 5 hrs min. $149 Tentative Subdivision Map
(does not include county fees paid directly to El Dorado County) per hour $149 Obstruction Permit each $350
Encroachment (Street Cut) Permit/Minor each $350
Encroachment (Street Cut) Permit/Major; base + 1.5% of Construction value >$20,000 each $518
Transportation Yearly Permit each $90
Transportation Single Permit each $16
Permit Violation/Stop Work Fee each $1,579
Storm water Inspection Fee: Commercial each $302
Storm water Inspection Fee: Commercial Reinspection each $302 Storm water Inspection Fee: Industrial each $412
Storm water Inspection Fee: Industrial Reinspection each $412 Easement Request/Review each $4,501
Reproduction Fee per 23x26 sheet file plans and record
maps
$13
Street Name Change; actual costs of City staff, equipment, and materials each actual cost Unapproved Work (ROW)/Correction Fee/Inspections of Repairs to City Infrastructure; deposit plus actual time and materials of various city staff each $975 Public Works Condominiumization of Existing Residential Dev. per hour / 5 hrs min. $149 Public Works Inspections/Re-Inspections each $149
Third Party Plan Reviews each actual cost
Permit Technology Fee each permit $31
Public Works
Fee Description Unit

Page 9 ends

297
Adopted Fee
5/5/2026
Emergency Medical Service:

Advanced/Basic Life Support, incident response* incident $616 + Medicare Mileage Factor
Wild Land Fire Suppression Fee:

Support Vehicle hourly CA OES Rate
Pumping Engine hourly CA OES Rate
Motor Vehicle Accident:

Level 1 Basic Response X incident $1,449
Level 2 Extrication X incident $1,935
Level 3 Multi Casualty X incident $3,438
Hazardous Materials Clean-Up:

Level 1 Basic Response X incident $1,269
Level 2 Full Alarm Response X incident $3,443
Bomb Response/Bomb Squad:

Level 1 Full Alarm Response X incident $1,269
Level 2 Full Alarm Engine Response plus TD Bomb Unit X incident $2,902 Pipeline Breakage/Power Line Incidents:

Level 1 Single Engine X incident $1,210
Level 2 Full Alarm Engine Response X incident $2,723
Fire Watch Service X actual cost
Emergency Assistance to Boats/Water Incidents: Includes boat responses, swift water and ice rescues, etc.

Level 1 Single Engine X incident $1,275
Rescue: Includes working with Search & Rescue for victim recovery, Rope Rescue, etc.

Level 1 in City X incident $1,269
Miscellaneous Fees:

False Alarm Responses 1st Offense X response $169
False Alarm Responses 2nd Offense X response $282
Ceremonial/Special Permit each $72
Arson Investigation - Includes scene safety, investigation, source ID, Arson dog, equipment use, mobile detection and report X investigation at cost using fully burdened rate Fire Investigation Reports report $0
Fire Incident Report report $0
Copies no fee $0
Fireworks/Pyrotechnical Display Permit permit $255
Fire Dance Permit Annual Fee permit $195
Defensible Space Inspections for AB38 (Real Estate Sale) per hour $101 Defensible Space Inspections for Homeowners (includes tree marking) per inspection $101 Tree Removal Permit each $77
Misc. Event Standby per event $348
Fire Plan Review & Inspection Fees:

Underground Main Inspection <2" per inspection $229
Underground Main Inspection >2" per inspection $229
Day Care Facility 6+ per inspection $204
Fire Plan Review - Commercial, MFD, Special Event per hour $199 Basic Fire Inspection, <1k k sq. ft. each $178
Basic Fire Inspection, 1k - 4k sq. ft. each $229
Basic Fire Inspection, 4k - 9k sq. ft. each $279
Basic Fire Inspection, >9 k sq. ft. each $355
Basic Fire Inspection - hourly, after 4 hours per hour $102 Child Care Inspection Occupancy Permit Non-Home each $178 Child Care Inspection Occupancy Permit Home each $178
Miscellaneous Fire Services each actual cost
Fire Inspection/Re-Inspection (incl. Special Events outside of regular working hours) per hour / 1 hr min. special event / 3 hrs min. $182
Operational Permit and Inspection CFC 105.6 each $255
Fire Administrative Processing per hour / 1 hr min. $151 *As it pertains to "Advanced Basic Life Support Fee" also known as a First Responder Fee, the Fire Chief's office has discretionary authorization to waive fees under the following criteria:
• Patients relying on government sponsored insurance plans such as Medicare, Medicaid and Medi-Cal. • Patients demonstrating a financial burden such as those on fixed income. • Patients who petition for a fee waiver for other exigent circumstances may request a waiver with final decision by the Fire Chief.

Fire Department
Fee Description Recovery
USA Unit

Page 10 ends

298
Adopted Fee
5/5/2026
Special Business Regulation:

Other Permits - New each $549
Other Permits - Renewal each $285
Pedicab Permit - Owner/Operator New each $281
Pedicab Permit - Owner/Operator Renewal each $94
Pedicab Permit - Driver New each $203
Pedicab Permit - Driver Renewal each $52
Sidewalk Vending Permit - New each $234
Sidewalk Vending Permit - Renewal each $82
Letter of Public Convenience or Necessity each $472
Other Police Functions:

Misdemeanor Booking per booking $47
Fingerprinting each $49
Live Scan Fingerprinting each $49
Local Criminal Clearance Letter each $46
Towed Vehicle Release each $249
Special Police Service each actual cost at fully burdened rate DUI Incident Response - Police & Fire incident actual cost at fully burdened rate Copy of Dispatch Event report $0.11
Restitution Rate each actual cost at fully burdened rate Govt. Code Controlled Activities hourly actual cost at fully burdened rate Other Special Activities hourly actual cost at fully burdened rate Special Police Boat Service hourly actual cost at fully burdened rate Equipment Reimbursement each actual cost
Firearm(s) Release (by appointment only) weapon $47
Ski Run Blvd. Vehicle Control hourly actual cost at fully burdened rate Tape Duplication - Audio tape $24
Tape Duplication - Video tape $24
Crime Scene/Police Photo Reproduction (CD photo) CD $24 Repossession Fee each $15
Taxicab Fees:

Taxicab Company Permit Annual $12
Taxicab Vehicle Permit Annual per vehicle $28
Taxicab Driver Permit Annual $53
Police False Alarm Response:
1st & 2nd False Alarm No Charge
Excessive > 3 False Alarms alarm per city code
Non Permitted False Alarm per city code
Initial Permit Application - Resident, 3 year period permit $63 Renewal Permit - Resident, every 3 years permit $39
Initial Permit Application - Business, 1 year period permit $63 Renewal Permit - Business, every year permit $39
Vacation Home Rentals - Tourist Core:

Vacation Home Rental Application fee each $565
Vacation Home Rental Permit - Late Fee On Renewal violation Counted as Violation Vacation Home Rental Permit Master Report report $70
Vacation Home Rental Permit Label Report report $65 + cost of labels 4 or less occupants $200
5 to 8 occupants $350
9 to 12 occupants $650
13 or more occupants $850
Fractional $19.23 to $850
Vacation Home Rentals - Non-Tourist Core:

Vacation Home Rental Application fee each $565
4 or less occupants $670
5 to 8 occupants $1,340
9 to 12 occupants $2,680
13 or more occupants $3,485
Vacation Home Rental Permit Master Report report $70
Hosted Rental Fees:

Hosted Rental Permit each $297
Hosted Rental Annual Renewal Fee each $297
Police Department
Fee Description Unit
Vacation Home Rental Permit - Annual Fee - Tourist Core Vacation Home Rental Permit - Annual Fee - Non-Tourist Area (Adopted 6/17/2025)

Page 11 ends

299
Adopted Fee
5/5/2026
Parking Program:

Parking Garage per 20 min/daily max $1.25/$25
Monthly Garage Pass April 1-Oct 31 each month $125
Winter Full Week Pass Nov 1-Mar 31 each month $175
6 Month Pass per 6 months $500
5 p.m. until 3 a.m. $.50 per 20 min/up to $5 $.50 per 20 min/up to $5 Holiday Rates (can include days before/after Holiday) Double Regular Rates $2.50/$50 Parking validations - 1 packet of 50 - 1 hr validations each packet of 50 $50 Electric Car Charging Electricity Fee each Rate as determined by STJPPFA Electric Car Charging Overstay Fee each Rate as determined by STJPPFA Parking - Bellamy/Transit Way per 20 min/2 hr max $2
Parking - Upper Ski Run (identified in map) per contract per contract Cannabis:

Public Safety License Fee each $1,190 + $85 x's # of employees (fingerprint/background)
Public Safety License Renewal Fee each $1,190 + $85 x's # of employees (fingerprint/background)
Public Safety License Amendment Fee each $313
Shared Mobility:

Shared Mobility Device Fee per device $116
Shared Mobility Device Operator Violation per incident $100 Shared Mobility Device Rider Violation per incident $100 Parking Citations:

City Code:

4.25.300 - Parking, Restricted Parking Occurrence $75

4.25.330 - No Stopping Zone Occurrence $75

4.25.360 - Time Limited Parking Zone Occurrence $55

4.25.370 - Parked in Excess of 72 Hours Occurrence $75

4.25.410 - Parked Wrong Side of Street Occurrence $25

4.25.435 - Parked in an Electric Vehicle Charging Space Occurrence $75

4.25.440 - Designated Taxi Zone / Bus Stop Occurrence $75

4.25.590 - Parking Garage Payment Required Occurrence $75

4.25.600 - Parking Garage Parked within Parking Space Occurrence $55

4.25.620 - Use of Entrance and Exit Occurrence $75

4.25.740 - Paid Parking - No Ticket Occurrence $75

4.25.750 - Paid Parking Time Expired Occurrence $75

4.25.840 - Residential Parking / Permit Zone Occurrence $75

4.95.050 - Private Property - Restrictions Occurrence $200

7.05.420 - Area restricted-Snow Removal Occurrence $205 All other City Parking Codes Occurrence $75
California Vehicle Codes:
21113 - Parking on Public Grounds Occurrence $75
21113(a) - Unauthorized parking on public grounds Occurrence $75 21211(b) - Park in bike path Occurrence $75
21211a - Blocking designated bicycle path Occurrence $75 22500.1 - Parked In Fire Lane Occurrence $105
22500a - Park Within Intersection Occurrence $75
22500b - Park on Crosswalk Occurrence $75
22500d - Park Within 15ft Fire Station driveway Occurrence $105 22500e - Block Driveway Occurrence $75
22500f - Park on a Sidewalk Occurrence $75
22500g - Obstructing Traffic/HWY Construction Occurrence $105 22500h - Double Parking Occurrence $75
22500i - Park in Bus Loading Zone Occurrence $75
22507 (a) - Heavenly Valley No Parking/RPP Area Occurrence $300 22507 (a) - Lakeside Residential Neighborhood No Parking/RPP Area Occurrence $300 22507.8(a) - Handicap Disabled Only Occurrence $455
22507.8(b) - Block Disabled Stall/Space Occurrence $455 22507.8c - Parked in Handicap Crosshatch Occurrence $455 22514 - Within 15ft of Fire Hydrant Occurrence $105
22515 - Unattended Running Vehicle Occurrence $75
22523(b) - Abandoned Vehicle Occurrence $250
4000a - Expired Registration Occurrence $75
5204(a) - No Tabs Occurrence $75
Police Department (Cont.)
Fee Description Unit

Page 12 ends

300
Adopted Fee
5/5/2026
California Vehicle Codes (Cont.):

All other California Vehicle Codes Occurrence $75
Administrative Citations*
City Code:

2.30.060 (E) - Administrative Fee for Administrative Citations Occurrence $20

2.30.080 (A) - Administrative Hearing Fee for Administrative Citations Occurrence $100

3.35.040 - No Business License Occurrence $100

3.50.380 (B) - Unpermitted VHR - Owner/Agent Responsible First occurrence
Second occurrence within year
Subsequent occurrence within year
$1,500
$3,000
$5,000

3.50.440 (B ) - Vacation Home Rental (Parking Space Availability - Owner/Agent Responsible)
First occurrence
Second occurrence within year
Subsequent occurrence within year
$1,500
$3,000
$5,000

3.50.440 (D) - Vacation Home Rental (Compliance with SLTCC - Owner/Agent Responsible)
First occurrence
Second occurrence within year
Subsequent occurrence within year
$1,500
$3,000
$5,000

3.50.440 (E) - Vacation Home Rental (Posting of Permit - Owner/Agent Responsible) First occurrence
Second occurrence within year
Subsequent occurrence within year
$1,500
$3,000
$5,000

3.50.440 (G) - Vacation Home Rental (Authorization to Inspect - Owner/Agent Responsible)
First occurrence
Second occurrence within year
Subsequent occurrence within year
$1,500
$3,000
$5,000

3.50.440 (I) - Vacation Home Rental (Interior Signage - Owner/Agent Responsible) First occurrence
Second occurrence within year
Subsequent occurrence within year
$1,500
$3,000
$5,000

3.50.440 (J) - Vacation Home Rental (Exterior Signage - Owner/Agent Responsible) First occurrence
Second occurrence within year
Subsequent occurrence within year
$1,500
$3,000
$5,000

3.50.440 (K) - Vacation Home Rental (Parking Requirements - Occupant and Owner/Agent Responsible)
First occurrence
Second occurrence within year
Subsequent occurrence within year
$1,500
$3,000
$5,000

3.50.440 (M) - Vacation Home Rental (Emergency Lighting - Owner/Agent Responsible)
First occurrence
Second occurrence within year
Subsequent occurrence within year
$1,500
$3,000
$5,000

3.50.440 (N) - Vacation Home Rental (Lighting Design - Owner/Agent Responsible) First occurrence
Second occurrence within year
Subsequent occurrence within year
$1,500
$3,000
$5,000

3.50.440 (P) - Vacation Home Rental (Records Relating to VHR - Owner/Agent Responsible)
First occurrence
Second occurrence within year
Subsequent occurrence within year
$1,500
$3,000
$5,000

3.50.440 (Q) - Vacation Home Rental (Camping Prohibited - Occupant and Owner/Agent Responsible)
First occurrence
Second occurrence within year
Subsequent occurrence within year
$1,500
$3,000
$5,000

3.50.440 (R ) - Vacation Home Rental (Trash/Bear Boxes Required - Owner/Agent Responsible)
First occurrence
Second occurrence within year
Subsequent occurrence within year
$1,500
$3,000
$5,000

Page 13 ends

301
Adopted Fee
5/5/2026
Administrative Citations (Cont.)*
City Code:

4.150 - Refuse and Garbage - Commercial Occurrence $1,000

4.150 - Refuse and Garbage - Residential Occurrence $250

4.35.020 - No Operator License - Mobile Vending Occurrence $100

4.40.020 - Nuisances Generally Occurrence $50

4.40.030 - Outdoor Display Occurrence $100

4.40.040 - Nuisances Generally - Noise Occurrence $100

4.45.040 - Abandoned Vehicle Occurrence $150

4.50.030 - Illegal Dumping Occurrence $1,000

4.50.050 - Unsuitable Trash Container - Commercial Occurrence $300

4.50.050 - Unsuitable Trash Container - Residential Occurrence $150

4.55 - Graffiti Occurrence $50

4.60 - Abandoned or Damaged Structure Occurrence $1,000

4.135.010 Police Service Occurrence $500

4.140.100 Private Patrols Occurrence $25

6.05 - Handbills Occurrence $100

6.10.160 - Exterior Lighting Occurrence $100

6.15 - Building Code Violation Occurrence $100

6.40.050 - Noncompliant Sign Occurrence $100

6.55.280 - No Home Occupation Permit Occurrence $100

7.05 - Sidewalk Snow Removal Occurrence $100

7.05.500 - Placing Snow in Right-of-Way Occurrence $100

7.05.560 - Sidewalk Snow Removal Occurrence $100
All Code Violations Not Listed Above or Specified in the Code Occurrence $250 *The fines for a second and any subsequent violation within a 12-month period for all violations with the exception of Vacation Home Rental violations will be double that of the previous fine assessed. The above penalties shall not supersede fines and penalties listed in the current City Code for specific violations. Except for Vacation Home Rental violations, under no circumstances shall a penalty be greater than $1,000.

Police Department (Cont.)
Fee Description Unit

Page 14 ends

302
Adopted Fee
5/5/2026
Offices square foot or agreement $2.37
Ground Lease Rate square foot or agreement $0.36
Conference/Meeting Room hourly rental hour $34
Conference/Meeting Room daily rental day $335
Restaurant Facilities Per agreement Per agreement
Airport Terminal Lobby (upper/lower) hourly rental hour $66 Airport Terminal Lobby (upper/lower) daily rental day $403 Advertising Negotiated Negotiated
Advertising Digital monthly $90
Rental Car Ground Lease Area Negotiated / Market Rate Conditions Negotiated / Market Rate Conditions Other Use of Terminal Negotiated Negotiated
Commercial Filming:

Small Scale Commercial Filming (less than 50 persons); waived if City promotion per day/winter $486 Small Scale Commercial Filming (less than 50 persons); waived if City promotion per day/summer $810 Large Scale Film Production (film crew larger than 50 persons) - Prep / Strike Location per day $363
Large Scale Film Production (film crew larger than 50 persons) - Filming Days per day $6,035 Airport Escort Required on Filming Days per day $302
Movement Area Filming (Runway and/or Taxiway)* per day* $2,500* Large Scale Filming (more than 50 persons) Security Deposit Negotiated Based on Location Agreement Large Scale Film Production (film crew larger than 50 persons) - City Film Support for Permits, Police, Fire, etc. Per Hour Fully Burdened Rate of Employee Used Aviation Use of Airfield
GA Ramp Fee for A/C under 5,000 lbs (First 15 minutes free) day $10 GA Ramp Fee for A/C over 5,001 lbs (paid with landing fee) day $27 Special Event Fee (Celebrity Golf, A/C under 5,000 exempt) day $50 Monthly Tie Down Fee Flat Rate $81
Helicopter Takeoff Weight
3,001+ $50.00 flat rate
FixedWingTakeoffWeightPer1,000lbs.
5,501 - 19,000 $8
20,000 - 49,000 $10
50,000+ $12
Fuel Flowage Fee per gallon/per agmt $0.20
Building:

All Hangars (Box and Tee) per square foot $0.96
All Storage Units (Aeronautical Use) per square foot $0.96 All Storage Units (Non-Aeronautical Use) Aeronautical use fee plus 10% Aeronautical use fee plus 10% Other Fees:

Parking per space $108
Airport Parking Lot Rental 100 Spaces 1/2 Parking Lot $1,217/day Ground Transportation - Limousine; yearly per company $801 Gratuitous Transportation - Taxi Cab; yearly, negotiable vehicle $40 GA Ramp; hourly, 300 linear feet full width hourly $335 GA Ramp; day, 300 linear feet full width day $4,020
Taxiway A between H and J - North End; hourly hourly $335 Taxiway A between H and J - North End; daily day $4,020 Local Emergency Agency Training Ramp Use
(Non Airport Emergency) yearly $5,000
Airport Technician Fully burdened hourly rate Fully burdened hourly rate Dump Truck, Sander, Grader, Loader hourly $229
Carpet Cleaning; includes equipment use +actual costs of City staff hourly + actual Fully burdened hourly rate Airport Hangar Waitlist Fee each $250
Airport Lease Security Deposit (refundable deposit) each $750 Airport Key Card (refundable deposit) each $50
Lost/Stolen Key Card Replacement (non- refundable) each $50 Airport Hangar Key (refundable deposit) each $25
Lost/Stolen Hangar Key Card Replacement (non- refundable) each $25 **Local Emergency Agency Partners conducting training exercises to improve interagency airport emergency response is exempted from use fees.

Airport
Fee Description Unit
*Any filming conducted on runways or taxiways defined as the Movement Area by the Federal Aviation Administration will have a $2,500 per day additional fee on top of other rates.

Landing Fee
Landing Fee

Page 15 ends

303
Adopted Fee
5/5/2026
Appeals* per appeal $1,253
Document Printing and Copying - .10 per page plus postage document page $0.10 City Council Chambers Use Application Fee per application $35 City Council Chambers Rental, M-F, 8-5 p.m. per hour $50 City Council AV Service Fee each $99
Video Meeting Electronic File Transfer, 1 per Drive thumb drive $5 Verbatim Transcript Service actual outsource cost hourly or actual outsource cost Notary Service per signature $15
Notary Service - Providing California Notary
Acknowledgement or Jurat Form per form $1
Agenda Mailing Service, .10 per page plus postage agenda .10 per page plus postage Filming Application Fee application $164
Film Application Fee Special per application $192
Film Appliation Fee Rush (less than 7 business days) per application 150% base fee Film Permit Change Fee each $132
Temporary Sign Deposit (yard signs) campaign $174
Adopted Fee
5/5/2026
Business and Professions Tax Rates:

Schedule A (per $1,000 gross receipts) per 1,000 gross receipts $1.07 Schedule B (per $1,000 gross receipts) per 1,000 gross receipts $1.62 Schedule C (per $1,000 gross receipts) per 1,000 gross receipts $2.14 Schedule D (per $1,000 gross receipts) per 1,000 gross receipts $2.69 Schedule E (per $1,000 gross receipts) per 1,000 gross receipts $3.22 Schedule N (non-profit 501(c)(3); veterans; etc.) n/a $0.00 Maximum Annual Amount of Tax (Measure B, June 2012) application $20,000.00 Administrative Fee - New license application (Including $31 Business License Technology Fee) application $108
Administrative Fee - New Business One Time 6 Month License Application application $32 Administrative Fee - Annual Renewal (Including $31 Business License Technology Fee) application $63
AB1379 (amended SB1186; ADA info and access fee - State of CA mandated; effective 1/1/2018 through 12/31/2023) per business certificate $4 Business License Technology Fee; collected with admin fee business application $31 Business License Certificate - duplicate copy certificate $12 Lien Release Fee lien Passed on to Seller through Escrow Administrative Fee for Delinquent Refuse Collections lien $87 TOT and Business License Reports:

Delinquent Tax Analysis per project At cost using fully burdened hourly rate Motel Tax Master (name/address listing) per report $40
Individual TOT Report per motel/per year $17
Vacation Home Rental Master Report per report $40
Vacation Home Rental Label Report per report $40 + cost of labels Business License Master Report, Standard Format per report $79 Business License Master Report Requiring Specific Formatting Due to Information Request per report $79 + fully burdened hourly rate
Miscellaneous Fees:

Returned Check (NSF) Processing 1st Check per check $25 Returned Check (NSF) Processing Subsequent Checks per check $35 Geobase Information Service, Research per project At cost using fully burdened hourly rate Stop Payment Fee per check At cost using actual bank charge City Clerk
Fee Description Unit
Finance
Fee Description Unit
*Cost based Appeal Fee is due at filing; if appellants prevail (the decision is reversed or materially modified in their favor), the full fee will be refunded.

Page 16 ends

304
City of SLT Financial Policies – Strengthening Financial Position 1 Rev. February 2013 Financial Policies:

Strengthening Financial Position
To preserve General Fund revenues, the City will take proactive steps to strengthen its financial condition. The following policies shall guide those efforts.

A. Diversified Economy and Revenues

1. Preservation of Commercial and Industrial Development Opportunities
The City shall diversify its economic base by encouraging a broad range of private sector commercial and industrial employment.

While it is important to maintain an inventory of land zoned for residential use, the City shall carefully consider economic impacts before rezoning any commercial or industrial land to residential use.

The City Council shall be presented with an analysis of trend data comparing percentages of residential development to
commercial/industrial development.

2. Jobs/Housing Balance
The City shall promote an equal ratio of jobs to housing, and shall encourage the expansion of businesses that will provide opportunities for residents to work in the community.

3. Effect of Fees/Charges/Rates on Commercial and Industrial Development
In setting fees, charges, and/or rates on commercial and industrial development, the City shall evaluate the comparative fee structure of other neighboring jurisdictions. The City shall strive to implement fees, charges and/or rates that are competitive with other jurisdictions and that shall not have a negative impact on sales tax or other valuable sources of revenue.

B. Economic Incentives for Commercial and Industrial Development The City shall provide economic incentives for commercial and/or industrial development when such incentives shall lead to a positive economic return for the City in terms of jobs, workforce housing opportunities, enhanced revenues, a more diversified economic base, or enhanced transportation or other public services. Any economic incentive policies shall be attached as an Appendix to this document. 305
City of SLT Financial Policies – Strengthening Financial Position 2 Rev. February 2013 C. Intergovernmental Revenues

1. Grants
Grants from federal, state or private organizations are an appropriate and desirable means of enhancing available revenues. However, grant funding is rarely a long-term, stable economic base. Grant applications and subsequent grant awards shall be approved by the City Council. The City shall ensure that grant funding is appropriately leveraged to enhance City services as set forth in its Grant Funding and Compliance Policy. (See separate policy document).

2. State Shared Revenues
To protect against fluctuations in intergovernmental revenues, the City shall maintain 25 percent General Fund Committed fund balance as a reserve against unanticipated or uncontrollable reductions in state subventions.

D. User Fee Cost Recovery
The City provides certain services to its residents and businesses that are funded in whole or in part by fees that are intended to cover all or a portion of the cost of providing such services. To the extent User Fees do not cover the entire cost of providing such services; the General Fund subsidizes the additional expense. Careful examination of User Fees shall enhance the stability of the General Fund. The following policies shall be implemented to ensure that User Fees keep pace with changes in the cost-of-living as well as changes in methods or levels of service delivery.

1. General Principles
a. Revenues derived from User Fees shall not exceed the reasonable cost of providing the service.
b. Cost recovery goals shall be based on the total cost of delivering the service, including all direct costs, departmental
administration costs, and organization-wide support costs such as accounting, personnel, data processing, building and/or vehicle maintenance, and insurance.
306
City of SLT Financial Policies – Strengthening Financial Position 3 Rev. February 2013 c. The method of assessing and collecting fees shall be as simple as possible in order to reduce the administrative cost of collection. Although a high cost of recovery may be appropriate for specific services, if it is impractical or costly to charge the user, a lower level of cost recovery shall be appropriate. d. Fee levels shall be sensitive to the “market” for similar services, including the provision of services by private sector service or program providers. User Fees shall not be set so high that services shall not be used. Conversely, User Fees shall not be set so low that the City is stimulating a demand by artificially low prices. Specifically, the City shall carefully consider whether it is appropriate to provide services at a subsidized cost (or a cost that does not include all cost of services, such as room rental costs, building maintenance or personnel charges) if such services are available through the private sector.
e. Fee levels shall be sensitive to smaller, infrequent users of the service, for example, small businesses that may have less of an opportunity to recover the cost of User Fees through ordinary business income.
f. The level of cost recovery should consider the community-wide versus special benefit of the program or activity that is the subject of the User Fee. The use of general-purpose revenues shall be appropriate for community-wide services, while User Fees at some level shall be appropriate for services that are of special benefit to easily identified individuals or groups. (For example, it would be unusual to charge a User Fee for a community-wide event such as an Easter Egg Hunt, while it would be appropriate to charge a User Fee at some level for an adult recreational program with a limited number of participants.) g. The level of cost recovery shall consider the financial benefit to the service user, and whether the user is a service driver or a service recipient. In cases where there user benefits financially from the provision of the service, and the service would not be provided but for the expanded business or revenue
opportunities, the level of User Fee should more closely approximate 100% cost recovery. (For example, a developer receives financial benefit at the conclusion of the development review process, and the City would not provide the review of development applications but for the expanded business or revenue opportunity for the developer. While the community may be the actual service recipient of the review of development applications, the developer is the service driver.)
307
City of SLT Financial Policies – Strengthening Financial Position 4 Rev. February 2013

2. Factors Favoring High Levels of Cost Recovery. High cost recovery levels are especially appropriate in the following circumstances:
a. The service is similar to services provided through the private sector.
b. Other private or public sector alternatives could or do exist for the delivery of the service.
c. The demand for the service is high and cost of service is needed as a mechanism to help control demand.
d. The cost of service can be used as a mechanism for
encouraging compliance with the law. (For example, police response to false burglary alarm calls.)
e. The service is regulatory and voluntary compliance is not expected to be the primary method of detecting failure to meet regulatory requirements. (For example, building permit, plan checks and subdivision review services.)

3. Factors Favoring Low Levels of Cost Recovery. In addition to the general policy considerations noted above, low cost recovery levels are appropriate in the following circumstances:
a. The program or services falls within the range of general public services which are provided to the community to promote the general safety, health and well-being of the community, and there is no intended relationship between the amount paid and the benefit received. (For example, police and fire services, general access to park facilities.)
b. The service is not generally available through private sources and is necessary to promote the general safety, health and wellbeing of the community. (For example, teen after school programs.)
c. The service is generally non-recurring, delivered on a “peak demand” or emergency basis, cannot reasonably be planned for on an individual basis, and is not readily available from a private sector source. (For example, police and fire services in response to emergencies.)
d. Collecting fees would discourage compliance with regulatory requirements and adherence to regulatory requirements is not 308
City of SLT Financial Policies – Strengthening Financial Position 5 Rev. February 2013 readily identified by the City. (For example, home-based business licenses.)

4. Periodic Adjustment of User Fees. A comprehensive analysis of User Fees shall be made at least every three years. In the interim, if applicable, fees shall be adjusted by no less than the amount of the annual change in the Consumer Price Index. Fees may also be adjusted more frequently based on supplemental analysis whenever there has been significant change in the method, level or cost of service delivery. A schedule reporting the rate of all User Fees shall be included as an Appendix to the budget, and the City Council may direct adjustment in User Fees as part of the annual budget process.

5. Development Review Programs. Cost recovery for development review programs shall be very high, and in most cases the goal for cost recovery should be 100%. The City shall also impose clear performance standards to ensure that there is high value for services rendered. This cost recovery principle applies to the following types of development review programs:
a. Planning (planned development permits, tentative and parcel maps, rezonings, general plan amendments, variances, use permits, etc.)
b. Building and safety inspections (building permits, structural plan checks, fire inspections, etc.)
c. Engineering (public improvement plan checks, inspections, subdivision requirements, encroachments, etc.)
E. Enterprise Fund Rates
Each of the enterprise funds shall be operated in a manner to fully cover the total direct and indirect costs (including operations, capital outlay and debt service) for operating such functions so as to avoid General Fund subsidies for enterprise operations.

1. Rates shall be reviewed on an annual basis and shall be adjusted as appropriate and equitable.

2. Rates charged for enterprise activities shall be compared periodically against rates charged by other public agencies for purposes of benchmarking cost of service and operations. Private contracting opportunities shall be evaluated as appropriate as a means of reducing expenses, while remaining in compliance with the City’s Purchasing Policies.
309
City of SLT Financial Policies – Strengthening Financial Position 6 Rev. February 2013 F. Collections
The City shall implement a uniform collection program. The costs of this collection program shall be reviewed annually to ensure the total direct and indirect costs are fully covered. The costs shall be passed on to the delinquent customers as a penalty in the collection process.

The City’s options for collection are:
a. Property Liens. A lien shall be placed on the property should the owner fail to pay charges, penalties and interest charges.

Enforcement of liens shall be made in accordance with the applicable section of the City Code subject to delinquent payment, and may be initiated through a court ruling. Collections against property liens are typically done by issuing a warrant for enforcement or foreclosure proceeding in the case where a deed of trust has been secured by the City against the property, and may result in a sale pursuant to a writ of execution.
b. Special Assessments. A resolution must be presented to the City council to declare a special assessment on a delinquent customer’s real property. Upon passage and adoption a certified copy shall be recorded with the County Recorder’s office. The assessment shall be collected at the same time and in the same manner as ordinary municipal taxes. Special assessments are typically levied as a result of delinquent property assessments, non-payment of nuisance abatement costs or refuse fees. c. Withholding Entitlements. The City may withhold issuing any licenses, permits and other entitlements until payment for charges due, including penalties and interest is received. d. Collection Agency (other enforcement procedures). The City can take other actions allowed for enforcement of a civil judgment.

AFFIDAVIT OF PUBLICATION
State of Florida, County of Orange, ss:

Anjana Bhadoriya, being first duly sworn, deposes and says: That (s)he is a duly authorized signatory of Column Software, PBC, duly authorized agent of Tahoe Daily Tribune now is, and during all times herein named, was a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of California, and now is, and during all times herein named was the printer of Tahoe Daily Tribune, a newspaper of general circulation, as defined by section 6000 of the Government Code of the State of California, printed and published daily (Sundays excepted) in the City of South Lake Tahoe, County of El Dorado, State of California, and that affiant is the principal clerk of said Nevada County Publishing Co.

That the printed advertisement hereto annexed was published in the said Tahoe Daily Tribune, for the full required period of 1 time(s) commencing on Apr. 3, 2026, and ending on Apr. 3, 2026, all days inclusive.

PUBLICATION DATES: Apr. 3, 2026
NOTICE ID: LCylN4iTAt5Zr09v1GGU
PUBLISHER ID: 397567
NOTICE NAME: Master Fee Schedule April 21 Hearing
Publication Fee: $167.73
I certify, under penalty of perjury, the forgoing is true and correct. [$signersig ]
(Signed)______________________________________ [$seal]

VERIFICATION
State of Florida
County of Orange
Subscribed in my presence and sworn to before me on this: [$date] [$notarysig ]
______________________________
Notary Public
[$disclosure]
See Proof on Next Page
Master Fee Schedule April 21 Hearing - Page 1 of 2
04/03/2026
Notarized remotely online using communication technology via Proof. 311
Master Fee Schedule April 21 Hearing - Page 2 of 2
312

C O M P R E H E N S I V E U S E R F E E S T U DY
Fe b r u a r y 2 0 2 6
GCP
GOVERNMENT CONSULTING PARTNERS, INC.
313

TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 BACKGROUND AND OBJECTIVES
Background…………………………………………….………………………………………..…………….…1
Existing South Lake Tahoe Fee Policy………………………………..………………….…………..……2 2 STUDY METHODOLOGY
Fee Inventory and Fee Structure Review………….………..…………….….…………………...….…4 Table: Proposed Fee Structure Changes and New Fees..………….….……..………5 Costing Methodology…………………….…………………………………..………………………….…....7 SME Focus Groups: Identifying Time Requirements by Task….…………………..………..….…7 Fully Burdened Hourly Rates: ……………………………..……………………….……...............…..8 3 FISCAL IMPACT
Summary Results by Department/ Division………..…..………..……………………….…….……11 4 ANALYSIS AND HIGHLIGHTS
Departmental Writeups………………………………………………………………….…..….….………13 5 FEE ANALYSIS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Building……………………………………………………………………………...…..………………......…26 City Clerk……………………………………………………….…………………………………………........28 Engineering…………………………………………………….……………………………………….…....…29 Finance…………………………………….…………………………………………..…..…………..……..…31 Fire………………………………………………………………..………………………………………….....…33
Parks and Recreation……………….…………………………………………..…..…………..……….....35 Planning………………………………………………………...……………………………………..……...…40 Police…………………………………………………………….……………………………………..……...…42
6 FEE COMPARISON SURVEY
Survey of Fees Charged by Regional Agencies……………….…………………………………....…44

APPENDIX A
Adopted Recreation and Aquatic Center Fee Schedule…………………………………………….47

APPENDIX B
Citywide Full Cost Simple Rate………………………………….………………………………………….55 314

CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE
Comprehensive User Fee Study
Government Consulting Partners, Inc.
` Page 1
Government Consulting Partners, Inc (GCP) is a Sacramento-based consulting firm specializing in cost and revenue studies for state and local government.
1 BACKGROUND & OBJECTIVES

The City of South Lake Tahoe delivers many services to the public for a fee. This report focuses on “user fees”, which are assessed in order to recover the cost of labor-based services or use of city facilities. A comprehensive review of user fees was last conducted in 2015. Since that time fees have been reviewed and increased annually by CPI where and when it was appropriate. The City engaged GCP to conduct a comprehensive review of user fee costs and associated revenues using 2025 financial and operational data.

User fees in California are required to conform to the statutory requirements of the California Constitution, Proposition 218 and the California Code of Regulations, including Government Code 66000 et seq. By law, user fees may not exceed the estimated reasonable cost of providing the services for which they were levied, unless approved by a two-thirds vote of the electorate.

As more fiscal limitations are imposed on local government, user fees have become an increasingly important source of revenue. A user fee is a payment made by an individual or business that primarily benefits the individual or business rather than the community at large. Government agencies can charge a user fee for a service when 1) the individual’s decision to use a service is voluntary, and 2) the fee charged is reasonably related to the level of service rendered and cost of providing the service.

This report presented GCP’s comprehensive review of South Lake Tahoe’s user fees with the goal of aligning fees with current fiscal policy and Council priorities.

The study covered user fees charged by the following departments/divisions:
 Building
 City Clerk
 Engineering
 Finance
 Fire
 Parks and Recreation
 Planning
 Police
AQUATIC CENTER FEES – GCP also reviewed the City’s new Aquatic’s Center. GCP accelerated this portion of the study to accommodate the Center’s grand opening in early 2026. Aquatic Center fees were approved by Council in November 2025 under a separate report.

VACATION HOME RENTAL FEES - GCP reviewed staff’s internally prepared Vacation Home Rental (VHR) annual and inspection fee calculations and provided feedback. Updated VHR fees were adopted by Council in June, 2025 under a separate report.

GCP’s project’s scope included calculating the cost of each fee-related service, conducting a survey of fees charged by regional agencies, and recommending fee adjustments aligned with established Council policy. 315

CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE
Comprehensive User Fee Study
Government Consulting Partners, Inc.
` Page 2

S O U T H L A K E T A H O E E X I S T I N G F E E

P O L I C Y
GCP reviewed established Council user fee policy for setting fees and fee structures. The City’s Financial Policy was last revised in 2013. Section D provides the following guidance regarding the imposition of user fees:
316

CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE
Comprehensive User Fee Study
Government Consulting Partners, Inc.
` Page 3
Key user fee principles from the City’s policy include:
 Revenues from user fees shall not exceed the cost of providing the service.  Cost recovery goals shall be based on the total cost of delivering the service.  The method of assessing and collecting fees shall be as simple as possible.  Fee levels shall be sensitive to the market for similar services.  Fee levels shall be sensitive to smaller, infrequent users of the service.  The level of cost recovery shall consider community-wide versus special benefit.  The level of cost recovery shall consider the financial benefit to the service users.

The goal of this report is to present the study’s findings in a relevant and concise format that allows City leadership to make informed user-fee pricing decisions consistent with existing fee policy. 317

CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE
Comprehensive User Fee Study
Government Consulting Partners, Inc.
` Page 4
2 STUDY METHODOLOGY
Upon project commencement -GCP met with Finance staff to better understand the goals and priorities for the new fee schedule. A workplan was then developed to ensure that the proposed fee schedule resulting from the study reflects these priorities.

F E E S T R U C T U R E R E V I E W

A key component of the workplan included
restructuring of existing fees. In collaboration
with GCP, City staff reviewed the existing fee
structure and identified areas where fees
could be realigned to more accurately reflect
the City’s processes and the services being
provided. Every proposed change is
designed to accomplish one of several
things: streamline the fee calculation process;
increase user-friendliness; or increase equity
across the customer base.

As part of the restructuring process, GCP
surveyed fee schedules from comparison
agencies to better understand regional best
practice fee structures and trends. GCP
shared this compiled data with staff as well as
the actual fee schedules themselves.

All flat and tiered fees are supported by average processing times and staffing fully burdened hourly rates.

Reducing reliance on deposit-based fees in favor of flat or tiered structures increases predictability for customers.

The City recently instituted a customer portal enabling electronic plan submittals and payment services, greatly reducing wait times at the public counter.

Streamlining the fee schedule was a significant focus of the study. A streamlined fee schedule saves valuable time for both City counter staff and the City’s customers.

After GCP and City staff discussed and reviewed all available fee structure options a final consensus was reached for each group of fees. Table 1 summarizes the proposed fee structure changes.
318

CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE
Comprehensive User Fee Study
Government Consulting Partners, Inc.
` Page 5
Table 1: Proposed Fee Structure Changes and New Fees

CITY CLERK
11 Public Property Use Fee (for filming only) Change to See Facility Rental Fee Schedule
See Facility Rental Fee
Schedule
13 City Council AV Service Fee NEW Per Hour (1 hour
minimum)
14 Film Application Fee Special NEW
Applications that require
additional City Clerk, Fire,
Police or Public Works,
review will be charged
the hourly rate of the
Department Head
reviewing the Permit
Application.
15 Film Appliation Fee Rush (less than 7 business days) NEW Base Fee x 1.5 16 Film Permit Change Fee NEW Flat Fee

FINANCE
16 Business License Label Report $63 Flat Fee Remove
319

CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE
Comprehensive User Fee Study
Government Consulting Partners, Inc.
` Page 6

FIRE RESCUE
2 EMS: Advanced/Basic Life Support, incident response Per Hour Flat Fee 3 EMS: Advanced/Basic Life Support - with standby to support air ambulance transport, incident response Flat Fee Remove
4 EMS: Advanced/Basic Life Support - with engine standby for CPR, incident response Flat Fee Remove 6 County Fire Services: Lake Valley Fire District Contract Per Hour Remove 7 County Fire Services: Fallen Leaf Fire District Contract Per Hour Remove 11 Wild Land Suppression: Ladder Truck CA OES Hourly Rate Remove 25 Pipeline/Power Lines: Fire Hydrant Flow Test Flat Fee Remove 26 Pipeline/Power Lines: Witnessed Acceptance Test Flat Fee Remove 28 Pipeline/Power Lines: Structure Fire Suppression (includes scene safety, initial investigation, traffic control, patient contact, hazard control) Hourly Flat Fee 37 Open Burning and Recreational Fires Flat Fee Remove
38 Ceremonial/Special Permit New Fee
43 Photographs Flat Fee Remove
44 Video Tape Duplication Flat Fee Remove
47 Per Event Inspection Per Hour Remove
50 Tree Removal Permit New Fee
51 Special Event / Fire Inspections (3 hour min if conducted outside regular work hours) Hourly Remove 55 Auto Alarm/Ext Supression System - 100 1-99 Per Inspection Remove 56 Auto Alarm/Ext Supression- 100+ Per Inspection Remove 57 Suppression Sys-50 hds/Dry Chem sys Flat Fee Remove
58 Suppression Sys-200 hds Flat Fee Remove
62 Board 7 Care Facility 7-50 Flat Fee Remove
63 Board 7 Care Facility 50+ Flat Fee Remove
70 Basic Fire Inspection - Hourly, after 4 hours New Fee 76 Fire Processing Permit Fee New Fee
320

CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE
Comprehensive User Fee Study
Government Consulting Partners, Inc.
` Page 7

C O S T I N G M E T H O D O L O G Y
Most fees in this study were calculated via a per-unit analysis approach. Commonly called a “bottom-up” approach, this method analyzes direct staff time required to deliver one unit of service. Indirect rates are then applied to reflect services and supplies, administrative and all overhead costs required to deliver each service. Resulting in a detailed, fully burdened cost perunit assessment.

GCP’s per-unit methodology includes the following five steps to build the individual per unit costs:

1. Define the fees to be analyzed.

2. Analyze direct staff time spent on the fee-related services.

3. Develop fully burdened hourly rates for direct staff.

4. Compare total costs to the current fee schedule.

5. Annualize results by extrapolating per-unit results by typical volume demand.

1. Define the fees to be analyzed
GCP worked with staff to identify any proposed new fees, obsolete fees and fee structure changes to establish a final list of fee-related services to be analyzed.

2. SME Focus Groups: Identifying time requirements by task Once all fee structure decisions were finalized, GCP interviewed subject matter experts (SME) to estimate the average time spent by task on each fee category. Each fee was reviewed individually, and City staff worked collaboratively with GCP to identify the specific tasks associated with each service. Table 2 below provides an example of the time/task documentation for a major sign review within Planning.
321

CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE
Comprehensive User Fee Study
Government Consulting Partners, Inc.
` Page 8
Table 2: Sample of Time / Task detail: Planning
Analyzing fee services
at this level of
granularity provides
higher confidence in
study results.

Accurate and
detailed time
estimates, multiplied
by staff FBHR’s form
the maximum the City
may legally charge by
fee category.

Table 3: Methods used to evaluate reasonableness
GCP performed a series of checks to
ensure the reasonableness of data inputs.

After several rounds of reasonableness
checks and data refinement final time
figures were then entered into the fee
model along with associated cost and
demand data.

These checks were used to focus GCP and staff’s internal quality control reviews on fees that are outliers in one way or another. Where possible, the City’s data systems were queried to provide data to either inform or corroborate staff’s efforts.

3. Develop fully burdened hourly rates (FBHR’s)
Establishing FBHR’s is essential to any user fee study engagement because these rates lay the foundation to calculating the full cost of providing services. FBHR’s can be used to determine how much it costs the City to deliver any labor-based service. Reliable FBHR’s ensure the study’s findings, recommendations and resulting fee schedules are based on real defensible costs. This promotes both transparency and financial sustainability.

Calculate the Annual Full Cost of Direct Staff: The FBHR calculation process incorporated data from the following sources:
 Staffing costs were calculated using the City’s budgeted compensation data, including salaries and benefits, for employees responsible for performing the feerelated services. 322

CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE
Comprehensive User Fee Study
Government Consulting Partners, Inc.
` Page 9
 Operating costs directly associated with service delivery—such as materials, supplies, and contracted services—were incorporated into the fully burdened rate to ensure a comprehensive reflection of total service costs.
 Overhead costs were included and applied to the division’s direct salary and benefit expenses to calculate the fully burdened hourly rates.
o Division overhead: Division overhead includes indirect costs such as labor from managers, supervisors and support staff, internal meetings, training, general counter time and shared supplies that support overall service delivery within the division.
o Citywide overhead: represents the allocation of indirect costs from the City’s cost allocation plan, covering central support service departments such as Human Resources, Information Technology, and Finance that provide essential resources and support to all departments throughout the organization.

Identify Annual Available Work Hours per FTE: This becomes the denominator in the rate.

Conceptually, the idea is to reflect the average number of hours in a year that an FTE is typically available to deliver services. By including only available work hours in the denominator, instead of the traditional 2,080, the rates are “fully burdened” sufficient to recover the full annual cost of one FTE, assuming normal construction demand levels.

For this study GCP used the industry-standard staffing available hours figure of 1,800.

4. Compare total service cost to the current fee charged Once the fully burdened hourly rate is applied to the time estimates for each fee category, this creates the “total cost” per unit. GCP compared the total cost for each fixed-fee service to the fee currently charged. This provided the initial results on the percentage of current cost recovery under the City’s existing fees.

If the current cost recovery for a particular service is under 100%, this implies the fee does not cover the cost of providing the service and can be increased. If the current cost recovery is over 100%, then the fee is set too high and must be lowered to comply with State laws prohibiting the making of a profit on user fee activities.

5. Annualization of the Per Unit results
GCP projected the annual fiscal impact by multiplying current and proposed fees by annual demand figures. Demand figures were estimated based on the following assumptions:
323

CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE
Comprehensive User Fee Study
Government Consulting Partners, Inc.
` Page 10
 Estimates of demand are used for any new or restructured fee categories.  Revenue produced by deposit-based fee categories is often difficult to predict. These fees are based on the type and complexity of the project. Deposit based fees are seen as revenue neutral since they are based on actual time spent multiplied by the hourly rate and therefore are assumed to be 100% cost recovery.
324

CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE
Comprehensive User Fee Study
Government Consulting Partners, Inc.
` Page 11
3 FISCAL IMPACT

S U M M A R Y R E S U L T S B Y D E P T / D I V I S I O N In cooperation with city staff, GCP developed cost and revenue projections for each area under study. Costs and revenues were primarily projected by extrapolating individual per-unit results for an entire year of demand activity. The combined findings result shows an overall $269,001 net revenue increase on an annual basis, assuming historic demand levels. The table below summarizes the fiscal impact of our findings and recommendations for each fee area under study.

The study’s fiscal projections are approximations and should be approached conservatively. It is recommended that staff monitor actual fiscal impacts beginning with the first six months of actual revenue data.

The fiscal impact table shows the current annual fee revenue of $4,002,706. With associated costs of $5,009,900 for an overall cost recover rate of 80%. Leaving $1,007,194 (20%) in unrecovered or subsidized costs.

If the recommended fee adjustments are adopted, annual revenues are projected to increase to $4,271,707 representing a $269,001 revenue increase.

Staff made careful considerations when developing these recommendations. While many fees are projected to increase, several are proposed at less than full cost recovery at this time. Moving to full cost would result in significant impacts to users. GCP recommends gradually monitoring these fees over the coming years to ensure they remain aligned with actual staff time and service delivery costs.
325

CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE
Comprehensive User Fee Study
Government Consulting Partners, Inc.
` Page 12

T E C H N O L O G Y S U R C H A R G E
The City assesses a flat $13 transaction fee to cover the cost of technology related to business licenses and building permits. The technology fee provides a dedicated revenue stream for the acquisition, update and regular
maintenance of the City’s HdL and
Community Development data licensing
and permitting systems and other related
technologies required to provide
advanced cloud-based services to its
customers.

The City’s projected cost of providing
technology services to permit-holders is
$180,719 annually, or $31 per business
license or development permit issued in a
typical year.

Having a dedicated revenue source for
technology costs improves transparency
and facilitates future cost/fee alignments.

Chapter 6 of this report compares the
proposed Technology Fee against similar
fees charged by regional cities and
counties.
326

CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE
Comprehensive User Fee Study
Government Consulting Partners, Inc.
` Page 13
4 ANALYSIS AND HIGHLIGHTS
The User Fee program chapter summarizes findings and recommendations for each department reviewed in the study. They present key financial results, including cost-of-service calculations, current cost recovery rates, and anticipated changes in revenue based on proposed fee updates.

This section also highlights recommended adjustments to each of the fee schedules, such as eliminating outdated fees, introducing new ones, and combining similar charges to enhance transparency and consistency. The full list of the proposed fees can be found in section 5 of this report.

B U I L D I N G
The Building division’s mission is to enforce minimum building code requirements to safeguard the public health, safety and general welfare through structural strength, means of egress, stability, sanitation, adequate light and ventilation, energy conservation and green building systems.

The Building division provides these services at the request of property owners and developers seeking to build or enhance and change the current use of their property.

GCP used a variety of methods to test whether the division’s fees meet the cost vs revenue standards of Government Code 66014 et seq. which states that revenue received in return for a service must not exceed reasonable related costs.

South Lake Tahoe’s building division operates in an environment that has complexities beyond most other departments, including:
 A limited five-month development window.
 Additional TRPA regulations and requirements add an additional layer of complexity to the City’s review and approval processes.

Building permits are charged based on the construction valuation (market value, less land costs and profit) of the proposed project. A flat 2% fee is applied against construction valuation to cover the cost of inspecting projects for adherence to the California Building Code. The division charges separate flat fees for individual electrical, plumbing and mechanical permits.

GCP prepared a total cost vs total revenue matchup for the Building division. 327

CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE
Comprehensive User Fee Study
Government Consulting Partners, Inc.
` Page 14
The analysis for the Building division projects an overall cost of $2,152,802 with associated revenues of $2,294,906, for a $142,104 revenue surplus. GCP recommends no adjustments to Building division fees in light of the fiscal analysis (aside from an increase in the Technology Fee as discussed on page 13 of this report, which would add $27,486 revenue). Building fees and costs are intended to even out over the course of a development cycle. GCP reviewed South Lake Tahoe’s Building revenues over a five-year period and finds revenue generated by current fee levels offsets the average cost of operating the Building division.

Multi-Year Trend Analysis
It is important to analyze a Building division over a period of years because building revenues are highly dependent on demand
levels and where we fall within the current
construction-cycle. The Table to the right
presents Building’s cost vs revenue picture
over a 5-year history. Figures reflect budgeted
costs and revenues. The full cost line reflects
internal costs (inspection, plan-check, public
counter) as well as support from Planning,
Public Works and Fire. Future revenue
depends heavily on construction demand,
while staffing and other costs remain relatively
stable over time to ensure projects are plan
checked and inspected within acceptable
timeframes.

C I T Y C L E R K
The City Clerk’s department is directly responsible to the public and serves as a direct link between the residents and their government. While a majority of the duties performed by the City Clerk’s department are non-fee related, there are a handful of user fees that the department is responsible for providing.

The user fee cost analysis for the City Clerk’s department shows an overall cost recovery of $13,015 (37%) with $21,971 (63%) unrecovered. GCP is recommending that all fees on the City Clerk’s fee schedule be set at 100% cost recovery. If the recommendations are adopted, the estimated annual revenue would increase to $34,971 for an increase of $21,956.

FEE AREA

COST OF FEE

SERVICES

CURRENT

USER FEE

REVENUE
COST

RECOVERY
RATE

GENERAL

FUND SUBSIDY

PROJECTED

REVENUE
FROM

PROPOSED
FEES
COST

RECOVERY

RATE AT

PROPOSED
FEES

PROJECTED

REVENUE

INCREASE
City Clerk $34,971 $13,015 37% $21,956 $34,971 100% $21,956 328

CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE
Comprehensive User Fee Study
Government Consulting Partners, Inc.
` Page 15
New Fees Added
There are four new fees that are proposed to add to the fee schedule:
 City Council AV Service Fee
 Film Application Fee Special
 Film Application Fee Rush (less than 7 business days)  Film Permit Change Fee

In addition to the four new fees, the department is recommending setting the appeals fee at 100% cost recovery. Based on the comparison survey results below, the recommendation is to increase the current appeals fee from $380 to $1,253.

Note – fees used in a comparison survey are subject to change and present a snapshot in time.

The full list of the proposed fees can be found in section 5 of this report.

E N G I N E E R I N G
Engineering is charged with the task of safeguarding life, health, property, and public welfare through review, design, bid and construction of public improvement projects constructed on City property and within the City’s right-of-way. The division implements water quality programs to reduce the pollutant loads which flow into, and are discharged from the City’s storm water infrastructure to Lake Tahoe.

Engineering is also responsible for inspecting construction in the public right-of-way processing plans, permits and applications for land development. These services were the primary focus of GCP’s analysis.

City/Municipality Appeals Fee Type of Appeal
Douglas County, NV $ 898 Appeal of staff decision To Planning Commission (PC) Douglas County, NV $ 1,047 Appeal PC decision to Board of County Commission Placer County, CA $ 688 Appeal
Nevada County, CA $ 1,976 Planning Agency Appeals
Nevada County, CA $ 1,976 Planning Commission Appeals
Nevada County, CA $ 1,976 Zoning Administrator Appeals
Tahoe Regional Planning Agency $ 1,235 Appeal of Executive Director Decisions Tahoe Regional Planning Agency $ 1,668
Appeal of Local Government Decision Pursuant to Area Plan MOU
Peer Average $ 1,433
South Lake Tahoe (Current) $ 380
South Lake Tahoe (Proposed) $ 1,253
329

CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE
Comprehensive User Fee Study
Government Consulting Partners, Inc.
` Page 16
Engineering expended a total of $40,685 on providing fee-related services while generating $62,816 revenue, for an over recovery of $22,131. GCP recommends all fees be adjusted to 100% cost recovery. If the fee recommendations are adopted, the estimated annual revenue would decrease by $22,148.

F I N A N C E
The Finance department is responsible for protecting the City’s fiscal health and sustainability.

Although many of the Finance department’s duties are non-fee related, there are a handful of user fees that the department is responsible for providing.

The user fee cost analysis for the Finance department shows an overall cost recovery of $342,045 (103%) with an over recovery of $8,782. GCP is recommending that all fees on the Finance department fee schedule be set at 100% cost recovery. For those fees currently experiencing more than 100% cost recovery, the fee would need reduced to 100%. Fees currently experiencing less than 100% cost recovery would need to increase to 100%. If the fee recommendations are adopted, the estimated annual revenue would decrease to $333,263.

There are eight fees that are proposed to decrease. The decreases are a direct result of efficiencies in the process to provide services in addition to shifting work to a lower position title to perform.

Business and Professions Tax Rates
 Administrative Fee - New Business One Time 6 Month License Application  Administrative Fee - Annual Renewal (Including $31 Business License Technology Fee)  Business License Certificate - duplicate copy
TOT and Business License Reports
These four reports will not have an impact on revenue. The was no volume associated with these fees in the past year.

FEE AREA

COST OF FEE

SERVICES

CURRENT

USER FEE

REVENUE
COST

RECOVERY
RATE

GENERAL

FUND SUBSIDY

PROJECTED

REVENUE
FROM

PROPOSED
FEES
COST

RECOVERY

RATE AT

PROPOSED
FEES

PROJECTED

REVENUE

INCREASE
Finance $333,263 $342,045 103% -$8,782 $333,263 100% -$8,782 330

CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE
Comprehensive User Fee Study
Government Consulting Partners, Inc.
` Page 17
 Motel Tax Master (name/address listing)
 Individual TOT Report
 Vacation Home Rental Master Report
 Vacation Home Rental Label Report
Miscellaneous
Return Check (NSF) Processing – 1st check was increased by CPI but is set by statue and should be reduced to $25.

The full list of the proposed fees can be found in section 5 of this report.

F I R E
The South Lake Tahoe Fire Rescue Division provides essential life-safety services, including emergency medical response, fire suppression, rescue, hazardous-materials mitigation, wildfire prevention, and community risk-reduction. Because these services require highly trained staff, specialized equipment, and constant readiness, service fees must be reviewed and updated regularly to reflect the true cost of service, meet the City’s cost-recovery goals, and sustain reliable emergency response in a community with significant seasonal demand and unique public-safety risks.

The cost analysis results for Fire Rescue fees is shown below.

The cost analysis for the Fire Recue shows an overall cost recovery of $159,490 (20%) current fee revenue with a cost of $785,699 leaving (80%) uncollected costs.

If staff fee recommendations are adopted, estimated annual revenue would increase to $206,661, an increase of $47,171 These projections are estimates only; actual revenues depend on activity levels, compliance, billing and collection practices, and any future changes to fee structures or City policies.

A significant portion of uncollected revenue is attributable to Fire Advanced and Basic Life Support services, which are rarely reimbursed at full cost. Insurance providers typically cover only a portion of actual expenses, creating a gap between true service costs—including personnel, equipment, supplies, and overhead—and amounts recovered. City staff estimate that only 25– 30% of actual service costs are currently collected.

FEE AREA

COST OF FEE

SERVICES

CURRENT

USER FEE

REVENUE
COST

RECOVERY
RATE

GENERAL

FUND SUBSIDY

PROJECTED

REVENUE
FROM

PROPOSED
FEES
COST

RECOVERY

RATE AT

PROPOSED
FEES

PROJECTED

REVENUE

INCREASE
Fire Rescue $785,699 $159,490 20% $626,209 $206,661 26% $47,171 331

CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE
Comprehensive User Fee Study
Government Consulting Partners, Inc.
` Page 18
Updates to the Fee Schedule
GCP collaborated with the division’s staff to align fees with the services provided, confirming that the existing structure was well organized and effectively serving the City. Only a few minor adjustments were made to the overall layout of the fee schedule.

The current Fire Rescue fee schedule includes 60 fees, encompassing flat fees, actual cost, hourly rates, and fines. Following this study, 15 obsolete fees are recommended for removal, resulting in a proposed schedule of 45 fees.

The proposed Fire Rescue fees changes include:

New Fees:
 Ceremonial/Special Permit – Flat Fee
 Tree Removal Permit – Flat Fee
 Basic Fire Inspection, after hours – Per Hour
 Fire Processing Permit Fee – Flat Fee
Fee Removal:
 Following a comprehensive review, select fees are being removed to better align the fee schedule with current service delivery practices, cost recovery principles, and legal requirements. This update helps simplify the fee structure while ensuring fees are applied only where a clear and supportable relationship exists between the service provided and the fee charged. Below is a consolidated list of those services and a brief description of why it’s being removed. 332

CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE
Comprehensive User Fee Study
Government Consulting Partners, Inc.
` Page 19
Fee Restructuring
 Eleven fees are proposed to be converted from hourly rates to flat fees, as staff were unaware, they were listed as hourly and they were never intended or charged as such.

The full list of the proposed fees can be found in section 5 of this report.

Fee Removal Reason
EMS: Advanced/Basic Life Support – with standby to
support air ambulance transport, incident response
Not charged separately. EMS services are billed under a flat-rate structure, making an additional standby fee unnecessary.

EMS: Advanced/Basic Life Support – with engine standby
for CPR, incident response
Not charged separately. EMS services are provided under a flat-rate fee regardless of the level or type of medical response.

County Fire Services: Lake Valley Fire District Contract Fees are not charged to other fire agencies. Services are addressed through interagency agreements or invoicing as needed, not user fees.

County Fire Services: Fallen Leaf Fire District Contract Fees are not charged to other fire agencies. Services are handled through interagency agreements or invoicing as needed, not user fees.

Wild Land Suppression: Ladder Truck Ladder trucks are not deployed on wildland incidents.

Pipeline/Power Lines: Fire Hydrant Flow Test Hydrant flow testing is no longer performed by the Fire Department; hydrants are owned and maintained by STPUD.

Pipeline/Power Lines: Witnessed Acceptance Test The Fire Department does not perform witnessed acceptance testing.

Open Burning and Recreational Fires Open burning and recreational fires are not permitted within city limits.

Photographs No fee is charged. Public records requests are processed through the City Clerk’s Office, which may assess fees as applicable.

Video Tape Duplication No fee is charged. Public records requests are processed through the City Clerk’s Office, which may assess fees as applicable.

Per Event Inspection
Per-event inspections are not required for fire dancers holding a valid annual permit, as safety requirements are already demonstrated and approved.

Suppression Sys – 50 hds / Dry Chem Sys Consolidated into the automatic alarm/suppression system fee.

Suppression Sys – 200 hds Consolidated into the automatic alarm/suppression system fee.

Board & Care Facility (7–50) Consolidated into the daycare facility fee.

Board & Care Facility (50+) Consolidated into the daycare facility fee.

Special Event / Fire Inspections (3 hour min if conducted outside regular work hours) Already Covered in Fire Inspection Fee Auto Alarm/Ext Supression System - 100 1-99 Duplicate Fee - Already covered Auto Alarm/Ext Supression- 100+ Duplicate Fee - Already covered 333

CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE
Comprehensive User Fee Study
Government Consulting Partners, Inc.
` Page 20

P A R K S A N D R E C R E A T I O N
In phase I of the Parks and Recreation fee analysis, GCP focused on the fees for the new Recreation and Aquatics Center that is scheduled to open in spring 2026. On November 4, 2025, the City Council adopted the new Recreation and Aquatics Center fee schedule which is referenced in Appendix A of this study.

Phase II of the Parks and Recreation fee study represents the analysis of the remaining fee related program categories listed below:
 Outdoor Park Facility Rentals: Picnic Shelters and Picnic Areas  Outdoor Park Facility Rentals: Regan Beach West
 Special Event Facility Rentals (large scale events): Lakeview Commons; Bijou Park (entire park), Regan Beach
 Bijou Golf Course
 Campground
 Boat Ramp
The revenues for these program categories have been updated since the phase I report was issued. The results for the phase II service category analysis are shown below:

The user fee cost analysis for the remaining Parks and Recreation program categories show an overall cost recovery of $656,249 (66%) with $337,481 (34%) unrecovered. If staff recommendations are adopted, projected revenue would be $691,038 (70%) for an increase of $34,789.

Part of the unrecovered costs comes directly from the state capped fees for the Boat Ramp which shows an overall cost recovery of $36,464 (21%) with a cost of $169,971, leaving $133,507 (79%) unrecovered or subsidized by the city.

The individual program category results are listed below:

FEE AREA

COST OF FEE

SERVICES

CURRENT

USER FEE

REVENUE
COST

RECOVERY
RATE

GENERAL

FUND SUBSIDY

PROJECTED

REVENUE
FROM

PROPOSED
FEES
COST

RECOVERY

RATE AT

PROPOSED
FEES

PROJECTED

REVENUE

INCREASE
Parks and Recreation $993,730 $656,249 66% $337,481 $691,038 70% $34,789 334

CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE
Comprehensive User Fee Study
Government Consulting Partners, Inc.
` Page 21
Many of the fees within the phase II categories represent facility rentals or use of government property. In 2010, Proposition 26 was adopted and states that user fees are limited to the "estimated reasonable cost of providing a service" by Government Code section 66014(a) and other supplementary legislation. In particular, Proposition 26 established that fees charged for the use of government property are exempt from Proposition 26. These include fees for parks and facility rentals as well as green fees, carts, and other equipment rental fees. All of these fees may be set at a price the market will bear.

Based on the overall results, GCP performed a comparison survey of various outdoor park facility rentals, 9-hole golf courses, and campgrounds. It is common for agencies to want to compare their fees to other agencies, however, it is important to note that not all facilities may be an apples-to-apples comparison. For example, a straight comparison of a 9-hole golf course does not take into account the quality or condition of the course or whether or not the facility offers a club house or other amenities. A comparison survey can provide some guidance when looking at the key considerations but ultimately staff’s comments were heavily considered when making the final recommendations.

Other key considerations that were taken into account when setting the recommendations included:
 Price Elasticity of Demand: When proposing fee recommendations, the elasticity of demand for the service should be considered. For example, will raising the fee result in a loss of participants or number of rentals or is the demand there to sustain participation levels. 29 Outdoor Park Facility Rentals: Picnic Shelters and
Picnic Areas $ 28,102.93 5,091.00 $ 18%
30 Outdoor Park Facility Rentals: Regan Beach West $ 28,102.93 25,902.00 $ 92% 31 Special Event Facility Rentals (large scale events):

Lakeview Commons; Bijou Park (entire park),
Regan Beach $ 25,756.16 6,504.00 $ 25%
39 Bijou Golf Course 203,765.00 $ 437,754.38 $ 47%
40 Campground 378,524.00 $ 304,042.63 $ 124%
41 Boat Ramp 36,464.00 $ 169,970.56 $ 21%
City of South Lake Tahoe
Parks and Recreation
Service Category Name

CURRENT
COST
RECOVERY %

CURRENT

REVENUE

TOTAL ANNUAL
COST
335

CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE
Comprehensive User Fee Study
Government Consulting Partners, Inc.
` Page 22
 Competition: Certain services, such as facility rentals, may be provided by neighboring communities or the private sector, and therefore demand for these services can be highly dependent on what else may be available.

The following represent some of the highlighted fee changes:

Outdoor Park Facility Rentals: Picnic Shelters and Picnic Areas and Regan Beach West - GCP recommends that the fees under this program category increase by CPI.

Special Event Facility Rentals (large scale events): Lakeview Commons; Bijou Park and Regan Beach
Currently there are two tiers for the Lakeview Commons, Bijou Community Park or Regan Beach Special Event Rental: attendance up to 500 persons and attendance 501-1,000 persons.

Staff recommend adding a third tier for attendance 1,001-2,000 persons and adjusting the fees for the three tiers. (see below)
Other fee changes under this program category include:
 Increase in the Bijou Community Park Parking Lot Rental and the Community Playfield Parking Lot Rental fee
 New fee added for the Bijou Community Park Lawn Space (up to 100 persons)  Bijou Bike Park or Skate Park Rental and Disc Golf Course Rental for Tournaments & Special Events (Bijou Park) to increase by CPI.
 Facility Rental Setup Fee increase to match newly adopted fee on the Recreation and Aquatic Center fee schedule.

Bijou Golf Course
Fees are recommended to increase by 10% resulting in $18,872 in additional revenue.

Two new fees are recommended:
 Individual Senior Season Pass (no restrictions)
 Individual Junior Season Pass (no restrictions)
Campgrounds
Fee Name Comments
Lakeview Commons, Bijou Community Park or
Regan Beach Special Event Rental, Attendance up to
500 persons
$1,091 Per Day $800 Per Day
Reduced by 27%
Lakeview Commons, Bijou Community Park or
Regan Beach Special Event Rental, Attendance 501-
1,000 persons
$1,364 Per Day $1,364 Per Day
Increase by CPI
Lakeview Commons, Bijou Community Park or
Regan Beach Special Event Rental, Attendance 1,001-
2,000 persons
New Per Day $1,900 Per Day
Increase fee from $1,364
to $1,900 which is a 39%
increase
Current Fee Proposed Fee
336

CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE
Comprehensive User Fee Study
Government Consulting Partners, Inc.
` Page 23
All but one fee is recommended to stay the same with no increase. The one exception is listed below:
 Campground Site Fee - No hook up, up to 6 people and 1 car (includes $10 infrastructure fee). This fee is recommended to increase 5%, resulting in $15,917 in additional revenue.

In addition to the phase II fees reviewed, staff recommend adding two new fees to the new Recreation and Aquatics Center fee schedule.
a. Family Dance
b. Gym Sports Event (per team)
c. Family Annual Pass (1 adult and 1 child)
d. Stage Rental Fee (Gym Rental, Pool Rental, Dance Fitness, Community Room and Event Space
The full list of the proposed fees can be found in section 5 of this report.

P L A N N I N G
The City’s planning, land use and zoning services are intended to protect, maintain and develop an attractive, safe, and healthy community by providing planning services to the general public, project applicants, and other City Departments.

The Planning division is responsible for reviewing and processing permits and applications for development
The cost analysis for Planning shows an overall cost of processing development projects of $497,592 while generating associated revenue of $340,255, for a 68% cost recovery rate.

If proposed fee adjustments are adopted, annual revenue will increase to approximately $497,259 for an increase of $157,034. These projections are estimates only; actual revenues depend on activity levels, compliance, billing and collection practices, and any future changes to fee structures or City policies.
337

CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE
Comprehensive User Fee Study
Government Consulting Partners, Inc.
` Page 24

P O L I C E
The Police department is primarily responsible for maintaining community quality of life by providing contemporary police response systems to meet the community’s expectations for service. The majority of services provided are not user fee related. However, the department does provide specific services which directly benefit an individual or business rather than the community as a whole and where a user fee charge is appropriate.

Several of the departments fees are restricted by the State of California. These fees have been proposed at the State prescribed amount. The remainder of fees are proposed for 100% cost recovery. The total cost of providing fee-eligible services annually is $171,158, while related revenue generated is $133,960 for a $37,198 subsidy. A combination of fee increases and decreases are proposed for a net $11,495 revenue increase.

FEE AREA

COST OF FEE

SERVICES

CURRENT

USER FEE

REVENUE
COST

RECOVERY
RATE

GENERAL

FUND SUBSIDY

PROJECTED

REVENUE
FROM

PROPOSED
FEES
COST

RECOVERY

RATE AT

PROPOSED
FEES

PROJECTED

REVENUE

INCREASE
Police $171,158 $133,960 78% $37,198 $145,455 85% $11,495 338

CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE
Comprehensive User Fee Study
Government Consulting Partners, Inc.
` Page 25
5 FEE ANALYSIS AND RECOMMENDATIONS

CITYWIDE RECOMMENDATIONS

1. GCP recommends the department update its user fees in non-study years by an annual inflation index to keep fees more closely aligned with staffing costs. We recommend the following index be applied as part of the regular budget cycle:
 Bureau of Labor Statistics Consumer Price Index (CPI), San Francisco-OaklandHayward, December release.

Certain fees are exempt from these annual indexed adjustments, such as percentagebased fees or those limited by the State or Federal government to a specific dollar amount.

2. GCP recommends the City monitor the revenue generated by new and adjusted fees and performing a check at both six months and one year to ensure that new and restructured fees are performing the way they were intended.

3. GCP recommends that South Lake Tahoe conduct a detailed analysis at least every three to five years, with minor adjustments, such as new fees arising from new legislation, be incorporated as needed.

ANALYSIS AND RECOMMENDATIONS BY DEPARTMENT/DIVISION
The following pages present GCP’s analysis and proposed fee for each user-fee related service.

339
Building
340
Fee Category
1 Building Permit Fee 2% % of valuation 2% 100% 100% 2% valuation 2 Administrative Processing $128 per hour/ 1 hr min. $128 100% 100% $151 per hour / 1 hr min. 3 Active Building Permit Extension $191 each $191 100% 100% $191 each 4 Building Plan Review Extension $191 each $191 100% 100% $191 each 5 Building Plan Review $128 per hour / 1 hr min. $128 100% 100% $128 per hour / 1 hr min. 6 Stop Work Notice of Violation $428 each $428 100% 100% $428 each 7 Stop Work/Red Tag Permit Fee 2x pmt each n/a n/a n/a 2x pmt 8 Special Building Inspections $177 per hour / 1 hr min. $177 100% 100% $177 per hour / 1 hr min. 9 Building Inspection/Reinspection Fee $177 each $177 100% 100% $177 each 10 Document Printing & Copying $0.10 per page $0.10 100% 100% $0.10 per page 11 Permit Technology Fee $13 each permit $31 42% 100% $31 each permit 12 Illegal Unit Review $1,107 each $1,107 100% 100% $1,107 each 13 Admin Fee for Cost of Collection on Liens, Nuisance, etc. 25% % of
collection costs 25% 100% 100% 25% of collection costs
14 Temporary Certificate of Occupancy Application $177 each $177 100% 100% $177 each 15 Demolition Permit $440 each $440 100% 100% $440 each 16 Resid. Fire Sprinkler Insp: 1-50 heads $248 per inspection $248 100% 100% $248 per insp 17 Resid. Fire Sprinkler Insp: 51+ heads $604 per inspection $604 100% 100% $604 per insp 18 Resid. Fire Plan Review $128 hourly $128 100% 100% $128 hourly 19 General Plan/ Community Plan/Area Plan Maint Fee $1.15 construction
valuation $1.15 100% 100% $1.15 const val
21 Re-check Fee (4th + each add'l check) NEW each NEW 100% 100% $256 each 22 Fees for work not specifically identified elsewhere NEW hourly NEW 100% 100% $177 hourly City of South Lake Tahoe
Building PER UNIT ANALYSIS
Current Fee
Cost Per
Unit
Cost
Recovery
Proposed
Fee
To nearest $5
Fee
Description
Proposed
Cost
Recovery
341

REVENUE
10003110 BUILDING & SAFETY REVENUE ALL SOURCES USER FEE 33132 Federal ARP Act Funding $9,408 $9,408
34008 TRPA MOU $134,428 $134,428
34140 Building Fees $1,538,398 $1,538,398
34180 Printing & Duplicating $19 $19
34230 Fire-Prev Special Inspect Fees $153,184 $153,184
36322 Trans in From Bldg Permits (271) $250,000 $250,000 10003112 MFD REVENUE ALL SOURCES USER FEE
32900 Penalty & Interest $31,549
34151 MFD Annual Fee $160,481 $160,481
34154 SRO Fee $48,988 $48,988
27103110 REVENUE ALL SOURCES USER FEE
34140 Building Fees $502,076
35310 Interest/Dividends $70,354
2024 ACTUAL USER FEE REVENUE $2,294,906

EXPENSES
10003110 BUILDING & SAFETY EXPENSES ALL SOURCES USER FEE STAFFING $489,092 $489,092
BENEFITS $220,316 $220,316
CONTRACT SERVICES $416,306 $416,306
OTHER EXPENSES $20,544 $20,544
CITYWIDE INDIRECT COST $222,659 $222,659
10003112 MFD EXPENSES ALL SOURCES USER FEE
STAFFING $154,251 $154,251
BENEFITS $57,323 $57,323
OTHER EXPENSES $435 $435
CITYWIDE INDIRECT COST $32,707 $32,707
27103110 EXPENSES ALL SOURCES USER FEE
CITYWIDE INDIRECT COST $5,334 $227,993

TRANSFER IN FROM LR PLANNING ALL SOURCES USER FEE
PLANNING SUPPORT TO BUILDING $211,176

TRANSFER IN FROM FIRE ALL SOURCES USER FEE
FIRE SUPPORT TO BUILDING $50,000

TRANSFER IN FROM PUBLIC WORKS ALL SOURCES USER FEE
PW SUPPORT TO BUILDING $50,000
2024 ACTUAL EXPENSES $2,152,802
NET REVENUE SURPLUS $142,104

BUILDING DIVISION
Total Cost vs Total Revenue Matchup
2024 ACTUALS
342
City Clerk
343
1 Appeals $380 Per appeal $1,253 30% 100% $1,253 Per appeal 2 Document Printing and Copying - .10 per page plus
postage $0.10 Per document page $0.10 100% 100% $0.10 Per document page 3 City Council Chambers Use Application Fee $28 Per application $35 80% 100% $35 Per application 4 City Council Chambers Rental, M-F, 8-5 p.m. $44 Per Hour $50 88% 100% $50 Per Hour 5 Video Meeting Electronic File Transfer, 1 per Drive $5 Per Thumb Drive $5 100% 100% $5 Per Thumb Drive 6 Verbatim Transcript Service $0 Hourly or Actual Outsource Cost $0 0% 100% Hourly or Actual Outsource Cost
7 Notary Service $15 Per form $15 100% $15 Per form
8 Notary Service - Providing California Notary
Acknowledgement or Jurat Form $1 Per form $1 100% $1 Per form 9 Agenda Mailing Service, .10 per page plus postage $0.10 Per page plus postage $0 100% $0.10 Per page plus postage 10 Filming Application Fee Basic $197 Fixed Fee $164 120% 100% $164 Fixed Fee 11 Public Property Use Fee (for filming only) $767 Change to See Facility Rental Fee Schedule $0 0% See Facility Rental Fee Schedule 12 Temporary Sign Deposit (yard signs) $174 Refundable Deposit (Campaign) $0 0% $174 Refundable Deposit
(Campaign)
13 City Council AV Service Fee $0 New Fee: Per Hour (1 hour minimum) $99 0% 100% $99 New Fee: Per Hour (1 hour
minimum)
14 Film Application Fee Special $0
New Fee: Applications that
require additional City
Clerk, Fire, Police or Public
Works, review will be
charged the hourly rate of
the Department Head
reviewing the Permit
Application.
$192 0% 100% $192
New Fee: Applications that
require additional City
Clerk, Fire, Police or Public
Works, review will be
charged the hourly rate of
the Department Head
reviewing the Permit
Application.
15 Film Appliation Fee Rush (less than 7 business days) $0 New - Base Fee x 1.5 $0 0% $0 New - Base Fee x 1.5 16 Film Permit Change Fee $0 New - Fixed Fee $132 0% 100% $132 New - Fixed Fee 17 Airport Commercial Filming $0
Airport Commercial Filming
will be processed by Airport
Manager
$0 0% $0
Airport Commercial Filming
will be processed by Airport
Manager
Fee Category Fee Description Proposed Fee

PER UNIT ANALYSIS
Current
Fee
Recommended
Cost Recovery
City of South Lake Tahoe -
City Clerk
Current
Cost
Recovery
Current
Cost Per
Unit
GCP
344
Engineering
345
1 Street/Property Abandonment $3,277 flat $2,855 115% 100% $2,855 flat 2 Single-Family Residential PW plan review $128 per hour $145 88% 100% $145 per hour 3 Multi-Family Residential PW plan review (6 units or less) $128 per hour $145 88% 100% $145 per hour 4 Large Multi-Family Residential PW plan review (7 or more units) $1,711 flat $145 n/a 100% $145 per hour
5 Commercial Development/Redev PW plan review $128 per hour $145 88% 100% $145 per hour 6 GIS Fee (special requests for information/maps) $347 flat $309 112% 100% $309 flat 7 Grading: <10 cubic yards (no fee) $0 free $0 n/a n/a $0 free 8 Grading: 10+ cubic yards $566 flat $754 75% 100% $754 flat 9 Grading: 8 - 350 cubic yards $957 REMOVE n/a n/a n/a REMOVE 10 Grading: 351+ cubic yards $2,468 REMOVE n/a n/a n/a REMOVE 11 Parcel Merger/Lot Line Adjustment/ Parcel Maps $128 per hour $145 88% 100% $145 per hour 12 Final Subdivision Map $128 per hour $145 88% 100% $145 per hour 13 Tentative Subdivision Map $128 per hour $145 88% 100% $145 per hour 14 Obstruction Permit $307 flat $340 n/a n/a $340 flat
15 Encroachment (street cut) Permit/Minor $766 flat $340 226% 100% $340 flat 16 Encroachment (street cut) Permit/Major $766
plus 1.5% of
Val over $20k $503 100% 100% $503
plus 1.5% of
Val over $20k
17 Transportation Yearly Permit $148 Set by State n/a n/a n/a $90 Set by State 18 Transportation Single Permit $105 Set by State n/a n/a n/a $16 Set by State 19 Permit Violation/ Stop Work Fee $1,532 flat n/a n/a n/a $1,532 flat 20 Storm Water Inspection Fee: Commercial $262 flat $293 90% 100% $293 flat 21 Storm Water Inspection Fee: Commercial Reinspection $131 flat $293 45% 100% $293 flat 22 Storm Water Inspection Fee: Industrial $327 flat $400 82% 100% $400 flat 23 Storm Water Inspection Fee: Industrial Reinspection $131 flat $400 33% 100% $400 flat 24 Easement Request/ Review $1,417 flat $4,368 32% 100% $4,368 flat 25 Reproduction Fee $4 per 23x26" $13 31% 100% $13 per 23x26" 26 Street Name Change actual cost actual cost n/a n/a n/a actual cost To nearest $1
Proposed Fee
Cost Per
Unit
Cost
Recovery
Proposed
Cost
Recovery
Public Works - Engineering
Org 3210
Fee Category Current Fee
Fee
Description
City of South Lake Tahoe

PER UNIT ANALYSIS
346
To nearest $1
Proposed Fee
Cost Per
Unit
Cost
Recovery
Proposed
Cost
Recovery
Public Works - Engineering
Org 3210
Fee Category Current Fee
Fee
Description
City of South Lake Tahoe

PER UNIT ANALYSIS
27 Unapproved Work (ROW)/ Correction Fee/ Inspections or Repairs to City Infrastructure $946 flat n/a n/a n/a $946 flat 28 PW Condominimization of Existing Resid. Development $128 per hour $145 88% 100% $145 per hour 29 PW Inspections/ Re-inspections $177 per insp $145 122% 100% $145 per hour 30 Third Party Plan Reviews New Fee Actual Cost n/a n/a n/a actual cost 31 Technology Fee $13 per permit $31 $1 $31 per permit
347
Finance
348
1 Administrative Fee - New license application
(Including $31 Business License Technology Fee) $86 application $108 80% $108 application 2 Administrative Fee - New Business One Time 6
Month License Application $42 application $32 131% $32 application 3 Administrative Fee - Annual Renewal (Including $31
Business License Technology Fee) $68 application $63 108% $63 application 4 AB1379 (amended SB1186; ADA info and access fee
- State of CA mandated; effective 1/1/2018 $4
per business
certificate $4 100% $4
per business
certificate
5 Business License Technology Fee; collected with
admin fee $13
business
application $31 42% $31
business
application
6 Business License Certificate - duplicate copy $19 certificate $12 158% $12 certificate 7 Lien Release Fee $0
lien: Passed on to
Seller through
Escrow $372 0% $372
lien: Passed on to
Seller through
Escrow
8 Administrative Fee for Delinquent Refuse
Collections $87 lien $87 100% $87 lien
9 Delinquent Tax Analysis $0
per project: At
cost using fully
burdened hourly
rate $0
per project: At cost
using fully
burdened hourly
rate
10 Motel Tax Master (name/address listing) $63 per report $40 158% $40 per report 11 Individual TOT Report $18
per motel/per
year $17 106% $17 per motel/per year
12 Vacation Home Rental Master Report $68 per report $40 170% $40 per report 13 Vacation Home Rental Label Report $63
per report plus
cost of labels $40 158% $40
per report plus cost
of labels
14 Business License Master Report, Standard Format $63 per report $79 80% $79 per report 15 Business License Master Report Requiring Specific
Formatting Due to Information Request $63
per report plus
fully burdened
hourly rate $79 80% $79
per report plus fully
burdened hourly
rate
17 Returned Check (NSF) Processing - 1st check $28 per check $25 112% $25 per check 18 Returned Check (NSF) Processing - Subsequent
checks $35 per check $35 100% $35 per check
Fee Category Cost
Recovery Fee Description

PER UNIT ANALYSIS
Finance
Cost Per
Unit
City of South Lake Tahoe
Current Fee Proposed Fee
GCP
349
Fee Category Cost
Recovery Fee Description

PER UNIT ANALYSIS
Finance
Cost Per
Unit
City of South Lake Tahoe
Current Fee Proposed Fee
19 Geobase Information Service, Research $0
At cost using fully
burdened hourly
rate per project $112 0% $112
At cost using fully
burdened hourly
rate per project
20 Stop Payment Fee $0
At cost using
actual bank
charge per check $0
At cost using actual
bank charge per
check
GCP
350
Department
Fire
351
2 EMS: Advanced/Basic Life Support, incident response $532 Hourly --> Flat Rate $646 82% 93% $598 3 EMS: Advanced/Basic Life Support - with standby to support air ambulance transport, incident response
$1,032 Remove Fee Remove
4 EMS: Advanced/Basic Life Support - with engine standby for CPR, incident response $1,032 Remove Fee Remove 6 County Fire Services: Lake Valley Fire District Contract Remove Fee Remove 7 County Fire Services: Fallen Leaf Fire District Contract Remove Fee Remove 9 Wild Land Suppression: Support Vehicle CA OES Rate CA OES Hourly Rate 100% 100% CA OES Rate 10 Wild Land Suppression: Pumping Engine CA OES Rate CA OES Hourly Rate 100% 100% CA OES Rate 11 Wild Land Suppression: Ladder Truck CA OES Hourly Rate - Remove
Remove
13 Motor Vehicle Accident: Level 1 Basic Response $1,159 Hourly --> Flat Rate $1,406 82% 100% $1,406 14 Motor Vehicle Accident: Level 2 Extrication $1,757 Hourly --> Flat Rate $1,879 94% 100% $1,878 15 Motor Vehicle Accident: Level 3 Multi Casualty $2,577 Hourly --> Flat Rate $3,337 77% 100% $3,337 17 Hazmat Cleanup: Level 1 Basic Response $771 Hourly --> Flat Rate $1,233 63% 100% $1,232 18 Hazmat Cleanup: Level 2 Full Alarm Response $2,577 Hourly --> Flat Rate $3,342 98% 100% $3,341 20 Bomb Squat Response: Level 1 Full Alarm Response $1,159 Hourly --> Flat Rate $1,233 94% 100% $1,232 21 Bomb Squat Response: Level 2 Full Alarm Engine Response plus TD Bomb Unit $2,577 Hourly --> Flat Rate $2,816 92% 100% $2,816 23 Pipeline/Power Lines: Level 1 Single Engine $1,159 Hourly --> Flat Rate $1,175 99% 100% $1,174 24 Pipeline/Power Lines: Level 2 Full Alarm Engine Response $2,577 Hourly --> Flat Rate $2,643 97% 100% $2,643 25 Pipeline/Power Lines: Fire Hydrant Flow Test $337 Remove Fee Remove 26 Pipeline/Power Lines: Witnessed Acceptance Test $337 Remove Fee Remove 27 Pipeline/Power Lines: Fire Watch Service Actual Cost Actual Cost Actual Cost 100% 100% Actual Cost 28 Pipeline/Power Lines: Structure Fire Suppression (includes scene safety, initial investigation, traffic control, patient contact, hazard control) $2,577 Hourly --> Flat Rate $2,861 90% 100% $2,860 31 Level 1 Single Engine - Water Indicents $1,159 per incident $1,237 94% 100% $1,237 33 Level 1 in City - Search and Rescue $819 Per incident $1,233 66% 100% $1,232 35 False Alarm Responses 1st Offense $164 Fine $526 31% 31% $164 36 False Alarm Responses 2nd Offense + $274 Fine $526 52% 52% $274 37 Open Burning and Recreational Fires $273 Remove Fee Remove 38 Ceremonial/Special Permit $0 New Fee $70 0% 100% $70 39 Arson Investigation - Includes scene safety, investigation, source ID, Arson dog, equipment use, mobile detection and report Actual Cost Actual Cost Actual Cost 100% 100% Actual Cost 40 Fire Investigation Reports $0 No Fee $41 0% 0% $0
41 Fire Incident Report $0 No Fee $41 0% 0% $0
42 Copies $0 Per Page --> No Fee $0 0% 0% $0
43 Photographs $0 Remove Remove
44 Video Tape Duplication $0 Remove Remove
45 Fireworks/Pyrotechnical Display Permit $448 flat $247 181% 100% $247 46 Fire Dance Permit Annual Fee $225 flat $189 119% 100% $189 47 Per Event Inspection Per Hour Remove Fee Remove
Fee Category
City of South Lake Tahoe
Fire Department PER UNIT ANALYSIS
Current Fee Fee Description Current Cost
Per Unit
Current Cost
Recovery
Proposed Cost
Recovery Proposed Fee
352
Fee Category
City of South Lake Tahoe
Fire Department PER UNIT ANALYSIS
Current Fee Fee Description Current Cost
Per Unit
Current Cost
Recovery
Proposed Cost
Recovery Proposed Fee
48 Defensible Space Inspections for AB38 (Real Estate Sale) $32 Hourly $148 22% 66% $98 49 Defensible Space Inspections for Homeowners (includes tree marking) $32 flat $148 22% 66% $98 50 Tree Removal Permit $0 New Fee $173 0% 43% $75
51 Special Event / Fire Inspections (3 hour min if conducted outside regular work hours) $177 Remove Fee Remove 53 Misc. Event Standby $0 CA OES Hourly Rate $338 0% 100% $337 55 Auto Alarm/Ext Supression System - 100 1-99 $248 Per Inspection Remove 56 Auto Alarm/Ext Supression- 100+ $445 Per Inspection Remove 57 Suppression Sys-50 hds/Dry Chem sys $248 Remove Fee Remove 58 Suppression Sys-200 hds $604 Remove Fee Remove
59 Underground Main Inspection <2” $121 Per Inspection $222 54% 100% $222 60 Underground Main Inspection >2” $248 Per Inspection $222 112% 100% $222 62 Board 7 Care Facility 7-50 $138 Remove Fee Remove
63 Board 7 Care Facility 50+ $343 Remove Fee Remove
64 Day Care Facility 6+ $128 Per Inspection $222 58% 89% $198 65 Fire Plan Review - Commercial, MFD, Special Event $263 Per Hour $199 132% 100% $199 66 Basic Fire Inspection, <1k k sq. ft. $96 flat $173 56% 100% $173 67 Basic Fire Inspection, 1k - 4k sq. ft. $134 flat $222 60% 100% $222 68 Basic Fire Inspection, 4k - 9k sq. ft. $161 flat $272 59% 100% $271 69 Basic Fire Inspection, >9 k sq. ft. $204 flat $346 59% 100% $345 70 Basic Fire Inspection - Hourly, after 4 hours $0 New Fee $99 0% 100% $99 71 Child Care Inspection Occupancy Permit Non-Home $109 flat $173 63% 100% $173 72 Child Care Inspection Occupancy Permit Home $109 flat $173 63% 100% $173 73 Miscellaneous Fire Services Actual Cost Actual Cost Actual Cost 100% 100% Actual Cost 74 Fire Inspection/Re-Inspection (Including Special Events) $177 Per Hour $177 100% 100% $177 75 Operational Permit and Inspection CFC 105.6 - not including inspection $254 flat $247 103% 100% $247 76 Fire Processing Permit Fee New $151 100% $151
353
Parks and
Recreation
354
City of South Lake Tahoe
Parks and Recreation
Current Adopted
Fee
3/25/2025
Outdoor Park
Outdoor Park Facility Rentals
Alcohol Use Permit, City Sanctioned Public/Private
Outdoor Facilities $66 Each $66 $576 $576
Bijou Park, Kiwanis Picnic Shelter (4 Hours) $173 4 Hour Block $173 $2,096 $2,096 Bijou Park, Rotary Picnic Shelter (4 Hours) $173 4 Hour Block $173 $2,419 $2,419 Recreation Complex Group Picnic Areas (4 Hours) $173 4 Hour Block $173 $0 $0 Gazebos and Picnic Areas beyond 4 hour minimum rental $46 Hourly After 4 Hours
$46 $0 $0
Private Rental: Regan Beach West (Per Hour; 2-Hour
Minimum) (Rents for Wedding and special events) $222 Mon-Thur $/hr $222 $738 $738 $287 Fri & Sun $/hr $287 $7,200 $7,200
$349 Sat $/hr $349 $17,964 $17,964
Late Payment Penalty Fee 10% of total rental
fee due
10% of total rental
fee due
10% of total rental
fee due
Public Special Event Park Rentals
Lakeview Commons, Bijou Community Park or Regan
Beach Special Event Rental, Attendance up to 500 persons $1,091 Per Day $800 $0 $0 Lakeview Commons, Bijou Community Park or Regan
Beach Special Event Rental, Attendance 501-1,000
persons
$1,364 Per Day $1,364 $0 $0
Lakeview Commons, Bijou Community Park or Regan
Beach Special Event Rental, Attendance 1,001-2,000
persons
New Per Day $1,900 $0 $0
Bijou Community Park Lawn Space (up to 100 persons) New Per Hour $50 $0 $0 Bijou Bike Park or Skate Park Rental $254 Per Day $254 $2,381 $2,381 Disc Golf Course Rental for Tournaments & Special Events (Bijou Park) $267 Per Day $267 $801 $801
Bijou Park Concession (absent lease agreement) $299 Per Day $299 $1,637 $1,637 Bijou Community Park Parking Lot Rental $105 Per Day $215 $0 $0 Community Playfield Parking Lot Rental $105 Per Day $215 $0 $0

PER UNIT ANALYSIS
Program
Recovery
Percentage
Fee Category Fee Description Proposed Fee Current Revenue Projected Revenue 355
City of South Lake Tahoe
Parks and Recreation
Current Adopted
Fee
3/25/2025

PER UNIT ANALYSIS
Program
Recovery
Percentage
Fee Category Fee Description Proposed Fee Current Revenue Projected Revenue Facility Rental Setup Fee $43 Per Hour Per Staff $48 $0 $0 Special Event Vendor Fee Not to Exceed
$125 per event
Not to Exceed
$125 per event
Not to Exceed $125
per event
$1,575 $1,575
Non-Profit Organizations 25% Off Base Rate 25% Off Base Rate 25% Off Base Rate Late Payment Penalty Fee 10% of total rental
fee due
10% of total rental
fee due
10% of total rental
fee due
Group Rentals may be subject to $500 minimum or $1500
maximum security deposit and/or cleaning fees at the
discretion of the City of South Lake Tahoe
$500 $500 (Security
Deposit)
$500 minimum or
$1,500 Maximum
security deposit
and/or cleaning fees
Group Rentals May Be Subject to a Minimum of $15
Cancellation Fee and Maximum of $50 at the Discretion
of City of South Lake Tahoe
$15 Minimum or
$50 Maximum
$15 (Cancellation
Fee)
$15 Minimum or
$50 Maximum $110 $110
Golf Course
9 Hole $20 Each $22 $77,765 $85,542
9 Hole Senior $18 Each $20 $36,990 $40,689
9 Hole Junior (17 and under) $11 Each $12 $1,408 $1,549 9 Hole Family (1 adult & 1 Junior (17 and under) $24 Each $26 $9,000 $9,900 Add 9 Holes $13 Each $14 $2,184 $2,402
Twilight (last 2 hours of tee times) $17 Each $19 $18,258 $20,084 Cart Rental $5 Each $6 $16,540 $18,194
Club Rental $17 Each $17 $15,045 $15,045
Golf Course Passes
20 Use $280 Each $308 $26,575 $29,232
10 Use $155 Each $171
10 Use Twilight (last 2 hours of daylight) $130 Each $143 10 Use Senior $140 Each $154
10 Use Family (1 Adult & 1 Junior (17 and under) $180 Each $198 356
City of South Lake Tahoe
Parks and Recreation
Current Adopted
Fee
3/25/2025

PER UNIT ANALYSIS
Program
Recovery
Percentage
Fee Category Fee Description Proposed Fee Current Revenue Projected Revenue 10 Use Junior (17 and under) $85 Each $94
Individual Adult Season Pass (no restrictions) $450 Each $495 Individual Senior Season Pass (no restrictions) New Each $450 Individual Junior Season Pass (no restrictions) New Each $450 Administrative Fee for replacement of annual passes only $10 Each $10 Bijou Golf Course use in partnership with Boys and Girls Club No Charge No Charge No Charge
Campground
Campground Site Fee - No hook up, up to 6 people and 1
car (includes $10 infrastructure fee) $45 Per Day $47 $318,340 $334,257 Standard Cabin (includes $10 infrastructure fee) $90 Per Day $90 $0 $0 Reservation Fee (non-refundable) $10 Each $10 $32,805 $32,805 Cancellation Fee (Inside 30 days from arrival date) $50 One night rental fee $50 $7,747 $7,747
Cancellation Fee (Outside 30 days of arrival date) $10 Each $10 $1,480 $1,480 Dump Fee (charged to campers not staying in our
campground) $15 Each $15 $1,911 $1,911
Extra person $6 Each $6 $3,138 $3,138
Visitor Day Use $5 Each $5 $5 $5
Pets $2 Each $2 $5,112 $5,112
Extra Vehicle (no holding tanks) $6 Each $6 $7,650 $7,650 Motorcycles and Electric Scooters $3 Each $3 $6 $6
Late Checkout Fees $10 Per Site $10 $330 $330
Boat Ramp*
Day Use $17 Per Day $17 $36,464 $36,464
Annual Pass $138 Each $138
357
City of South Lake Tahoe
Parks and Recreation
Current Adopted
Fee
3/25/2025

PER UNIT ANALYSIS
Program
Recovery
Percentage
Fee Category Fee Description Proposed Fee Current Revenue Projected Revenue Recreation and Aquatic Center
Family Dance New
Per Person (Adults
and Children) $15 $0 $0
New Children under 2
are free Free $0 $0
Gym Sports Event New Per Team $40 $0 $0
Family Annual Pass (1 adult & 1 child) New Each $560 $0 $0 Stage Rental Fee (Gym Rental, Pool Rental, Dance Fitness, Community Room and Event Space)
New $150 $0 $0
*The Division of Boating and Waterways currently limits these fees to $17 for Day Use and $138 for an Annual Pass. 358
Planning
359
Fee Category
1 Deposit - Building Permit $1,000 Deposit n/a n/a n/a $1,000 Deposit 2 Residential Permit Processing $784 REMOVE n/a n/a n/a 3 Allocation Application Processing $784 Flat $951 82% 100% $950 Flat 8 Inclusionary Housing Plan Check Process NEW Flat $152 n/a 100% $150 Flat 13 Major General Planning Application $3,219 Flat $5,785 56% 100% $5,780 Flat 14 Minor General Planning Application $1,019 Flat $4,301 24% 100% $4,300 Flat 15 Permit Revision and/or Extension $600 Flat $1,294 46% 100% $1,290 Flat 16 Categorical Exemption $82 Flat $190 43% 100% $190 Flat 17 Negative Declaration Review $4,414 Flat n/a n/a 100% 18 Negative Declaration Preparation $7,991 Flat n/a n/a 100% 19 EIR/ EIS 25% Contract +25% n/a n/a 100%
20 Fence Permits (Commercial Only) $291 Flat $381 76% 100% $380 Flat 21 Home Occupation Permit $146 Flat $228 100% 100% $225 Flat 22 Minor Sign Review and Approval $161 Flat $457 100% 100% $455 Flat 23 Major Sign Review and Approval $400 Flat $609 100% 100% $605 Flat 24 Sign Permit Revision Application and Review $161 Flat $381 100% 100% $380 Flat 25 Locally Unique Sign Application $3,219 Flat $4,339 100% 100% $4,335 Flat 26 Minor Special Event Permit $231 Flat $1,028 100% 100% $1,025 Flat 27 Major Special Event Permit $459 Flat $1,028 100% 100% $1,025 Flat 28 Non-Profit Producer and Free Special Event $0 Free $1,028 0% 0% Free 29 Temporary Use Permit $689 Flat $913 100% 100% $910 Flat 30 Certificate of Compliance $888 Flat $913 100% 100% $910 Flat 31 Tentative Subdivision Map $5,850 Flat $6,584 100% 100% $6,580 Flat 32 Condominimization of Existing Resid Dev. $6,016 Flat $6,432 100% 100% $6,430 Flat 33 Cannabis Use Permit $5,816 Flat $5,556 100% 100% $5,555 Flat 36 Cannabis Annual Inspection Fee $2,100 Flat n/a n/a n/a $2,100 Flat 37 Cannabis Re-Inspection Fee $894 Flat n/a n/a n/a $894 Flat 38 Zoning Letter $253 Flat $343 100% 100% $340 Flat
39 Document Copying $0.10 Flat $0.10 100% 100% $0.10 Flat 40 Planning Review of Building Permits $128 Flat $152 100% 100% $150 Flat City of South Lake Tahoe
Planning PER UNIT ANALYSIS
Current Fee
Cost Per
Unit
Cost
Recovery
Proposed
Fee
To nearest $5
REMOVE
Contract +25%
Contract +25%
Contract +25%
Fee
Description
Proposed
Cost
Recovery
360
Fee Category
City of South Lake Tahoe
Planning PER UNIT ANALYSIS
Current Fee
Cost Per
Unit
Cost
Recovery
Proposed
Fee
To nearest $5
Fee
Description
Proposed
Cost
Recovery
41 Admin Fee for Cost of Collection on Leins and other
remedies 25% Admin % n/a n/a n/a 25% Admin
42 Public Notice Label Preparation $234 Flat $190 100% 100% $190 Flat 44 General Plan Amendment $8,855 dep Deposit $0 100% 100% 45 Community Plan Amendment/Area Plan/ Plan Area Statement $8,855 dep Deposit $0 100% 100% 46 Annexation Hourly Hourly $0 100% 100%
47 Mobile Vending: Location Permit $586 Flat $837 100% 100% $835 Flat 48 New Vendor Permit $177 Flat n/a n/a n/a REMOVE
49 Mobile Vending: Renewal Permit $88 Flat n/a n/a n/a REMOVE 50 Publicly Visible Art on Private Property: Public Murals $0 Free $799 100% 100% Free 51 Publicly Visible Art on Private Property: Non-Mural $257 Flat $951 100% 100% $950 Flat 52 Technology Fee $0
NEW
for Planning $31 0% 100% $31 Flat
$10,000 dep
$10,000 dep
$10,000 dep
361
Department
Police
362
1 Other Permits - New $474 each $533 89% 100% $533 each 2 Other Permits - Renewal $235 each $277 85% 100% $277 each 3 Pedicab Permit - Owner/Operator New $263 each $273 96% 100% $273 each 4 Pedicab Permit - Owner/Operator Renewal $92 each $91 101% 100% $91 each 5 Pedicab Permit - Driver New $156 each $197 79% 100% $197 each 6 Pedicab Permit - Driver Renewal $61 each $50 122% 100% $50 each 7 Sidewalk Vending Permit - New $165 each $227 73% 100% $227 each 8 Sidewalk Vending Permit - Renewal $28 each $80 35% 100% $80 each 9 Letter of Public Convenience or Necessity $459 each $458 100% 100% $458 each 10 Misdemeanor Booking $44 per booking $46 97% 100% $46 per booking 11 Fingerprinting $27 each $71 38% 100% $71 each
12 Live Scan Fingerprinting $18 each $85 21% 100% $85 each 13 Local Criminal Clearance Letter $10 each $45 22% 100% $45 each 14 Towed Vehicle Release $165 each $242 68% 100% $242 each 15 Special Police Service $0 actual cost actual cost n/a n/a actual cost 16 DUI Incident Response - Police & Fire $0 actual cost actual cost n/a n/a actual cost 17 Copy of Dispatch Event $0.11 per page $0.11 100% 100% $0.11 per page 18 Restitution Rate $0 actual cost actual cost n/a n/a actual cost 19 Govt. Code Controlled Activities $0 actual cost actual cost n/a n/a actual cost 20 Other Special Activities $0 actual cost actual cost n/a n/a actual cost 21 Special Police Boat Service $0 actual cost actual cost n/a n/a actual cost 22 Equipment Reimbursement $0 actual cost actual cost n/a n/a actual cost 23 Firearm(s) Release (by appointment only) $44 per firearm $46 n/a n/a $46 per firearm 24 Ski Run Blvd. Vehicle Control $0 actual cost actual cost n/a n/a actual cost 25 Tape Duplication - Audio $23 tape $23 100% 100% $23 tape 26 Tape Duplication - Video $23 tape $23 100% 100% $23 tape 27 Crime Scene/Police Photo Reproduction (CD photo) $23 CD $23 100% 100% $23 CD 28 Taxicab Company Permit $5 annual $12 42% 100% $12 annual 29 Taxicab Vehicle Permit $5 annual per vehicle $27 19% 100% $27 annual 30 Taxicab Driver Permit $28 annual $51 55% 100% $51 annual To nearest $0.01
Cost
Recovery
Proposed
Fee
Cost per
Unit
Proposed
Cost
Recovery
Fee
Description
City of South Lake Tahoe PER UNIT ANALYSIS Police Department Fee Category
Current
Fee
363
To nearest $0.01
Cost
Recovery
Proposed
Fee
Cost per
Unit
Proposed
Cost
Recovery
Fee
Description
City of South Lake Tahoe PER UNIT ANALYSIS Police Department Fee Category
Current
Fee
31 False Alarm: 1st and 2nd $0 free free n/a n/a free
32 False Alarm: 3rd $50 penalty $161 n/a n/a $50 penalty 33 False Alarm: 4th $100 penalty $161 n/a n/a $100 penalty 34 False Alarm: 5th $150 penalty $161 n/a n/a $150 penalty 35 False Alarm: 6th $250 penalty $161 n/a n/a $250 penalty 36 False Alarm: Additional $25 penalty $161 n/a n/a $25 penalty 37 Non Permitted False Alarm
Penalty equal to
Pmt Fee penalty n/a n/a n/a
Penalty equal
to Pmt Fee
38 Initial Alarm Permit Application - Resident, 3 yr $41 permit $60 68% 100% $61 permit 39 Renewal Alarm Permit - Resident, 3 yr $19 permit $38 50% 100% $38 permit 40 Initial Alarm Permit Application - Business, 1 yr $41 permit $60 68% 100% $61 permit 41 Renewal Permit - Business, 1 yr $19 permit $38 50% 100% $38 permit 42 Public Safety License Fee $1,190 each $1,190 100% 100% $1,190 each 43 Public Safety License Renewal Fee $1,190 each $1,190 100% 100% $1,190 each 44 Public Safety License Amendment Fee $300 each $304 99% 100% $304 each 45 Shared Mobility Device Fee $83 per device $113 73% 100% $113 per device 46 Reposession Fee $0 State Fee $15 n/a n/a $15 Set by State 364
Fee
Comparison
Survey
365

DEPARTMENT/DIVISION
South Lake Tahoe
Current Fee
South Lake Tahoe
Proposed Fee Auburn El Dorado County Folsom Mammoth Lakes Placerville Placer County Truckee Building Permit 2% of valuation 2% of valuation
$2k val: $122
$100k val: $1,400
$1M val: $9,000

1.3% of valuation
$2k val: $138
$100k val: $1,104
$1M val: $7,360
$2k val: $225
$100k val: $2,153
$1M val: $14,495
$2k val: $95
$100k val: $1,200
$1M val: $7,500
SFD < 3,000 sq ft
$265
SFD > 3,000 sq ft
$193
Square Footage
Resid 2,500sf $2,767
Restaurant 5,000sf $
Plan Review $128/ hour $128/ hour 65% of bldg pmt fee $167/ hour 80% of bldg pmt fee included in permit $2k val: $95
$100k val: $600
$1M val: $3,300
50% of bldg pmt fee no information
Temporary Certificate of Occupancy $177 $177 $1,500 + $500 each 30 day extension no information $942 $225 no information no information no information Re-check fee n/a $256 for 4th + each
additional check no information Review of 2nd corrections $247 no information $90/ hour no information $156/ hour no information Technology Fee $13/ permit $31/ permit 4% of development fee 5.65% of development fee no information no information no information 3.5% of development fees ($560 max fee) no information Appeals $380 $1,253 $1,455 $494 Owner Occupied: $264
Others: $536
Staff decision: $2,310
PC decision: $1,942 no information $774 no information
Document Printing & Copying $0.10 per page no information $0.15 per page $0.15 per page $0.10/ page (1st 10 pages free) no information no information 1st Page $2Each Add'l $1 B&W $0.10 per page
Color: $0.15/page
Notary Service $15 no information no information $15 per signature no information no information no information $15 $15 Filming Application - Basic Service $197 $164 no information 1-20 ppl: $255
21-50 ppl: $510
51+ ppl: $1,615
no information no information no information Free no information

BUILDING

CITY CLERK
366

DEPARTMENT/DIVISION
South Lake Tahoe
Current Fee
South Lake Tahoe
Proposed Fee Auburn El Dorado County Folsom Mammoth Lakes Placerville Placer County Truckee Street/ Property Abandonment $3,277 $2,855 ROW Vacation $2,075 $595 $5,750 no information $688 $2,000 deposit
Parcel Merger/ Lot Line Adjustment/ Parcel Map $128/ hour $145/ hour Resid: $1,758
Comm: $2,636
Merger: $732
LLA: $935
Merger: $340 $8,050 no information $500 Minor Land Division $1,993 $3,000 deposit Final Subdivision Map $128/ hour $145/ hour $3,342 + $63/lot $6,175 $11,500 + $144/ lot no information $3,856 + $20/lot deposit
Encroachment Permit/ Minor $766 $340 $296 + $141/year Application $167 $200 no information No dig $104 Other $336 no information $357
Encroachment Permit/ Major $766 + $1.5% of val
over $20k
$766 + $1.5% of val
over $20k
Per estimated value x
LET rate set by State
Application $167
Inspection:

On improved rd $251
Non improv rd $418
Non improved rd and
unstamped plans $585
$200 + $5/LF no information Up to $100k ENR: 2.5%
'$101k+ ENR 1.5%
ENR Cost Estimate:

Under $78k $3,927
$78k-$150k $3,927 +
5% over $78k
$150k-$250k $7,500 +
4% over $150k
ENR Cost Estimate:

Inspection:
$1-50k 6%
$50-250k 4%
Plan Check:
$1-50k 5%
$50-250k 3%
Easement Request/ Review $1,417 $4,368 no information $595 $3,450 no information $650 no information no information Administrative Fee -New License $86 $108 no information no information $29 no information no information no information no information Administrative Fee - License Renewal $42 $32 no information no information $29 no information no information no information no information Lien Release Fee $0 $372 Utility lien filing fee $90 Actual Cost assessed by Revenue Recovery
$125 no information no information
Levy on real property
$2,000
Earnings witholding
order $45
no information
Returned Check (NSF) $28 1st
$35 subsequent
$25 1st
$35 subsequent no information $25 $25 1st$35 subsequent no information no information no information $25 1st$35 subsequent

ENGINEERING

FINANCE
367

DEPARTMENT/DIVISION
South Lake Tahoe
Current Fee
South Lake Tahoe
Proposed Fee Auburn El Dorado County Folsom Mammoth Lakes Placerville Placer County Truckee Major General Planning Application $3,219 $5,780 Comprehensive Plan Amendment $8,524 Variance $6,175 Rezone Request$6,000
Variance and Zone Code
Amendment $6,000
deposit
General Plan Amend
$2,100
Zone Change $2,000
General Plan
Amendment $5,227 Annexation $11,500
Home Occupation Permit $146 $225 $364 no information $31 no information no information no information no information Temporary Use Permit $689 $910
Minor: $257 +$66/
extension
Major: $668 + $66/
extension
$1,112 $65 no information $200 no information $1,250 deposit Certificate of Compliance $888 $910 no information $1,000 deposit Revision: $2,470 no information $500 deposit Regular $600Conditinoal $1,950 $1,094 1-2 parcels $2,250
deposit
3+ parcels $3,750
deposit
Tentative Subdivision Map $5,850 $6,580 $3,213 + $60/lot $1,000 deposit $6,718 + $34/ lot $6,000 deposit $3,000 + $50/lot up to 4
lots
$30/lot over 5 lots
$1,961 deposit $10,000 deposit
Live Scan Fingerprinting $18 $85
As set by FBI.

No fee if required by
City
$17 $50 $40 + State and
DOJ fees $20 no information $20 + DOJ fees
Local Criminal Clearance Letter $10 $45 no information $30 $25 $50 no information Background Clearance Letter $33
Towed Vehicle Release $165 $242 no information $100 admin fee to contest abatement $200 $150 $241 no information $199
Taxicab Driver Permit $28/year $51/year no information $32/ license no information $45 per vehicle $60 no information $68 Renewal Alarm Permit - Business $19/year 38/year $24 $25 $20 no information $85 no information no information

PLANNING

POLICE DEPARTMENT
368
369
Appendix A
Adopted Recreation and Aquatic
Center Fee Schedule
370
Current
Adopted Fee
3/25/2025
Gym Rentals
Full (2 Courts) Hourly
$71 $250
1/2 Gym (1 Court) Hourly
$40 $125
1/4 (1/2 Court) Hourly
$20 $65
Non-Profit Organizations 25% Off Base Rate 25% Off Base Rate
25% Off Base
Rate
Facility Rental Setup Fee Per Hour Per Staff $43 $48
Group Rentals May Be Subject to $500 minimum or $1,500
Maximum Security Deposit and/or Cleaning Fees at the Discretion of the City of South Lake Tahoe
$500 (Security Deposit) $500 Minimum or
$1,500 Maximum
$500 Minimum or
$1,500 Maximum
Group Rentals May Be Subject to a Minimum of $15 Cancellation Fee and Maximum of $50 at the Discretion of City of South Lake Tahoe
$15 (Cancellation Fee) $15 Minimum or
$50 Maximum
$15 Minimum or
$50 Maximum
Late Payment Penalty Fee 10% of total rental fee due 10% of total rental fee due
10% of total
rental fee due
Meeting Room Rentals
Rental Per Hour $20 $25
Non Fee No Charge No Charge No Charge
Senior Services Meetings No Charge No Charge No Charge
Non-Profit Organizations 25% Off Base Rate 25% Off Base Rate
25% Off Base
Rate
Community Room Rentals
Rental Hourly $39 $55
Recognized Local Youth Sport Organizations May Have Free Use of Meeting Rooms in the Recreation & Aquatics Center No Charge No Charge No Charge Youth Organization Meetings Hourly $15 $15
Non-Profit Organizations 25% Off Base Rate 25% Off Base Rate
25% Off Base
Rate
Senior Services Meetings No Charge No Charge No Charge
Facility Rental Setup Fee Per Hour Per Staff $43 $48
Recreation & Aquatics Center
Fee Description Unit Proposed Fee
Non-Resident Proposed Fee

Page 47 ends

371
Group Rentals May Be Subject to $500 minimum or $1,500
Maximum Security Deposit and/or Cleaning Fees at the Discretion of the City of South Lake Tahoe
$500 (Security Deposit) $500 Minimum or
$1,500 Maximum
$500 Minimum or
$1,500 Maximum
Group Rentals May Be Subject to a Minimum of $15 Cancellation Fee and Maximum of $50 at the Discretion of City of South Lake Tahoe
$15 (Cancellation Fee) $15 Minimum or
$50 Maximum
$15 Minimum or
$50 Maximum
Late Payment Penalty Fee 10% of total rental fee due 10% of total rental fee due
10% of total
rental fee due
Commercial Kitchen Rental
Commercial Kitchen Rental Hourly $33 $50
Non-Profit Organizations 25% Off Base Rate 25% Off Base Rate
25% Off Base
Rate
Facility Rental Setup Fee Per Hour Per Staff $43 $48
Group Rentals May Be Subject to $500 minimum or $1,500
Maximum Security Deposit and/or Cleaning Fees at the Discretion of the City of South Lake Tahoe
$500 (Security Deposit) $500 Minimum or
$1,500 Maximum
$500 Minimum or
$1,500 Maximum
Group Rentals May Be Subject to a Minimum of $15 Cancellation Fee and Maximum of $50 at the Discretion of City of South Lake Tahoe
$15 (Cancellation Fee) $15 Minimum or
$50 Maximum
$15 Minimum or
$50 Maximum
Late Payment Penalty Fee 10% of total rental fee due 10% of total rental fee due
10% of total
rental fee due
Dance/Fitness Room Rental
Rental Hourly New $55
Non-Profit Organizations 25% Off Base Rate 25% Off Base Rate
25% Off Base
Rate
Senior Services Meetings No Charge No Charge No Charge
Facility Rental Setup Fee Per Hour Per Staff $43 $48
Group Rentals May Be Subject to $500 minimum or $1,500
Maximum Security Deposit and/or Cleaning Fees at the Discretion of the City of South Lake Tahoe
$500 (Security Deposit) $500 Minimum or
$1,500 Maximum
$500 Minimum or
$1,500 Maximum
Group Rentals May Be Subject to a Minimum of $15 Cancellation Fee and Maximum of $50 at the Discretion of City of South Lake Tahoe
$15 (Cancellation Fee) $15 Minimum or
$50 Maximum
$15 Minimum or
$50 Maximum
Late Payment Penalty Fee 10% of total rental fee due 10% of total rental fee due
10% of total
rental fee due
Event Space Rentals
Event Space Weekday Mon-Thurs $/hr. New $350
Event Space Weekend Fri -Sun $/hr. New $450
Event Space After Hours Per hour New $100

Page 4848 ends

372
Audio Video Ad On Flat Fee New $150
Event Space Facility Rental Setup Fee Per Hour (2 hour minimum) $43 $48 Ceremony Chair Package $7-$9 per chair comps New $8 per chair Non-Profit Organizations 25% Off Base Rate 25% Off Base Rate
25% Off Base
Rate
Group Rentals May Be Subject to $500 minimum or $1,500
Maximum Security Deposit and/or Cleaning Fees at the Discretion of the City of South Lake Tahoe
$500 (Security Deposit) $500 Minimum or
$1,500 Maximum
$500 Minimum or
$1,500 Maximum
Group Rentals May Be Subject to a Minimum of $15 Cancellation Fee and Maximum of $50 at the Discretion of City of South Lake Tahoe
$15 (Cancellation Fee) $15 Minimum or
$50 Maximum
$15 Minimum or
$50 Maximum
Late Payment Penalty Fee 10% of total rental fee due 10% of total rental fee due
10% of total
rental fee due
Pool Rental
Swimming Pool Rental Rate Hourly $84 $85
Lap Pool Rental (Full) Hourly New $85
Lap Pool Rental (1/2 pool) Hourly New $45
Lap Lane Rental (1 Lane) Hourly New $15
Play Pool Rental Hourly New $95
Lifeguard Hourly Rate (Rental) Hourly
Actual cost at
fully burdened
rate
Actual cost at
fully burdened
rate
Non-Profit Organizations 25% Off Base Rate 25% Off Base Rate
25% Off Base
Rate
Facility Rental Setup Fee Per Hour Per Staff $43 $48
Group Rentals May Be Subject to $500 minimum or $1,500
Maximum Security Deposit and/or Cleaning Fees at the Discretion of the City of South Lake Tahoe
$500 (Security Deposit) $500 Minimum or
$1,500 Maximum
$500 Minimum or
$1,500 Maximum
Group Rentals May Be Subject to a Minimum of $15 Cancellation Fee and Maximum of $50 at the Discretion of City of South Lake Tahoe
$15 (Cancellation Fee) $15 Minimum or
$50 Maximum
$15 Minimum or
$50 Maximum
Late Payment Penalty Fee 10% of total rental fee due 10% of total rental fee due
10% of total
rental fee due
Party Room
Rental Weekday Mon-Thurs $/hr. $45 $40
Rental Weekend Fri -Sun $/hr. $50 $50
Non-Profit Organizations 25% Off Base Rate 25% Off Base Rate
25% Off Base
Rate

Page 4949 ends

373
Facility Rental Setup Fee Per Hour Per Staff $43 $48
Group Rentals May Be Subject to $500 minimum or $1,500
Maximum Security Deposit and/or Cleaning Fees at the Discretion of the City of South Lake Tahoe
$500 (Security Deposit) $500 Minimum or
$1,500 Maximum
$500 Minimum or
$1,500 Maximum
Group Rentals May Be Subject to a Minimum of $15 Cancellation Fee and Maximum of $50 at the Discretion of City of South Lake Tahoe
$15 (Cancellation Fee) $15 Minimum or
$50 Maximum
$15 Minimum or
$50 Maximum
Late Payment Penalty Fee 10% of total rental fee due 10% of total rental fee due
10% of total
rental fee due
Party Packages
Mini Mountain Movers Party Package Session Rental $299 $225 Batting Cages 2 Hour Party New $300
Rockwall 1 Hour Party New $200
Obstacle Course Pool Add On Per Event New $75
Pool Party Package Session Rental $199 $200
Aquatics
Obstacle Course Per Participant New $5 plus facility
drop in fee
Lifeguard Certification Course Per Participant New $235 Water Safety Instructor Certification Course Per Participant New $299 Junior Lifeguards Per Participant Per 4 week
Session
New $200
Mini Lifeguards Per Participant Per 4 week
Session
New $185
Swim Team Per Participant Per
Month/Session New $120
Development Swim Team Per Participant Per
Month/Session New $105
Aquatics Special Class (Ex Log Rolling) Per Participant Per Class New $7 Float Fit Aquatics Fitness Classess 30 minutes Each $10 $10 Float Fit Aquatics Fitness Classess 60 minutes Each $20 $20 Float Fit Aquatics Fitness Classess 90 minutes Each $30 $30 Locker Rental Per month New $20
Swimming Programs
H2O Exercise: Adult 18-54 years Each $7 $8 $10

Page 5050 ends

374
H2O Exercise: Senior or Permanent Disability Each $6 $6 $8 H2O Exercise: Adult 18-54 years - 10 Use Pass Each $50 $60 $75 H2O Exercise: Senior or Perm Disability - 10 Use Pass Each $40 $50 $65 H2O Exercise: Individual Annual Pass Each $295 $295 $369 Swimming Lessons (Group) 8 Class Session Each $49 $50
Swimming Lessons (Group) 6 Class Session Each $39 $40
Swimming Lessons (Group) 4 Class Session Each $29 $30
Private Lessons (25 minutes) 1 Student Each $33 $33
Private Lessons (25 minutes) 2 Students Each $44 $45
Private Lessons (25 minutes) 3 Students Each $55 $55
Master Swim Drop In Each $10 $10 $12
Master Swim Session 10 Use Punch Card Each $60 $70 $85
Non-Profit Organizations 25% Off Base Rate 25% Off Base Rate
25% Off Base
Rate
Facility Day Use: Includes Gym, Natatorium, Exercise Room, Walking Track Adult: 18-54 Year Each $6 $10 $15
Youth: 18 Years and Under Each $4 $8 $12
Senior 55 Years and Up or Permanent Disability Each $5 $8 $12 Public Shower Adult/Discount for Senior, Disabled, and Youth Each $3/$2 $3/$2 Daily Day Rate for Medi-Cal, WIC , and Veteran Participants Adult: 18 and Over Each $3 $3
Youth: 18 Years and Under Each $2 $2
Facility Multi-Use Day Passes: Includes Gym, Natatorium, Exercise Room, Walking Track Adult - 10 use punch card Each $80 $80 $100
Adult - Monthly Each New $65 $81
Adult - 90 Day (City Employees Only) Each $160 $45
Senior or Permanent Disability -10 use punch card Each $50 $65 $81

Page 5151 ends

375
Senior or Permanent Disability - Monthly Each New $50 $63 Children 3 years and Under Are Free with a Paying Adult for Recreation Drop in only Each
Youth -10 use punch card Each $45 $65 $81
Youth Monthly Each New $50 $63
Couple Annual Pass Each New $690 $863
Individual Annual Pass Each $225 $480 $600
Youth Annual Pass Each New $300 $375
Youth Annual Pass for GPA of 3.5 or higher (Resident Only - Ages 14-17) Each New $150
Senior Annual Pass Each New $300 $375
10% off Annual pass is purchased between January 1, 2026 - March 31, 2026 New
10% off Annual
pass is purchased
between
1/1/2026 -
3/31/2026
Family Annual Pass (2 adults + 2 children): Includes 20% discount on party packages and access to special member days Each $825 $825 $1,031 Family Annual Pass - Each Additional Adult Each Additional Adult New $345 $431 Family Annual Pass - Each Additional Senior or Child Each Additional Senior or Child New $150 $188 Administrative Fee for replacement of annual passes only Each $10 $10 Non-Profit Organizations 25% Off Base Rate 25% Off Base Rate
25% Off Base
Rate
Recreation Add Ons
Batting Cages Per Participant New $5 plus facility
drop in fee
Batting Cages - 10 punch card Each New $100 includes
drop in fee
Rockwall Per Participant New $5 plus facility
drop in fee
Rockwall - 10 punch card Each New $100 includes
drop in fee
Golf Simulator Hourly New $50
Rockwall Hourly New $150
Rec Center Special Events
Free with a paying adult for recreation drop in only

Page 5252 ends

376
Puzzle Event Per team New $40
Family Dance Per Participant New $15
Pickleball Tournament Per Team New $75
Family Game Night Part of Season Pass No Extra Charge No Extra Charge Pool Special Events Per Participant New $15
Pickleball Mixer Per Participant New $25
Adult Programs
Adult Volleyball League Team Per Season Participant $400 $400 Adult Volleyball League Individual Per Season Participant $66 $66 Adult Basketball League Team Per Season Participant $550 $550 Adult Basketball League Individual Per Season Participant $75 $75 Pickleball Clinic Adults Per Participant Per Session New $30 Pickleball Clinic Youth Per Participant Per Session New $25 Senior Games Per Participant Per Event New $10
Personal Training Per Participant Per Hour New $60 $75
Adult Cornhole League Individual Per Season Per Team $30 Per Participant $50
Adult Fitness Classes 30 minutes Each $10 $10 $12
Adult Fitness Classes 60 minutes Each $15 $15 $18
Adult Fitness Classes 90 minutes Each $20 $20 $25
Late Payment Registration for league play 10% increase to base fee New 10% increase to base fee
Youth and Teens
Parents Night Out Per Participant $40 $40
Kid's Summer Day Camp Each New $40 $50
Kid's Summer Day Camp (Weekly Fee) Each New $150 $188
Kid's Summer Day Camp Multi-Child Discount 10% Off Base Fee New 10% Off Base Fee Youth Basketball League Per Season Participant $65 $65

Page 5353 ends

377
Youth Flag Football League Per Season Participant $95 $95 Youth Street Hockey Per Season Participant New $70
After School Enrichment Program Per Season Participant $120 $120 Tiny Tots Sports League Per Season Participant $60 $60
Youth Volleyball League Per Season Participant $75 $75
Youth Soccer League Per Season Participant $65 $65
Late Payment Registration for league play 10% increase to base fee New 10% increase to base fee

Page 5454 ends

378
Appendix B
Citywide Full
Cost Simple Rate
379
TOTAL EXP ADJUSTMENTS * ADJUSTED
$ 291,576 $ 291,576
$ 362,630 $ 362,630
$ 1,199,863 $ 1,199,863
$ 2,825,766 $ 2,825,766
$ 2,757,845 $ (2,361,939) $ 395,906
$ 991,982 $ 991,982
$ 786,044 $ 786,044
$ 739,585 $ 739,585
$ 7,262,663 $ (6,082,803) $ 1,179,860
$ 1,306,910 $ 1,306,910
$ 34,697 $ 34,697
$ 569,846 $ 569,846
$ 1,581,207 $ 1,581,207
$ 4,902,188 $ 4,902,188
$ 25,612,802 Numerator $ 17,168,060
Denominator $ 68,753,186

25.0%
TOTAL EXP ADJUSTMENTS * ADJUSTED
$ 6,533,253 $ (766,306) $ 5,766,947
$ 23,169,266 $ (15,940,949) $ 7,228,317
$ 18,804,751 $ (2,026,714) $ 16,778,037
$ 20,651,900 $ (1,027,855) $ 19,624,045
$ 13,739,040 $ (10,484) $ 13,728,556
$ 1,673,293 $ 1,673,293
$ 2,287,600 $ 2,287,600
$ 1,741,391 $ (75,000) $ 1,666,391
$ 45,635,979 $ (45,635,979) $ -
$ 134,236,473 $ 68,753,186
have already been included in payroll expenses
** Total Expense amount excludes Transfers Page 55
* Adjustments represent THE removal of operational transfers out and certain payroll costs in internal services funds that Rate - Applied to Total Expenditures

EXHIBIT A - CITYWIDE FULL COST SIMPLE RATE
CALCULATION:

EXCLUDE SPEC REV, DEBT, TRANS, TRUST

AIRPORT

TRANSIT

PARKING GARAGE
FIRE
POLICE

PUBLIC WORKS

DEPARTMENTS AND PROGRAMS

DEVELOPMENT SERVICES

PARKS AND RECREATION
10001840 INFORMATION TECH
10001951 NON-DEPARTMENTAL**

GENERAL SUPPORT SERVICES
10001110 CITY COUNCIL
10001130 CITY CLERK
10001210 CITY ATTORNEY
CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE - CITYWIDE CENTRAL SERVICE DEPARTMENT SIMPLE INDIRECT COST RATE - 2025/2026 BUDGET BOOK PG 52
FIDUCIARY 601&605
10001511 ACCOUNTING
10001516 TREASURY
10001730 REVENUE COLLECTION
10001220 RISKMANAGEMENT
60201220 WORKERS COMP
10001310 CITY MANAGER
10001320 HUMAN RESOURCES
10001330 COMMUNICATIONS/MARKET
380
City of South Lake Tahoe
Agenda Item Executive Summary
Hilary Roverud, Interim City Manager
__________________________________
Meeting Date: May 5, 2026
Agenda Item #:13
Agenda Item: Amendment to Ordinance Regulating Shared Mobility Devices (First Reading) Executive Summary: On February 11, 2020, City Council adopted Ordinance 2020-1140 adding Chapter 4.185 to the South Lake Tahoe City Code (SLTCC). On March 26, 2024, City Council adopted Ordinance 2024-1184 amending SLTCC Chapter 4.185 to add a requirement that shared mobility devices be parked in corrals and adding additional requirements to implement the corrals. At the City Council meeting on March 11, 2025, City Council directed staff to bring an item back with a presentation of potential options for amending Chapter 4.185 to increase the Cityâ€™s liability protections from shared mobility device accidents, add safety measures for same, and update operator insurance requirements. Staff brought this item back at the City Council meeting on June 3, 2025 at which time Council directed staff to incorporate the proposals into an ordinance. Staff brought this item back for a first reading of a proposed ordinance on March 10, 2026. At that time, Council declined to adopt the ordinance and instead requested additional amendments related to parking, permissible bikeways, and photo enforcement. The present agenda item brings that proposed amendment back for a first reading of a proposed ordinance. This item was initially on the agenda for April 21, but City Council voted to continue it until the meeting on May 5.

Requested Action / Suggested Motions: Pass an Ordinance amending Chapter 4.185 of the South Lake Tahoe City Code (Shared Mobility Devices) to increase the City’s liability protections from shared mobility device accidents, add safety measures for shared mobility device operations, and revise operator insurance requirements.

Responsible Staff Member: Dan Bardzell, Assistant City Attorney Jeff Roberson, Chief of Police Reviewed and Approved By: Susan Blankenship, City Clerk Olga Tikhomirova, Director of Finance Heather Stroud, City Attorney
Attachments:
01 - Staff Report
02 - SMD Ordinance (Redline)
03 - SMD Ordinance Amendments
381
Staff Report for City Council Meeting of May 5, 2026 1 of 6 City of South Lake Tahoe
Report to City Council
Meeting Date: May 5, 2026
Title: Ordinance Amending Shared Mobility Device Regulations (First Reading) Location: Citywide
Responsible Staff Members: Dan Bardzell, Assistant City Attorney; Jeff Roberson, Chief of Police
Background: On February 11, 2020, City Council adopted Ordinance 2020-1140 adding Chapter 4.185 to the South Lake Tahoe City Code (SLTCC). This ordinance regulates Shared Mobility Devices (SMDs). For purposes of this ordinance, a “shared mobility device” is defined, in pertinent part, as any wheeled transportation device, other than a bicycle, e-bicycle, automobile or motorcycle, by which a person can be propelled, moved or drawn; is accessed via an on-demand portal, whether a smartphone application, membership card, or similar method. On March 26, 2024, City Council adopted Ordinance 2024-1184 amending SLTCC Chapter 4.185 to add a requirement that SMDs be parked in corrals and adding additional requirements to implement the corrals.

At the City Council meeting on March 11, 2025, Council considered and declined to adopt an ordinance to further amend SLTCC Chapter 4.185 which would have caused a 50 percent reduction in SMDs permitted within the City. Instead, City Council directed staff to bring an item back with a presentation of potential options for increasing (1) the City’s liability protections from SMD accidents, (2) safety measures for SMD operations, and (3) updating shared mobility device operator insurance requirements. Staff brought this item back at the City Council meeting on June 3, 2025 at which time Council directed staff to incorporate the proposals into an ordinance and bring it back for Council’s consideration.

Staff brought this item back for a first reading of a proposed ordinance on March 10, 2026. At that time, Council declined to adopt the ordinance and instead requested additional amendments related to parking, permissible bikeways, and photo enforcement. This item incorporates these requests and brings all of the proposed amendments back as a first reading of an ordinance for Council’s consideration.

Issue and Discussion:

City Council’s requested amendments are included in the proposed Ordinance, as summarized below.

Liability Protections
382
Staff Report for City Council Meeting of May 5, 2026 2 of 6 End User Agreement Liability Waivers
Both operators already utilize municipal waivers in their end user agreements including generic language in which riders waive liability against public entities for incidents which occur during a ride. Based on discussions with the operators, staff learned that some public entities require Bird and/or Lime to include waivers specific to the public entity. The proposed amendment would add permitting requirements in which operators must require riders to acknowledge waivers specifically waiving claims against the City.

Add a Permitting Requirement that Operators will Pay the City’s Attorney’s Fees SLTCC section 4.185.050(C)(2) requires the operator to agree to indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the City from liability for SMD accidents, including “any and all costs and expenses.” The proposed amendment would add language which requires the operator to expressly pay the City’s attorney’s fees for claims, lawsuits and similar matters. Although this section may already potentially cover attorney’s fees, adding clarifying language would provide additional protection.

Drivers License Re-Scanning
The proposed amendment would add permit requirements to require operators to make each rider re-scan their ID the first time they ride an SMD in the operator’s fleet within the City each calendar year.

Operator Insurance Updates
State law has been amended to revise the insurance requirements for SMD operators. To bring the City’s SMD framework into compliance with changes to state law, the proposed Ordinance revises City Code Chapter 4.185.050 as follows:
(1) increases the aggregate amount of liability insurance an operator must carry for all occurrences during the policy period from $4,000,000 to $5,000,000; (2) requires SMD operators procure insurance from an admitted insurer, or a nonadmitted insurer that is eligible to insure a home state insured; (3) requires operators to offer or make available, or confirm the rider maintains, insurance coverage for bodily injury or death suffered by a pedestrian when the injury or death involves the negligent conduct of the rider, of $10,000 for each occurrence, and for property damage to an assistive technology device, of $1,000 for each occurrence, and (4) make additional clarifying changes.
383
Staff Report for City Council Meeting of May 5, 2026 3 of 6 Engagement, Outreach, and Education
Modifications of SLTCC section 4.185.090 require operators to create a parking and safety education plan as part of their permit application. Operators should engage with riders to protect the safety of customers and all roadway users. Operators must educate riders about safety, and riding rules and etiquette at the time of sign-up. Operators must educate customers on how to appropriately park SMD devices. SMD apps must regularly inform and educate riders when they have ridden into prohibited riding areas such as Geofenced area, public parking facilities, public parks, and about staying off of sidewalks. Operators must inform their riders about special events, operational changes or scheduled and publicly-announced SLTPD enforcement actions through the mobile app. Operators must inform their riders that operating SMDs under the influence of drugs or alcohol is against the law. Operators must regularly deploy ambassadors and/or street teams to inform riders on safety and appropriate device use (including parking). Operators must conduct at minimum six community events or safety workshops per year, half of which must be targeted to less-served community members in multiple languages. Operators must host at minimum two learn to ride education opportunities per year. Engagements shall include a mix of virtual (digital media and in-app communications), physical, and in-person methods. This engagement should consider the needs and concerns of riders as well as non-riders. Operators shall plan for community outreach and engagement that shall include engagement activities and schedules, along with planned presentation, activities, and events with community-based organizations (CBO), business improvement districts (BIDS), and other key stakeholders. Operators must - on a monthly basis - report information from this outreach.

Safety Measures
Vehicle Code Enforcement
To address safety concerns centered on SMDs, staff has modified the following sections of the SLTCC.

4.185.020 (Definitions). Adds the definition of a Class III and Class IV bikeway. Although, CSLT has no Class IV bikeway, it is added to the definitions in the event that this class is subsequently built in the City.

SLTCC section 4.185.060 has been modified to add only Class IV bikeways. This section identifies a permit requirement to prohibit parking an SMD on such bikeways.

SLTCC section 4.185.060 (Issuance of Permits), has been modified from “City Manager” to “Chief of Police” wherein the authority sits for determining ride area prohibition (geofences).

An additional modification to 4.185.060 includes the addition of larger contrasting serial numbers on the SMDs for the purpose of unit identification in enforcement.

A modification of section 4.185.080 includes a consultation with the Director of Public Works to establish areas for ride and/or parking restrictions as well as parking corrals. 384
Staff Report for City Council Meeting of May 5, 2026 4 of 6 In conversations with the operators, they have agreed to facilitate holding riders accountable for ride violations, including vehicle code violations. Section 4.185.090 has been modified to reflect this agreement, in that the operators will provide rider information to assist with issuing administrative citations to riders.

SLTCC section 4.185.120 (Enforcement) has been modified to reinforce the use of photographic evidence from which to hold the operator and the rider accountable for violations of California Vehicle Code (“CVC”) sections 21228(b) (left turn must dismount), and 21235(e) (no passenger allowed). Additional potential CVC sections which were proposed to be added for photo enforcement in the previous version of the proposed ordinance have been removed from the version brought forward hereto. The photographic evidence would allow the operator sufficient information with which to provide rider information for the purpose of issuing a notice of such violations. The above SMD-specific sections of the California Vehicle Code have been added to clarify administrative citation through the use of photo enforcement.

The following additional issues were raised at the Council meeting on March 10, 2026:

1. Review and analyze possible updates to painting and signage on bikeways to ensure safety.

There was not sufficient time to conduct a comprehensive cost analysis before the present meeting but staff will work with Public Works to modify signage and paint to be consistent with the California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices and aligned with existing signage on the Class I Shared Use path.

2. Enhancement of the corrals, including corral signage.

In line with guidance from City Council and collaboration with the operators, additional locations for corrals have been identified. The operators have agreed to “help” with the corral signage and location designation. However, while the undertone of help was to cover costs, that estimation or limit has yet to be defined. It might be more expedient for Public Works to physically mark the current corrals that are already defined and mark the additional corrals when those locations come online within the respective operator web applications. Finally, SLTPD and Public Works will collaborate on the corral signage language with the operators and identify the means of cost sharing.

3. Consider methods to further enforce the prohibition on riders under the age of 18.

The proposed amendment would add permit requirements to require operators to make each rider re-scan their ID the first time they ride an SMD in the operator’s fleet within the City each calendar year. This is intended to support the prohibition on underage riders.

While helpful to this goal, this mechanism will not achieve 100% compliance. Staff is not aware of any additional mechanism that will achieve that level of compliance. While the addition of a bicycle patrol officer may assist in reducing underage ridership, that result remains to be seen. Notably, SMDs are deployed from May 1 through October 31; a 385
Staff Report for City Council Meeting of May 5, 2026 5 of 6 season to which the temporary seasonal bicycle patrol officer may be limited to 1000 work hours.

Environmental Considerations: This Ordinance is exempt from the California Environmental Quality Act (“CEQA”) under CEQA Guidelines section 15061(b)(3) because it can be seen with certainty that there is no possibility that the Ordinance may have a significant effect on the environment.

Financial Implications:

The recommended amendments to increase liability and safety measures would minimize the City’s potential financial exposure for Shared Mobility Device accidents. It is not possible to forecast specific savings to the City associated with such measures.

While the amendments would not directly change the cost of permit fees and administrative citations issued under SLTCC Chapter 4.185, the amendments allow City Council the discretion to change such costs in the future by resolution thus making program cost recovery more flexible.

Policy Implications:

The proposed amended Ordinance would support Strategic Priority Three: Enhance Public Safety.

The following is provided for future policy guidance.
2025 Year End Summary:

Bird summarized the 2025 season as follows:

Rides in South Lake Tahoe: 52.221
Avg SMD rides per month 8703
Unique Users: 22,872
Avg ride distance: 1.45 miles (annual report)
Use by locals: 28%*
Peak use month: 17,192 in July (33% of all rides)
Lowest use month: 3,245 in October (6% of all rides)
 Using Bird data to extrapolate the number of riders, as they suggest 28% are local riders finds that 14,621 rides of the total were locals. Additionally, Bird explains that

55.9% of those local riders are from Reno zip codes. Removing these 8173 Reno riders from the local total leaves 6448 rides from zip codes around the basin, including Truckee and North Lake Tahoe. Total rides on Bird from users with zip codes in the Basin, 12%. This is the direct comparison of local ridership percentage with Lime, below.
386
Staff Report for City Council Meeting of May 5, 2026 6 of 6 Lime summarized the 2025 season as follows:

Rides in South Lake Tahoe: 124.212
Avg SMD rides per month: 20702
Unique Users: 37,842
Avg ride distance: 1.14 miles (lifetime impact)
Use by locals: 1.3%
Peak use month: 33,853 in July (27% of all rides)
Lowest use month: 8441 in October (6.8% of all rides)
387
Chapter 4.185

SHARED MOBILITY DEVICES
Sections:

4.185.010 Purpose.

4.185.020 Definitions.

4.185.030 Shared bicycles prohibited.

4.185.040 Permit required.

4.185.050 Application for permit.

4.185.060 Issuance of permits.

4.185.070 Fleet limits.

4.185.080 Geofencing and City-designated riding and parking zones.

4.185.090 Operating regulations.

4.185.100 Impoundment and retrieval of shared mobility devices.

4.185.110 Revocation of permit.

4.185.120 Enforcement.

4.185.010 Purpose.

The purpose of this chapter is to establish a process for permitting and regulating operators and riders of shared mobility devices to achieve the city’s goals of encouraging alternative modes of transportation while protecting public health and safety.

4.185.020 Definitions.

388
“Class II bikeway” means a bike lane which provides a restricted right-of-way designated for the exclusive or semi exclusive use of bicycles with through travel by motor vehicles or pedestrians prohibited, but with vehicle parking and crossflows by pedestrians and motorists permitted.
“Class III bikeway” means a bike route established along a route not served by other classes of bikeways or to connect discontinuous segments of bikeways. Class III bikeways are to be shared with motor vehicles and pedestrians, and shall be designated by signs or permanent markings. “Class IV bikeway” means a bikeway for the exclusive use of bicycles and includes a separation required between the separated bikeway and the through vehicular traffic. The separation may include, but is not limited to, grade separation, flexible posts, inflexible posts, inflexible barriers, or onstreet parking. “Corral” means an area designated by the chief of police for staging or parking shared mobility devices that is created either by geofencing, or by physical striping, marking or signage.
“Fleet” means all shared mobility devices in the city owned by a specific operator.
“Geofencing” means the creation of a virtual geographic boundary, defined by Global Positioning System (GPS), radio-frequency identification (RFID), or other technology, that enables an operator to regulate speed, issue notifications, and take other actions, when a shared mobility device within its fleet enters or leaves an area.
“Operator” means any individual, firm, association, partnership, or corporation arranging to provide shared mobility devices within the city. “Permit” means a permit issued to an operator under this chapter. “Rider” means any person who is riding or is in actual physical control of a shared mobility device.
“Shared mobility device” means any wheeled transportation device, other than a bicycle, e-bicycle, automobile or motorcycle, by which a person can be propelled, moved or drawn; is accessed via an on-demand portal, whether a smartphone application, membership card, or similar method; is displayed, 389
placed or offered for rent in any public area or public right-of-way by an operator for shared use by members of the public; and is available to members of the public in unstaffed, self-service locations.

4.185.030 Shared bicycles prohibited.

Shared bicycles and shared e-bicycles are prohibited.

4.185.040 Permit required.

It is unlawful for any operator to conduct a shared mobility device business without a permit.

4.185.050 Application for permit.

A. An operator shall submit a permit application to the chief of police containing, at a minimum, the following:

1. The operator’s name and business address, and the name and natural person or persons who will serve as a local point of contact for the operator;

2. Proof of a valid city business and professions certificate;

3. The type and number of shared mobility devices the operator intends to deploy with a list of identifying serial numbers designated for each device, and a schedule for phased deployment of the fleet, if applicable;

4. The location of any building or property proposed to be used by the operator for its shared mobility device business operations within the city; and

5. A $75.00 nonrefundable fee for each shared mobility device in the operator’s fleet for use within the city. If phased deployment of the fleet is proposed, payment for the first phase of deployment is due with the application and payment for any subsequent phases of deployment is due prior to each deployment. The city council may set the fee per resolution.

B. At the time of application, the operator must provide proof of commercial general liability insurance with an admitted insurer, or a nonadmitted insurer that is eligible to insure a home state insured under Chapter 6 (commencing with Section 1760) of Part 2 of Division 1 of the Insurance Code, naming the city of South Lake Tahoe as an additional insured for an amount no less than $2,000,000 per occurrence for bodily injury, personal injury, and property 390
damage, and with an aggregate amount of no less than $54,000,000 for all occurrences during the policy period, and which meets the following requirements:

1. If the operator maintains broader coverage and/or higher limits than the minimums required for all policies, the city requires and shall be entitled to the broader coverage and/or higher limits maintained by the operator. Any available insurance proceeds in excess of the specified minimum limits of insurance and coverage shall be available to the city.

2. The operator’s insurance coverage shall be the primary insurance coverage with respect to the city, its officers, officials, employees, and volunteers. Any insurance or self-insurance maintained by the city, its officers, officials, employees, or volunteers shall be excess of the operator’s insurance and shall not contribute with it.

3. The operator agrees to waive rights of subrogation which any insurer of operator may acquire from operator by virtue of the payment of any loss. The operator agrees to obtain any endorsement that may be necessary to affect this waiver of subrogation, but this provision applies regardless of whether or not the city has received a waiver of subrogation endorsement from the insurer.

4. The operator shall provide immediate written notice to the city if (1) any of the required insurance policies is terminated; (2) the limits of any of the required polices are reduced; or (3) the deductible or self-insured retention is increased. In the event of any cancellation or reduction in coverage or limits of any insurance, the operator shall obtain and submit proof of substitute insurance.

C. The operator must also offer or make available, or confirm the rider maintains, insurance coverage for bodily injury or death suffered by a pedestrian when the injury or death involves, in whole or in part, the negligent conduct of the rider, of $10,000 for each occurrence of bodily injury to, or death of, one pedestrian in any one accident, and for property damage to an assistive technology device, or $1,000 for each occurrence. This paragraph shall not be interpreted to limit or supersede the other insurance requirements set forth pursuant this Section.

D. Each application must bear the operator’s signature agreeing to:
391

1. Provide the city with anonymized data on its fleet trip activity within the city, including the Zip Code of each rider; and

2. Indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the city, its elected and appointed boards, officers, employees, agents, volunteers, contractors, and invitees from any and all liability, for any and all claims, demands, actions, losses, damages, and injuries direct or indirect, including any and all attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses, in connection therewith, arising from operator’s activities, from and against each and every claim and demand of whatsoever nature made on behalf of or by any person, persons, firm, partnership, corporation or otherwise, including operator’s employees, except for claims arising out of the sole negligence or willful misconduct of the city.

3. Require all riders who operate a shared mobility device in the operator’s fleet within the City to acknowledge a waiver prior to the rider’s initial ride within the City to waive all claims, demands, actions, losses, damages, and injuries direct or indirect, including any and all attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses in connection therewith, against the City arising from the rider’s operation of a shared mobility device within the City, except for claims arising out of the sole negligence or willful misconduct of the City.

43. Submit to photo enforcement violations of this chapter, including the requirement to effectively prohibit riders under 18 years of age.

4.185.060 Issuance of permits.

A. Each permit shall contain the following:

1. The number and each type of shared mobility devices the operator is authorized to deploy, up to no more than 500 shared mobility devices per operator;

2. A requirement to effectively prohibit shared mobility devices in the operator’s fleet from entering or operating on the public walkways and public rights-of-way within the Heavenly Village area, withto an extent to be determined by the city managerchief of police, through geofencing or similar technology;

3. A requirement to effectively prohibit, using geofencing or similar technology, any shared mobility devices in the operator’s fleet from being 392
locked, parked, or ending a ride within any Class I, or Class II, or Class IV bikeway or trail in the city;

4. A requirement to effectively prohibit, using geofencing or similar technology, any shared mobility devices in the operator’s fleet from being locked, parked, or ending a ride except within a corral if the shared mobility device is within 1,000 feet from a corral; and

5. A requirement that each shared mobility device in the operator’s fleet have affixed to it a designated serial number in Arial Bold, a font size 130and style that may be observed with the naked eye from 50 feet away. This serial number will be of contrasting color to the device and placed on both the left and right side of the SMD upright.

6. A requirement to effectively prohibit riders under 18 years of age. The operator shall annually require each rider to re-scan the rider’s proof of identification card prior to the first instance the rider operates a shared mobility device in the operator’s fleet within the City each calendar year.

B. No permit will be issued prior to the operator obtaining any discretionary and building permits required to occupy any building or property within the city proposed to be used for operations, such as warehouse or office space.

C. Any operator in compliance with this chapter may apply for a permit annually.

4.185.070 Fleet limits.

A. No more than 1,000 shared mobility devices shall be permitted within the city at a time. Once that limit is reached, no more permits will be issued to operators.

B. It is unlawful for an operator to deploy more shared mobility devices than allowed by that operator’s permit.

4.185.080 Geofencing and City-designated riding and parking zones.

A. The chief of police, in consultation with the director of public works, may establish special parking, no-ride zones, speed zones, or other areas where riding and/or parking restrictions may apply. These locations may either be permanent or temporary.
393
B. The chief of police, in consultation with the director of public works, may establish locations of corrals. All corral locations will be published on the city’s website.

C. The chief of police may require that an operator mark or geofence these areas and make that information available through its the operator’s smartphone app.

D. The chief of police may require that operators direct riders to specified designated parking areas (city designated parking zones, or special areas for events). Geofencing must be integrated into the operator’s app within one week of notice from the chief of police.

E. The chief of policeThe city manager, or their designee, may adopt additional rules to implement the provisions of this chapter, including geographic restrictions for shared mobility devices.

4.185.090 Operating regulations.

A. Operators shall comply with the following:

1. Each operator is subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations including those in this code and the California Vehicle Code pertaining to the operation and safety standards of the shared mobility devices in its fleet.

2. Each operator shall limit the motorized-assisted speed of each shared mobility device to no more than 15 miles per hour.

3. Through geofencing or similar technology, each operator shall effectively prohibit riders from entering or operating shared mobility devices on public walkways and public rights-of-way within the Heavenly Village area, as designated in the operator’s permit.

4. Through geofencing or similar technology, each operator shall effectively prohibit, using geofencing or similar technology, any shared mobility devices in the operator’s fleet from being locked, parked, or ending a ride within any Class I, or Class II, or Class IV bikeway or trail in the city.

5. Through geofencing or similar technology, each operator shall effectively prohibit, using geofencing or similar technology, any shared mobility devices in the operator’s fleet from being locked, parked, or 394
ending a ride except within a corral if the shared mobility device is within 1,000 feet from a corral.

6. The chief of police may require operators, through geofencing or similar technology, to temporarily prevent the operation of shared mobility devices in a specific area during an emergency situation or within the perimeter of a permitted special event, when necessary to maintain public health and safety. For permitted special events, the city will provide 10 days’ notice to operators of any additional geofencing requirements.

7. When a rider operates a shared mobility device in the operator’s fleet within an area subject to geofencing, the operator shall notify the rider of the restricted area.

8. Each operator must effectively prohibit a person and account holder from renting more than one shared mobility device at a time.

9. Each operator must effectively prohibit riders under 18 years of age.

Operators shall annually require each rider within the city limits to re-scan the rider’s proof of identification card prior to the first instance the rider operates a shared mobility device in the operator’s fleet within the city each calendar year.

10. Operators shall ban the accounts of riders with two or more citations under this chapter.

11. Operators shall remove all shared mobility devices from operation within the city during the period of November 1 through April 30 each year.

12. Operators shall agree to provide rider information from the identified date, time, and serial number that would allow identification of any rider allegedly in violation of specified California Vehicle Codes shown in photographic evidence. This information shall only be used to assist the city in issuing administrative invoice(s) to the rider for violation(s) of South Lake Tahoe City Code.

13. Operators shall inform their riders about special events, operational changes, or scheduled and publicly announced South Lake Tahoe Police Department enforcement actions through the mobile app.
395

14. Operators shall inform their riders that operating shared mobility devices under the influence of drugs or alcohol is against the law.

Engagements shall include a mix of virtual (digital media and inapp communications), physical, and in-person methods. This engagement should consider the needs and concerns of riders as well as non-riders.
b. Operators shall educate riders about safety, riding rules, and etiquette at the time of signup. Messages must include, but are not limited to:
i. Advise to wear helmets when legally required;
ii. Sidewalk riding is prohibited;
iii. Park in appropriate locations including designated corrals;
iv. Riding age restrictions;
v. Ride one person per device;
vi. Obey the rules of the road, and potential penalties; vii. Yielding to pedestrians;
viii. How to report an issue;
ix. Prohibition on riding under the influence.
c. Operators shall educate riders about safety, riding rules and etiquette at the time a rider commences a SMD rental.

16. Digital Outreach and Education.
a. Each rental messaging must be engaging, easy to understand, and require interactive acknowledgement or confirmation by the rider, such as a “rules quiz” or yes or no questions.
b. Operators shall educate customers on how to appropriately park devices at the time of each rental through in-app or audio 396
messaging. Messages should inform riders that improper parking puts others at risk.
c. Operators shall develop systems to review and link riders to violations.
d. Operator’s software and mobile apps shall regularly inform and educate riders when they have ridden into prohibited riding areas such as geofenced areas, public parking facilities, public parks, and sidewalks.
e. Operators shall inform their riders about special events, operational changes, or scheduled and publicly-announced South Lake Tahoe Police Department enforcement actions through the mobile app.
f. Operators shall inform their riders that operating shared mobility devices under the influence of drugs or alcohol is against the law.

17. Physical Outreach and Education.
a. Operators shall regularly deploy ambassadors and/or street teams to inform riders on safety and appropriate device use (including parking). Ambassador teams should be clearly identifiable as operator staff.
b. Operators must conduct at minimum six community events or community/stakeholder safety workshops per year. Operators may host these safety workshops at community events, such as the Live at Lakeview summer concert series.
c. Half (per season) of the community events or
community/stakeholder meetings must be targeted toward
engaging low-income or other disadvantaged community
members. Operators shall conduct outreach in multiple
languages.
397
d. Operators must host at least two learn-to-ride education opportunities per year.
e. Operators shall provide, to the city at fleet deployment, a plan for community outreach and engagement that shall include
ambassador/street teams’ engagement activities and schedules, along with planned presentation, activities, and events with community-based organizations, business improvement districts, and other key stakeholders.
f. Operators shall - on a monthly basis - report information from this outreach to the chief of police to inform problem solving efforts, including, but not limited to, the number of people, time, length, location, and general comments from community members
regarding engagement.

B. Riders shall comply with the following:

1. All riders are subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations including, but not limited to, those in this code and the California Vehicle Code.

2. All riders must be 18 years of age or older with a valid driver’s license.

All riders shall re-scan their proof of identification card prior to the first instance the rider operates a shared mobility device in an operator’s fleet within the city each calendar year.

3. No rider shall operate a shared mobility device with more than one rider per device at a time.

4. Riders must park shared mobility devices on a sidewalk or other hard surface, in a manner that does not impede pedestrian access and provides a minimum of three feet for a pedestrian walkway; does not impede or obstruct access to ADA parking zones, street furniture, curb ramps, entry ways, driveways, sidewalk cafes, bus stops, loading zones, or landscaping; and does not impede or obstruct vehicular traffic on a street or alley.
398

5. No rider shall lock, park, or end a ride within any Class I or, Class II, or Class IV bikeway or trail in the city.

6. If a rider is within 1,000 feet from a corral, the rider shall only lock, park, or end a ride within a corral.

4.185.100 Impoundment and retrieval of shared mobility devices.

A. Within three hours of notice from the city, an operator shall retrieve a shared mobility device that is in any of the following conditions:

1. Inoperable or not safe to operate and parked on a city street, sidewalk or other city property; or

2. Parked, displayed, offered or made available for rent in violation of this chapter or the California Vehicle Code.

B. The city may impound a shared mobility device that is:

1. Not retrieved within three hours of notice to the operator; or

2. In a condition or parked in a manner that poses an imminent life safety hazard. No notice is required prior to impounding a shared mobility device posing an imminent life safety hazard.

4.185.110 Revocation of permit.

A. The city manager may revoke a permit on any of the following grounds, and shall provide written notice of the reason for the revocation to the operator:

1. The violation by operator of any of the terms, conditions or requirements of the permit or of this chapter.

2. Failure to effectively prohibit riders under the age of 18 from accessing shared mobility devices, which may be established either by multiple administrative citations issued to the operator based on photographic evidence of underage riders, by a city-conducted survey identifying a pattern of underage riders using the operator’s shared mobility devices, or any combination thereof.

B. An operator may appeal the city manager’s decision to revoke or not renew a permit to the city council under the administrative appeal procedures in Chapter 2.35 SLTCC.
399
C. Within 10 business days of the revocation of an operator’s permit, the operator shall remove its fleet from the city and shall retrieve any shared mobility devices impounded by the city. If the operator fails to remove or retrieve any of its shared mobility devices, the city may remove and dispose of the shared mobility device at the operator’s cost.

4.185.120 Enforcement.

A. Any operator or rider violating any provision of this chapter is subject to administrative citations under Chapter 2.30 SLTCC.

B(1). The city may issue an administrative citation with a $100.00 fine to an operator based on photographic, or other, evidence that includes the serial number of an operator’s shared mobility device and demonstrates that a rider is using that shared mobility device in violation of this chapter, including a rider under the age of 18, riders operating a shared mobility device with more than one rider per device at one time, and operating or parking a shared mobility device within a restricted area subject to geofencing requirements.

City Council may set the amount of the fine per resolution.

B(2) The city may issue an administrative citation with a $100.00 fine to rider based on photographic, or other, evidence that includes the serial number of an operator’s shared mobility device, a date and time stamp or other evidence of a date and time, and demonstrates the rider is using that shared mobility device in violation of this chapter. City Council may set the amount of the fine per resolution.

B(3) By incorporation, photo enforcement for rider violations includes only specific California Vehicle Code (CVC) violations on a shared mobility device as enumerated below:
a. CVC 21228(b) (when preparing for a left turn, the rider must dismount);
b. CVC 21235(e) (no passenger allowed).

The above listed violations, when cited, will reference this chapter, section, and subsections of SLTCC, as applicable.

C. Any operator violating, permitting, or assisting the violation of any provisions of this chapter shall be subject to any and all civil remedies, including, without limitation, permit revocation. All remedies provided herein shall be cumulative and not exclusive. Any violation of these provisions shall 400
constitute a separate violation for each and every day during which such violation is committed or continued.

D. In addition to the remedies set forth in this chapter, operating a shared mobility device business in violation of any provision of this chapter is hereby declared to constitute a public nuisance under Chapter 4.40 SLTCC and, as such, may be abated or enjoined from further operation in the city. 401
Ordinance 2026-XXX May 5, 2026 Page 1 of 11
Ordinance 2026-XXX
Adopted by the City of South Lake Tahoe
City Council
May 19, 2026
An Ordinance Amending Chapter 4.185 of the South Lake Tahoe City Code (Shared Mobility Devices) to Increase the City’s Liability Protections and Safety Measures, and Revise Operator Insurance Requirements

FINDINGS
A. On February 11, 2020, City Council adopted Ordinance 2020-1140 (Shared Mobility Devices) adding Chapter 4.185 to the South Lake Tahoe City Code (SLTCC), which established a process for permitting and regulating operators and riders of shared mobility devices to achieve the City’s goals of encouraging alternative modes of transportation while protecting public health and safety.

B. On March 26, 2024, City Council adopted Ordinance 2024-1184 amending SLTCC Chapter

4.185 to add a requirement that shared mobility devices be parked in corrals and adding additional requirements to implement the corrals. These requirements were added to address public safety concerns due to improper parking of shared mobility devices.

C. At the City Council meeting on November 19, 2024, Mayor Pro Tem Wallace requested, and Councilmember Creegan seconded, that an item be brought back to City Council to adopt an ordinance to amend SLTCC Chapter 4.185 to reduce the maximum number of shared mobility devices an operator may deploy in the City.

D. At the City Council meeting on March 11, 2025, City Council considered and declined to adopt an ordinance to further amend Chapter 4.185 which would have caused a 50 percent reduction in shared mobility devices permitted within the City. Instead, City Council directed staff to bring an item back with a presentation of potential options for increasing the City’s liability protections, adding additional safety measures for shared mobility device operations, as well as updating operator insurance requirements.

E. City staff brought the requested item back at the City Council meeting on June 3, 2025 at which time City Council directed staff to incorporate the proposals into an ordinance and bring it back for City Council’s consideration. City staff prepared the requested item and included City Council's direction on increasing the City’s liability protections, adding additional safety measures for shared mobility device operations, as well as updating operator insurance requirements.

F. Staff brought this item back for a first reading of a proposed ordinance on March 10, 2026. At that time, Council declined to adopt the ordinance and instead requested additional amendments related to parking, permissible bikeways, and photo enforcement. The present Ordinance incorporates these requests with the remaining previously proposed amendments. 402
Ordinance 2026-XXX May 5, 2026 Page 2 of 11
G. California Vehicle Code section 21225 authorizes cities to regulate the parking and operation of these devices on pedestrian and bicycle facilities and city streets and highways, so long as such regulations are not in conflict with the California Vehicle Code.

Now, Therefore, the City Council of City of South Lake Tahoe does ordain as follows:

SECTION 1. Chapter 4.185 (Shared Mobility Devices) of the South Lake Tahoe City Code is amended to read in its entirety as follows:

4.185.010 Purpose.

4.185.020 Definitions.

For the purposes of this chapter, the following terms, phrases and words shall have the meanings hereinafter set forth:
“Assistive technology device” means any item, piece of equipment, or product system, whether acquired commercially off the shelf, modified, or customized, that is used to increase, maintain, or improve the functional capabilities of an individual with a disability. “Bikeway” means a facility that is provided primarily for bicycle travel as defined by California Streets and Highways Code section 890.4.
“Class I bikeway” means a bike path or shared use path which provides a completely separated rightof-way designated for the exclusive use of bicycles and pedestrians with crossflows by motorists minimized.
“Class II bikeway” means a bike lane which provides a restricted right-of-way designated for the exclusive or semi exclusive use of bicycles with through travel by motor vehicles or pedestrians prohibited, but with vehicle parking and crossflows by pedestrians and motorists permitted. “Class III bikeway” means a bike route established along a route not served by other classes of bikeways or to connect discontinuous segments of bikeways. Class III bikeways are to be shared with motor vehicles and pedestrians, and shall be designated by signs or permanent markings. “Class IV bikeway” means a bikeway for the exclusive use of bicycles and includes a separation required between the separated bikeway and the through vehicular traffic. The separation may include, but is not limited to, grade separation, flexible posts, inflexible posts, inflexible barriers, or onstreet parking. “Corral” means an area designated by the chief of police for staging or parking shared mobility devices that is created either by geofencing, or by physical striping, marking or signage. “Fleet” means all shared mobility devices in the city owned by a specific operator. “Geofencing” means the creation of a virtual geographic boundary, defined by Global Positioning System (GPS), radio-frequency identification (RFID), or other technology, that enables an operator to 403
Ordinance 2026-XXX May 5, 2026 Page 3 of 11
regulate speed, issue notifications, and take other actions, when a shared mobility device within its fleet enters or leaves an area.
“Operator” means any individual, firm, association, partnership, or corporation arranging to provide shared mobility devices within the city.
“Permit” means a permit issued to an operator under this chapter. “Rider” means any person who is riding or is in actual physical control of a shared mobility device. “Shared mobility device” means any wheeled transportation device, other than a bicycle, e-bicycle, automobile or motorcycle, by which a person can be propelled, moved or drawn; is accessed via an on-demand portal, whether a smartphone application, membership card, or similar method; is displayed, placed or offered for rent in any public area or public right-of-way by an operator for shared use by members of the public; and is available to members of the public in unstaffed, self-service locations.

4.185.030 Shared bicycles prohibited.

Shared bicycles and shared e-bicycles are prohibited.

4.185.040 Permit required.

It is unlawful for any operator to conduct a shared mobility device business without a permit.

4.185.050 Application for permit.

A. An operator shall submit a permit application to the chief of police containing, at a minimum, the following:

1. The operator’s name and business address, and the name and natural person or persons who will serve as a local point of contact for the operator;

2. Proof of a valid city business and professions certificate;

4. The location of any building or property proposed to be used by the operator for its shared mobility device business operations within the city; and

5. A nonrefundable fee for each shared mobility device in the operator’s fleet for use within the city. If phased deployment of the fleet is proposed, payment for the first phase of deployment is due with the application and payment for any subsequent phases of deployment is due prior to each deployment. The city council may set the fee per resolution.

B. At the time of application, the operator must provide proof of commercial general liability insurance with an admitted insurer, or a nonadmitted insurer that is eligible to insure a home state insured under Chapter 6 (commencing with Section 1760) of Part 2 of Division 1 of the Insurance Code, naming the city of South Lake Tahoe as an additional insured for an amount no less than $2,000,000 per occurrence for bodily injury, personal injury, and property damage, and with an aggregate amount of 404
Ordinance 2026-XXX May 5, 2026 Page 4 of 11
no less than $5,000,000 for all occurrences during the policy period, and which meets the following requirements:

D. Each application must bear the operator’s signature agreeing to:

1. Provide the city with anonymized data on its fleet trip activity within the city, including the Zip Code of each rider; and

3. Require all riders who operate a shared mobility device in the operator’s fleet within the City to acknowledge a waiver prior to the rider’s initial ride within the City to waive all claims, demands, actions, losses, damages, and injuries direct or indirect, including any and all attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses in connection therewith, against the City arising from the rider’s operation of 405
Ordinance 2026-XXX May 5, 2026 Page 5 of 11
a shared mobility device within the City, except for claims arising out of the sole negligence or willful misconduct of the City.

4. Submit to photo enforcement violations of this chapter, including the requirement to effectively prohibit riders under 18 years of age.

4.185.060 Issuance of permits.

A. Each permit shall contain the following:

1. The number and each type of shared mobility devices the operator is authorized to deploy, up to no more than 500 shared mobility devices per operator;

2. A requirement to effectively prohibit shared mobility devices in the operator’s fleet from entering or operating on the public walkways and public rights-of-way within the Heavenly Village area, to an extent to be determined by the chief of police, through geofencing or similar technology;

3. A requirement to effectively prohibit, using geofencing or similar technology, any shared mobility devices in the operator’s fleet from being locked, parked, or ending a ride within any Class I, Class II, or Class IV bikeway or trail in the city;

5. A requirement that each shared mobility device in the operator’s fleet have affixed to it a designated serial number in Arial Bold, font size 130. This serial number will be of contrasting color to the device and placed on both the left and right side of the SMD upright.

C. Any operator in compliance with this chapter may apply for a permit annually.

4.185.070 Fleet limits.

A. No more than 1,000 shared mobility devices shall be permitted within the city at a time. Once that limit is reached, no more permits will be issued to operators.

B. It is unlawful for an operator to deploy more shared mobility devices than allowed by that operator’s permit.

4.185.080 Geofencing and City-designated riding and parking zones.

A. The chief of police, in consultation with the director of public works, may establish special parking, no-ride zones, speed zones, or other areas where riding and/or parking restrictions may apply. These locations may either be permanent or temporary.
406
Ordinance 2026-XXX May 5, 2026 Page 6 of 11
B. The chief of police, in consultation with the director of public works, may establish locations of corrals. All corral locations will be published on the city’s website.

C. The chief of police may require that an operator mark or geofence these areas and make that information available through the operator’s smartphone app.

E. The chief of police may adopt additional rules to implement the provisions of this chapter, including geographic restrictions for shared mobility devices.

4.185.090 Operating regulations.

A. Operators shall comply with the following:

2. Each operator shall limit the motorized-assisted speed of each shared mobility device to no more than 15 miles per hour.

4. Through geofencing or similar technology, each operator shall effectively prohibit, using geofencing or similar technology, any shared mobility devices in the operator’s fleet from being locked, parked, or ending a ride within any Class I, Class II, or Class IV bikeway or trail in the city.

5. Through geofencing or similar technology, each operator shall effectively prohibit, using geofencing or similar technology, any shared mobility devices in the operator’s fleet from being locked, parked, or ending a ride except within a corral if the shared mobility device is within 1,000 feet from a corral.

7. When a rider operates a shared mobility device in the operator’s fleet within an area subject to geofencing, the operator shall notify the rider of the restricted area.

8. Each operator must effectively prohibit a person and account holder from renting more than one shared mobility device at a time.

9. Each operator must effectively prohibit riders under 18 years of age. Operators shall annually require each rider within the city limits to re-scan the rider’s proof of identification card prior to 407
Ordinance 2026-XXX May 5, 2026 Page 7 of 11
the first instance the rider operates a shared mobility device in the operator’s fleet within the city each calendar year.

10. Operators shall ban the accounts of riders with two or more citations under this chapter.

11. Operators shall remove all shared mobility devices from operation within the city during the period of November 1 through April 30 each year.

13. Operators shall inform their riders about special events, operational changes, or scheduled and publicly announced South Lake Tahoe Police Department enforcement actions through the mobile app.

14. Operators shall inform their riders that operating shared mobility devices under the influence of drugs or alcohol is against the law.

15. Engagement, Outreach, and Education.
a. Operators shall provide a parking and safety education plan as part of their permit application. Operators shall engage with riders to protect the safety of customers and all roadway users. Engagements shall include a mix of virtual (digital media and in-app communications), physical, and in-person methods. This engagement should consider the needs and concerns of riders as well as non-riders. b. Operators shall educate riders about safety, riding rules, and etiquette at the time of signup. Messages must include, but are not limited to:
i. Advise to wear helmets when legally required;
ii. Sidewalk riding is prohibited;
iii. Park in appropriate locations including designated corrals; iv. Riding age restrictions;
v. Ride one person per device;
vi. Obey the rules of the road, and potential penalties; vii. Yielding to pedestrians;
viii. How to report an issue;
ix. Prohibition on riding under the influence.
c. Operators shall educate riders about safety, riding rules and etiquette at the time a rider commences a SMD rental.

16. Digital Outreach and Education.
a. Each rental messaging must be engaging, easy to understand, and require interactive acknowledgement or confirmation by the rider, such as a “rules quiz” or yes or no questions.
408
Ordinance 2026-XXX May 5, 2026 Page 8 of 11
b. Operators shall educate customers on how to appropriately park devices at the time of each rental through in-app or audio messaging. Messages should inform riders that improper parking puts others at risk.
c. Operators shall develop systems to review and link riders to violations. d. Operator’s software and mobile apps shall regularly inform and educate riders when they have ridden into prohibited riding areas such as geofenced areas, public parking facilities, public parks, and sidewalks.
e. Operators shall inform their riders about special events, operational changes, or scheduled and publicly-announced South Lake Tahoe Police Department enforcement actions through the mobile app.
f. Operators shall inform their riders that operating shared mobility devices under the influence of drugs or alcohol is against the law.

Operators shall conduct outreach in multiple languages. d. Operators must host at least two learn-to-ride education opportunities per year. e. Operators shall provide, to the city at fleet deployment, a plan for community outreach and engagement that shall include ambassador/street teams’ engagement activities and schedules, along with planned presentation, activities, and events with communitybased organizations, business improvement districts, and other key stakeholders. f. Operators shall - on a monthly basis - report information from this outreach to the chief of police to inform problem solving efforts, including, but not limited to, the number of people, time, length, location, and general comments from community members regarding engagement.

B. Riders shall comply with the following:

1. All riders are subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations including, but not limited to, those in this code and the California Vehicle Code.

2. All riders must be 18 years of age or older with a valid driver’s license. All riders shall re-scan their proof of identification card prior to the first instance the rider operates a shared mobility device in an operator’s fleet within the city each calendar year. 409
Ordinance 2026-XXX May 5, 2026 Page 9 of 11

3. No rider shall operate a shared mobility device with more than one rider per device at a time.

5. No rider shall lock, park, or end a ride within any Class I, Class II, or Class IV bikeway or trail in the city.

6. If a rider is within 1,000 feet from a corral, the rider shall only lock, park, or end a ride within a corral.

4.185.100 Impoundment and retrieval of shared mobility devices.

A. Within three hours of notice from the city, an operator shall retrieve a shared mobility device that is in any of the following conditions:

1. Inoperable or not safe to operate and parked on a city street, sidewalk or other city property; or

2. Parked, displayed, offered or made available for rent in violation of this chapter or the California Vehicle Code.

B. The city may impound a shared mobility device that is:

1. Not retrieved within three hours of notice to the operator; or

2. In a condition or parked in a manner that poses an imminent life safety hazard. No notice is required prior to impounding a shared mobility device posing an imminent life safety hazard.

4.185.110 Revocation of permit.

A. The city manager may revoke a permit on any of the following grounds, and shall provide written notice of the reason for the revocation to the operator:

1. The violation by operator of any of the terms, conditions or requirements of the permit or of this chapter.

B. An operator may appeal the city manager’s decision to revoke or not renew a permit to the city council under the administrative appeal procedures in Chapter 2.35 SLTCC.

C. Within 10 business days of the revocation of an operator’s permit, the operator shall remove its fleet from the city and shall retrieve any shared mobility devices impounded by the city. If the operator 410
Ordinance 2026-XXX May 5, 2026 Page 10 of 11
fails to remove or retrieve any of its shared mobility devices, the city may remove and dispose of the shared mobility device at the operator’s cost.

4.185.120 Enforcement.

A. Any operator or rider violating any provision of this chapter is subject to administrative citations under Chapter 2.30 SLTCC.

B(1) The city may issue an administrative citation with a fine to an operator based on photographic, or other, evidence that includes the serial number of an operator’s shared mobility device and demonstrates that a rider is using that shared mobility device in violation of this chapter. City Council may set the amount of the fine per resolution.

B(2) The city may issue an administrative citation with a fine to rider based on photographic, or other, evidence that includes the serial number of an operator’s shared mobility device, a date and time stamp or other evidence of a date and time, and demonstrates the rider is using that shared mobility device in violation of this chapter. City Council may set the amount of the fine per resolution.

The above listed violations, when cited, will reference this chapter, section, and subsections of SLTCC, as applicable.

C. Any operator violating, permitting, or assisting the violation of any provisions of this chapter shall be subject to any and all civil remedies, including, without limitation, permit revocation. All remedies provided herein shall be cumulative and not exclusive. Any violation of these provisions shall constitute a separate violation for each and every day during which such violation is committed or continued.

SECTION 2. If any section, subsection, sentence, clause, or phrase of this Ordinance is for any reason held to be invalid or unconstitutional by a decision of any court of competent jurisdiction, such decision will not affect the validity of the remaining portions of this Ordinance. The City Council declares that it would have passed this Ordinance and each and every section, subsection, sentence, clause, or phrase not declared invalid or unconstitutional without regard to whether any portion of the Ordinance would be subsequently declared invalid or unconstitutional.

SECTION 3. The City Council finds that this Ordinance is exempt from the California Environmental Quality Act (“CEQA”) under CEQA Guidelines section 15061(b)(3) because it can be seen with certainty that there is no possibility that the Ordinance may have a significant effect on the environment.

SECTION 4. The City Clerk is directed to certify this Ordinance and cause it to be published in the manner required by law.
411
Ordinance 2026-XXX May 5, 2026 Page 11 of 11
SECTION 5. This Ordinance shall become effective 30 days following its adoption.

Adopted by the City of South Lake Tahoe City Council on May 19, 2026 by the following vote:

Yes:

No:

Abstain:

Absent:
________________________ Date:_________
Cody Bass, Mayor
Attest:
________________________
Susan Blankenship, City Clerk
First Reading:

Published:

Second Reading:

Effective:

The presence of electronic signature certifies that the foregoing is a true and correct copy as approved by the South Lake Tahoe City Council.
412
City of South Lake Tahoe
Agenda Item Executive Summary
Hilary Roverud, Interim City Manager
__________________________________
Meeting Date: May 5, 2026
Agenda Item #:14
Agenda Item: Grow and Diversify the Economy, Strategic Plan Priority Update #2 Executive Summary: At the September 23, 2025 City Council meeting Staff presented and update on Strategic Plan 2025 - 2030 Priority #4 â€“ Grow and Diversify the Economy. This Staff Report provides a comprehensive update since September 23, 2025 on progress achieving Priority #4, by Action Item, and the slide deck presentation (Attachment A) focuses on the most recent efforts.

Requested Action / Suggested Motions: Pass a Motion providing direction to the Interim City Manager on the following: 1) whether to establish (a) an Economic Development Committee with appointments to be made by either the City Council or the City Manager, or (b) an Economic Development Commission to be appointed by City Council; and; 2) whether to pursue a video & social media campaign with the National League of Cities and CGI.

Responsible Staff Member: Hilary Roverud, Interim City Manager Reviewed and Approved By: Susan Blankenship, City Clerk Olga Tikhomirova, Finance Director Heather Stroud, City Attorney
Attachments:
01_-_Staff_Report_Strategic_Plan_Priority_4_update__2_.docx 02 - Attachment A Priority 4 Update PPT.pdf
03 - Attachment B List of Businesses Contacted.docx
04 - Vacant and Underused Properties April 2026.pdf
413
Council Agenda Report- May 5, 2026 Page 1 of 7
City of South Lake Tahoe
Report to City Council
Meeting Date: May 5, 2026
Title: Grow and Diversify the Economy, Strategic Plan Priority Update #2 Location: Citywide
Responsible Staff Member: Sara Letton and Ava Bendett
Background: At the September 23, 2025 City Council meeting Staff presented an update on Strategic Plan 2025 - 20301 Priority #4 – Grow and Diversify the Economy. That Priority states:

Goal: Create an environment that attracts diverse investment in our community and supports existing businesses.

Measured by:
- Reduced number of vacant or underutilized storefronts/properties - Increased # or % of non-service sector businesses
Action Items:

4.1 Identify viable second economies. (2025-2030 implementation)

4.2 Create an Economic Development Advisory Committee to focus on local business retention and expansion programs as well as other potential economic development initiatives. (2025-2027 implementation)

4.3 Strive to develop 51 events per year in coordination with partners. (2025-2030 implementation)

4.4 Support Lake Tahoe Community College (LTCC) to identify appropriate workforce programs (i.e. nursing school, paramedic school). (2025-2030 implementation)

4.5 Evaluate cannabis tax and mitigation fee structure. (2025-2026 implementation)

4.6 Complete an update to the City’s Economic Development Element of the General Plan. (2027- 2029 implementation)

4.7 Complete the Mid-Town Area Plan update. (2025-2026 implementation) Staff reported on having initiated a Business Visitation Program, and that they had started attending meetings with key stakeholders in the business community. The initial outreach efforts established closer relationships between business owners and the City. However, it was noted that additional business and public input would be required to draw final conclusions on policy recommendations. To assist in these efforts staff began pursuing a CivicSpark Fellow who would be tasked with additional outreach through workshops, surveys, stakeholder engagement, and other methods. Council directed staff to secure a CivicSpark fellow via Strategic Priority 6.4.

1 Strategic Plan 2025 - 2030, https://www.cityofslt.gov/2433/City-Strategic-Plan 414
Council Agenda Report- May 5, 2026 Page 2 of 7
In summary, Council gave direction to staff to:

A. Continue the Business Visitation Program and efforts to gather feedback from the business community, large employment partners and non-profit organizations.

B. Continue building stronger relationships with the two Chambers, Sierra Business Development Council and other business and economic development organizations to increase services and educate business owners on available resources.

C. Develop social media campaigns to highlight new brick and mortar businesses and provide opportunities for business exposure through industry specific campaigns on City social media channels (i.e. restaurant week, recreation week, small business week, etc.) D. Use feedback as part of a public process to inform the update of the General Plan Economic Development Element.

E. Continue to identify potential business support resources and distribute them to businesses.

F. Continue to reduce regulatory barriers and improve permit process streamlining. This would include implementation of Council direction on sign regulations.

G. Explore options to fund a façade/property improvement grant program.

H. Explore options to fund a pre-development loan program.

Issue and Discussion: This Staff Report provides a comprehensive update since September 23, 2025 on progress achieving Strategic Plan 2025-2030 Priority #4- Grow and Diversify the Economy, by Action Item, and the slide deck presentation (Attachment A) focuses on the most recent efforts.

Outreach Plan
Staff took a holistic approach to implementing the Plan’s Actions (4.1 – 4.7 listed above) in addition to the specific activities given in Council direction A – H listed above. In order to update the Economic Development Element of the General Plan (4.6), Staff recognized the need for community input. Such input could also help identify second economies (4.1) as well as identify opportunities for events that could boost local business (4.3). To gather community input, staff developed an Outreach and Implementation Plan, summarized here (#1 – #9):

1. In-person Business Visitation (December 2025 – May 2026)

2. Business Outreach Survey (Feb – May 2026)

3. Key Stakeholder Outreach (Feb – May 2026)

4. Presentation to Council on progress and to get feedback (May 5, 2026)

5. Business Owner Workshop (May 2026)

6. Economic Development Committee/Commission Meeting #1 (June 2026)

7. Economic Development Committee/Commission Meeting #2 (July 2026)

8. Presentation of final Community Economic Development Strategy to City Council (September 2026)

9. Update to City’s Economic Development Element of the General Plan (September 2026) Business Visitation Program and Survey
With the increased staff capacity provided by the City’s CivicSpark Fellow, whose fellowship is mid-January through August, the Business Visitation program (Council direction ‘A’ and ‘E’, and #1) has accelerated. Upwards of 183 businesses and non-profit organizations have been visited in-person. Responses are captured in a City-designed GIS-based app that allows staff to capture and analyze the data. Supporting the Business Visitation program is a Business Outreach Survey 415
Council Agenda Report- May 5, 2026 Page 3 of 7
(#2) that gathers similar input from businesses. The City and partners such as the Tahoe Chamber (Council direction ‘B’) have helped to solicit feedback via social media and email blasts sharing the survey link. The Survey invites any city business owner to voluntarily enter their contact information if they would like to have a follow up discussion with City staff. Key Stakeholder Outreach (4.1& 4.4, Council direction ‘B’, and #3) entails staff reaching out to business groups and large employers in the city for more in-depth interviews. Six preliminary trends have been identified from the feedback received through business outreach efforts. These are as follows:
 Strong local interdependence relying on word-of-mouth advertising  Right-sized business mindset; limited appetite for expansion  Climate variability and low-snow years create economy-wide domino effects  Multi-jurisdictional governance and perceived overlap among regulatory entities are a reoccurring pain point
 Perception that built environment steers tourist activity away from Midtown, and signage policies reinforce that imbalance in business activity
 Cost of living and workforce stability pressures
Community Economic Development Strategy
Feedback and data gathered from business outreach efforts will be used to develop a Community Economic Development Strategy (CEDS) in accordance with the guidelines provided by the Economic Development Administration (EDA). A CEDS functions as a framework to inform policy and action items so that they can best guide regional economic prosperity. This document is constructed in four distinct sections: Summary Background, ‘SWOT’ Analysis, Action Plan and Evaluation Framework. This includes performance metrics allowing staff to track implementation progress and effectiveness. The purpose of producing and adopting a CEDS is to establish a foundation for individuals, organizations, local governments, and private industry to engage in a meaningful conversation and debate about the economic direction of their region. Additionally, it opens up opportunities for federal funding and assistance from the EDA through its Public Works and Economic Adjustment Assistance Programs. It is also a prerequisite to be designated as an Economic Development District.

Business Owner Workshop
A Business Owner Workshop (#6) is tentatively scheduled for May 28, and all interested business owners will be invited and welcomed to give further input on the CEDS. Staff will present a draft of the CEDS to the Committee/Commission (#7) for feedback, then will bring it back to Council for adoption (4.1 and #8) at the same time as proposing updates to code or permitting (Council direction ‘F’). The community process for developing the CEDS entails capturing opportunities for new policy direction, which will be presented in a proposed update to the Economic Development Element of the General Plan (4.6, Council direction ‘D’, and #9), last updated in 2011. 416
Council Agenda Report- May 5, 2026 Page 4 of 7
Economic Development Committee or Commission
As noted, Staff plan to convene an Economic Development Committee/Commission (4.2, Council direction ‘D’, and #5) that will meet at least twice. At the February 24, 2026 meeting, Council member Jinkens requested that the Council discuss forming an Economic Development Commission and received a second from Mayor Bass. Therefore, staff is asking for Council direction today on the make-up of such a committee or commission:
 Option A: An 8-member committee, representing a variety of business types and sizes.

Applications would be solicited and appointments to committee seats would be selected by the City Manager.
 Option B: Same committee size and make up as Option A, however City Council would appoint committee members. This option would require extending the outreach and implementation timeline above by 1-2 months.
 Option C: Establishment of a formal City Economic Development Commission. This option would require returning with a resolution stating the structure, duties, qualifications and responsibilities of the commission. This option would require extending the outreach timeline above by 2-4 months (See ‘Financial Implications’ section).

Options B and C would require allocating additional staff time because a committee or commission established by and appointed by City Council would be subject to Brown Act compliance and open meeting requirements.

Business Support Programs
Information gathered from local business owners during the Business Outreach process noted above (#1-7) will inform the possible development of business support programs, including a possible property improvement grant program (Council direction ‘G’) and/or a pre-development loan program (Council direction ‘H’). If the community expresses a desire for such programs, those will be captured in the CEDS and Economic Development Element Update (#8) for Council approval and funding.

Nurturing a Positive Business Environment via Media Campaigns As the Business Outreach efforts are occurring above, Staff will continue to develop social media campaigns to highlight businesses and provide opportunities for business exposure (Council direction ‘C’). Staff have developed an ‘Employee Appreciation’ social media campaign, inviting local businesses to celebrate their employees via the City’s social media accounts. Staff are also working with the Mayor and Sosu TV to create video clips highlighting recent business successes via social media and coordinating a Restaurant Week social media campaign to highlight local restaurants.

Staff are also exploring and seeking direction on an opportunity to partner with video production specialists CGI, associated with the National League of Cities. They have offered a project that entails a short video campaign celebrating our city and our businesses, and at no expense to the City. They develop ‘anchor’ video footage with the City, and then invite local businesses to spend some of their own advertising budget with CGI developing videos that give them an expanded advertising platform while demonstrating to entrepreneurs that our city is a great place to do 417
Council Agenda Report- May 5, 2026 Page 5 of 7
business and that we are actively seeking new businesses and industries (4.1 and Council direction ‘C’) toward achieving a diverse and resilient economy. This video platform with City and business short video content can be embedded onto the City website, as well as the League of Cities website. Staff seek direction on whether to pursue this video/social media campaign opportunity with CGI.

Reducing Barriers to Entry for New Businesses
Development Services staff have recently launched their ‘Business Concierge’ Program that seeks to lower barriers to starting and expanding businesses (Council direction ‘F’). The Development Services Department has introduced a business concierge service in order to assist property and business owners to navigate the spectrum of state, regional and local laws and regulations governing development within the City. Based on individual needs, the service pairs applicants with development professionals in the building, planning and housing divisions to assist throughout the development process. Specifically, the service aims to address the questions often associated with the early stages of land and business development, such as allowable land uses, development standards, coverage requirements and questions about the building code.

Addressing these questions early in the development process is critical to understanding the feasibility of a project. The service is intended to be hands-on and proactive in order to lead applicants to a successful outcome.

Development Services is achieving goals for first submittals and re-submittals of plans. The new permitting software is running well and has greatly improved efficiency. The icon will soon be on the City’s website to make the eTRACKIT system more obvious to the public as it is a great tool the public can use to review all kinds of information such as permits pulled, expired, finaled, opened, as well as building violations, planning projects, housing violations and other property information.

The Development Services Department also partnered with the Tahoe Chamber to present the “Level Up Workshop: Roadmap to Occupying New Commercial Space” on March 18th. The workshop was designed to guide entrepreneurs through the real-world process of occupying commercial space, including zoning and permitting considerations (Council direction ‘F’).

Additionally, staff met with the Tahoe Chamber Restaurant Group on February 3, 2026 to discuss the upcoming sign ordinance amendments.

The Mid-Town Area Plan (4.7) is currently under development. Main objectives include expanding the allowable land uses/business types within the plan area and allowing more flexible development standards and incentives. This will provide pathways for property investments that can grow and diversify the economy. The plan explores area wide infrastructure improvements to facilitate redevelopment and activate streetscapes. The draft policies and development standards were presented to the City Council on September 9, 2025 and the environmental review is currently underway. Adoption by the City Council is anticipated in September. Following this, the TRPA Governing Board will consider the document for approval.

Tracking Vacant and Underutilized Properties
The City is also initiating the amendment Tahoe Valley Area Plan to include the South “Y” Industrial Tract Community Plan to further reduce the number of vacant and underutilized properties within the area (which is a metric measuring success of Priority 4). Specifically, the 418
Council Agenda Report- May 5, 2026 Page 6 of 7
effort is aimed at encouraging commercial growth within the Industrial Tract and to further refine policies and development standards within the TVAP to reduce barriers.

Staff presented the status of vacant and underused properties on January 9, 2024. At that time, 16 were vacant and 4 underutilized. As of April 23, 2026, Staff have added some additional detail in the tracking as can be seen in this comparison table that can be updated through time more easily now that we are utilizing a GIS based app. This is a metric identified to measure success in achieving this Strategic Priority.

Table 1. Tracking Vacant and Underused Properties
January 9, 2024 April 23, 2026
‘Vacant’ 16 16
‘Underused’ 4 6
‘Recently Unoccupied’ 9 3
‘Vacant Pending Application’ 11 9
TOTAL 40 34
Workforce Development
LTCC continues to offer education and training programs in locally relevant pathways (4.4) including Forestry, Emergency Medical Services, Fire Academy and Fire Science, Administrative of Justice, Hospitality Management and Culinary Arts, Wilderness Education Outdoor Leadership/Search and Rescue, Business and Economics, IT Technician – Cybersecurity, Early Childhood Education, Medical Office Assistant, Dental Assisting, Real Estate, etc. In addition, ongoing efforts at the college to increase access to certificates and degrees through credit-forprior learning can be a critical component of helping working adults upskill or reskill to improve wages and meet the changing needs of the community.

In partnership with ADVANCE, there are also emerging opportunities to expand non-traditional approaches (bootcamps, apprenticeships, etc.) in other career fields. One example is ongoing discussion and design around Energy and Public Utility training program in partnership with local employers (e.g. Liberty and STPUD). Additional work-place based opportunities may be possible under recent Federal legislation regarding Workforce Pell programs opening up shorter duration but valued skill training outside of the traditional college classroom setting.

Another notable recent achievement in workforce development includes LTCC’s plan to construct a new public safety training complex, which will include training on wildland firefighting and logistics, search and rescue, and wilderness medicine and pre-hospital care, allowing LTCC to position itself as a center of excellence in public safety training, according to the report to TRPA Governing Board on February 25, 2026.

Finally, the City is in close contact with LTCC to bring forward internship opportunities in partnership to invest in developing the skills of our future local workforce.

City Events
419
Council Agenda Report- May 5, 2026 Page 7 of 7
In pursuit of achieving the goal of 51 events (4.3) planned in a year, Staff accounted for 25 City Events, and 45 City Supported Events at the time of the September 23, 2025 presentation. Staff continues to grow our event list and are open to community partners reaching out with additional creative ideas for partnership.

Cannabis Business Tax and Fee Structure
Priority 4.5 ‘Evaluate cannabis tax and mitigation fee structure’ was achieved by Council on November 4, 2025 and is considered complete. The tax rate was reset from 6% to 3% of gross receipts on commercial cannabis activity, and exempting tax from medical cannabis. Staff were given direction to bring back an item discussing the future of the Cannabis Revenues Grant Program which has funded by this tax, and which funded about $400,000 of local community nonprofit organization projects for each of the last four years. The discussion is planned for June 2, 2026.

In sum, the City aims to continue pursuing a comprehensive outreach effort to solicit feedback that will inform a Community Economic Development Strategy and update of the City General Plan Economic Development Element. The CEDS will include specific implementation steps to develop programs that will create more economic resiliency throughout the community.

Financial Implications: The outreach, stakeholder engagement, and Plan development do not necessitate outside consultants and funding. The Civic Spark Fellow position has already been funded through the end of August 2026. The proposed work with CGI for video development will take some staff time in the development/feedback process for the City video, and CGI asks just for introductions to local businesses in order to validate the larger effort, but staff will provide minimal time on that side of the project and it will not require additional funding from the City. Additional funds would be needed to train and support staff to host a new commission, as described above in ‘Option C.’
Environmental Considerations: This action is not a project requiring environmental review under the California Environmental Quality Act (“CEQA”) under CEQA Guidelines section 15378(b)(5) (organizational or administrative activities of governments that will not result in direct or indirect physical changes in the environment).

Policy Implications: Policy implications are noted in detail in the body of the staff report describing progress on all of Strategic Priority 4 and 6.4 (Strategic Plan 2025 – 2030). 420
4/27/2026
1 Strategic Plan Priority:

Grow and Diversify
the Economy
Council Update #2
May 5, 2026
1 2
1 2
421
4/27/2026
2 Background
Initial update on Priority 4 presented during September 23, 2025 Council meeting:
3 24 Businesses Visited
Staff attended stakeholder meetings
hosted by:
- South Tahoe Chamber
- Heavenly Village business representatives
- Lake Tahoe Visitors Authority
- Tahoe Chamber
Background
Council gave staff the following direction: • Continue the Business Visitation Program and efforts to gather feedback from the business community. • Continue building stronger relationships with Chambers and other organizations to increase services. • Develop social media campaigns to highlight businesses. • Use feedback as part of a public process to inform the update of the General Plan Economic Development Element update. • Continue to identify potential business support resources and distribute to businesses. • Continue to reduce regulatory barriers and improve permit process streamlining. • Explore options to fund property improvement grant program. • Explore options to fund a pre-development loan program. 4 3 4
422
4/27/2026
3 Outreach Plan
5 December 2025 – May 2026
In-person business visitation
Feb – May 2026
Business Outreach Survey
Key Stakeholder Outreach
May 2026
Presentation to Council on progress and to get
feedback (May 5th)
Business Owner Workshop
June 2026
Economic Development Committee/Commission Meeting #1
July 2026
Economic Development Committee/Commission Meeting #2
September 2026
Presentation of final Community Economic Development
Strategy to City Council
Update to City’s Economic Development Element of the
General Plan
In-Person Business Visitations to date
190 individual businesses visited 55 have been followed up via email or phone call 6
5 6
423
4/27/2026
4 “How is Business?”
7 Perception of Business
Positive Nuetral Negative
Preliminary Feedback from Businesses
Strong local interdependence relying on word-of-mouth advertising Right-sized business mindset; limited appetite for expansion Climate variability and low-snow years create economy-wide domino effects Multi-jurisdictional governance and perceived overlap among regulatory entities are a reoccurring pain point
Perception that built environment steers tourist activity away from Midtown, and signage policies reinforce that imbalance in business activity
Cost of living and workforce stability pressures 8
7 8
424
4/27/2026
5 Business Outreach Survey
46 respondents to date
• Tahoe Chamber
• Business Visits
• Social Media
• Tahoe Prosperity Center
• City Newsletter
Distributed through
9 Additional Interviews
Lake Tahoe
Community
College
Barton Health Heavenly Ski
Resort
Tahoe Regional
Planning
Agency
Tahoe
Chamber
Lake Tahoe
Unified School
District
Lake Tahoe
Visitors
Authority
Sierra Business
Development
Center

ADVANCE
Tahoe
Prosperity
Center
Keep Tahoe
Blue
Destination
Stewardship
Family
Resource
Center
Boys and Girls
Club
Live Violence
Free (Vista Rise
Collective) 10
9 10
425
4/27/2026
6 Comprehensive Economic Development Strategy
(CEDS)
The purpose of a CEDS is to
establish a foundation for the
public sector, in conjunction with
other economic actors, that
creates regional economic
prosperity.

CEDS must incorporate the
concept of economic resilience,
defined as “the ability of regions
to anticipate, withstand, and
bounce back from any type of
shock, disruption, or stress.” 11
“a strategy-driven plan for regional
economic development”
Creation of a Committee or Commission
12 OPTIONS:

A
• 8 members
• Selected by City
Manager
B
• 8 members
• Council
appoints
• Delays Outreach
Plan 1-2 mo.

C
• Formal
Commission
• Follows Brown
Act
• Delays Outreach
Plan by 2-4 mo.
11 12
426
4/27/2026
7 Program Successes and Projects in Progress
13 • Business Concierge Program is live
• Updated permitting software to increase efficiency • “Level Up Workshop: Roadmap to Occupying New Commercial Space”- Partnered with Tahoe Chamber • Sign Ordinance amendments underway • Mid-Town Area Plan - anticipated for City Council in September • Tahoe Valley Area Plan amendments to include South “Y” Industrial Tract Community Plan underway
• Vacant and underutilized properties list has been updated and significantly reduced
Program Outreach on Social Media
14 13
14 427
4/27/2026
8 15
Opportunity for a video campaign with NLC & CGI
16 Events
City Events City Supported Events
10 Live at Lakeview Summer Music Series events (City facility concessionaire)Fourth of July Parade Red, White and Blue Aerial Showcase 8 History Talks at the Lake events (sponsorship) Multicultural Celebration BooBash (sponsorship) State of the City Earth Day Celebration (sponsorship)
24 Lake Tahoe Lakers Hockey games (City
facility concessionaire)
Festival of Winter Lights
Lake Tahoe Gingerbread Crawl Western Days (Cannabis Grant recipient) Pumpkin Patch Splash
Easter Egg Splash & Dash
Winter Operations Open House
Friday Night Movies in the Park (3 nights)
Mayor Meet Ups (~2 events)
Airport Lobby Art Opening Receptions
Ribbon Cutting Events (~5/year)
National Night Out
Wildfire Safety Expo FireFest Wildfire preparedness events (~5 events) Fire Department Open House and Pancake Breakfast Total: 25 45 15 16
428
4/27/2026
9 Questions
&
Feedback
Thank You! 17
17 429
Attachment B – List of Businesses and Non-profits Contacted, as of April 21, 2026

TAHOE KEYS DELICATESSEN

CRAZY GOOD BAKERY AND CAFE
LLC

GRASS ROOTS NATURAL FOODS

BLUE ZONE SPORTS

TV DONUTS INC

SOUTH SHORE BIKE & SNOW

THAI ON SKI RUN

LAKEVIEW PLAZA

HEAVENLY SPORTS CECILS

TRUCKEE OVERHEAD DOOR SLT INC

VERDE MEXICAN ROTISSERIE INC

WESTCOAST SOURDOUGH

TAHOE HOME CONSIGNMENT

EARTHWISE PET
BIG 5 SPORTING GOODS #459

TOY MANIACS WACKY'S WORLD

ALPINE CARPETS CORPORATION

TAHOE GEAR EXCHANGE
PET SUPERMARKET #201

POWDER HOUSE EXPRESS

MARCUS ASHLEY INC

LIFESTYLE TAHOE LLC

SIDESTREET BOUTIQUE

CUPPA TAHOE LLC

PYRAMID PEAK SKI AND

SNOWBOARDS

PADDLE HOUSE BREWS

SPROUTS CAFE INC

THREE PINES COFFEE COMPANY

GAIALICIOUS

BOYD'S BARBER SHOP

YELLOW SUBMARINE SANDWICHES

THE BAGEL SHOP AT TAHOE

INTERIOR MOTIVES

TIM LANGAN TAHOE CHIROPRACTIC
CONNIE'S CLOTHESLINE 2

SIGNS OF TAHOE

THE VILLAGE BOARDSHOP
PONDEROSA GLASS, INC.

HOT LOCKS HAIR DESIGN

CLIPPER BARBER SHOP

TAHOE KIDS STORE

MARIA'S MEXICAN RESTAURANT LLC

RICE THAI EATERY

YUGEN CUISINE

BARE ROOTS ARTISAN COFFEE

ROASTING

SIERRA SKI & CYCLE WORKS

THE SKI RENTER

TAHOE BIKE CO

BUSY BEAVER WOODWORKING

SNOWSHOE THOMPSONS SKI &

SNOWBOARD

PT REVOLUTION

MALENA BOUTIQUE

ZENAKARI

WELL ROUNDED WOOD CO &

ENGRAVINGS

TAHOE MERCHANTS

THE HOT SPOT SOUTH LAKE

IMAGINE SALON
DOG.DOG.CAT.

BURGER LOUNGE

TAHOE TESSIE TRADING POST

SONNEY'S BBQ SHACK

EMERALD BAY BAR & GRILL

HUNAN GARDEN

LOTUS PHO

TAHOE BEAR TEA HOUSE

SKI RUN COIN LAUNDRY

VIP NAIL SALON
430

TRUE BLUE SALON

THE BUTTERMUFFIN

TAHOE BLUEPRINT

THE LOCALS CHOICE HAIRCUTTING
TAHOE FLY FISHING OUTFITTERS INC.

SIERRA MOUNTAIN SPORTS

A & J ORIENTAL MARKET

KEYNOTE RECORDS AND BOOKS

TAHOE BROTHERS BURGER

YOSEMITE AXE THROWING

GYM LOVE

THE LIBATION LODGE

FRAGRANCE VAULT LLC

SPORTS LTD RENTALS

BLUE DOG PIZZA STATELINE

CABIN FEVER/CELEBRATIONS

TAHOE SPORTFISHING

WILDWOOD MAKERS MARKET

GOODFELLA'S PIZZA

ZENITH BITE THAI RAMEN

ERNIES COFFEE SHOP

LOS MEXICANOS

TAHOE ROCK N RIDE

TAHOE MUSHROOM COMPANY

LA PROMESA

FRESHIES OHANA LLC

TAHOE BOWL

GRAND CENTRAL PIZZA & PASTA

JUST KUTS - JESSICA BRAMBILA

WESTSIDE COFFEE AND CHAI

THE TURN

FOCUS ON INTERIORS

EMERALD GROVE SALON

KEYS CAFE

ARTEMIS LAKE FRONT CAFE

RIVA GRILL

DOLLAR SIGNS AND GRAPHICS

LOS PORTALES JALISCO

SIERRA VETERINARY HOSPITAL

MOUNTAIN VALLEY FLOORS

ROCK HOUSE DISCOUNT SKI

RENTALS

BIOSPIRIT SPA

RIP N WILLIES

SUMMIT TO SHORE CHIROPRACTIC

HAIR AT THE LAKE

EMPANASH

WHISKEY DICKS SALOON LLC

ALPINE COMPUTERS

HEIDIS PANCAKE HOUSE

THE Y NAIL SPA

TAHOE USED SKI AND SNOWBOARD

LAGREE SOUTH LAKE TAHOE

SUN ART

OLYMPIC BOOTWORKS

BOTANICAL ARTS COMPANY

CUTTING EDGE HAIRCUTTING AND
SALON

MTN POSTAL

FAMILY RESOURCE CENTER

BARTON HEALTH

SIERRA BUSINESS COUNCIL

BOYS AND GIRLS CLUB

KEEP TAHOE BLUE

LTCC ADVANCE

EL DICHO CAFE

EL SAZON
MEEKS

BROTHERS BURRITO HOUSE

LAKE TAHOE GLASS

FREE BIRD (MIDTOWN)

RED HUT (MIDTOWN)

ELEMENTS

IDLE HOUR
BERTS

LAKE TAHOE TIRES

KUNG PAO HUSTLE

FREEBIRD CHAI

RED HUT (SKI RUN)

THE CORK & MORE
431

SUGAR PINE BAKERY
PRIMOS

LAKE MONSTER TATTOO
SCUSA

BLUE GRANITE

BLUE LAKE ANIMAL CENTER

TAQUERIA JIMENEZ

NORTH SOUTH BREWING

TOULOUSE

REDWOOD PRINTING

CHICKEN IN A BARREL

BIG DADDIES BURGERS

DRINK COFFEE, DO STUFF

MAGGIES

PINE NUT

SOUTH TAHOE E-BIKES

ANDERSON BIKE RENTAL

THE HANGAR

WELOME HOME SHOPPE

POWDER HOUSE (HEAVENLY

VILLAGE)

TIPSY PUTT

BONANZA BOOT

POKE ROK

MAHOGONY JERKY

STATELINE BREWERY

GUNBARRAL
FIRE + ICE
MAC P’S

CLASSIC CUTS

LAKEVIEW THRIFTSTORE

ROYAL BARBERSHOP

SHANGRILA

TAHOE BREWHOUSE
432
Site Category Former Business Name If Known Address APN Parcel size sf Unit size sf vacant units/spaces Year built Zoning 0 Recently Unoccupied Kelly-Moore Paint 2317 Lake Tahoe Blvd 31020017000 95396 0 1 1978 0 Underused Star Tahoe Offices 2489 Lake Tahoe 31290035 13068 0 0 1979 PAS 59 0 Underused 3979 Lake Tahoe Blvd 29083016 22216 0 2 0 Tourist Core Area Plan 0 Vacant Alpina Coffee 821 Roger 23172035 13068 2549 1 1941 0 Vacant Barton Hospital 1111-1115 Emerald Bay Road 32191002 25265 0 3 1948 0 Vacant Enchanted Florist 1079 Emerald Bay Road 23430041000 24393 0 1 1930 0 Vacant Izzy's Burger Spa 2613 Lake Tahoe 31241026 63598 2016 1 0 0 Vacant The Attic 970 Lodi 31290025 45738 9936 1 1961 PAS 59 0 Vacant Pending Application Rite-Aid 1020 Al Tahoe Blvd, 0 0 0 0 1 Vacant Pending Application Winters Electric 2280 LAKE TAHOE BLVD 23251008 30491 3073 1 1960 TVAP-TC-MUC 4 Vacant Pending Application Runnels 986 EMERALD BAY RD 23523013 23086 1568 1 1966 TVAP-TC-C 5 Vacant Ahern Rentals 2724 LAKE TAHOE BLVD 31091005 34848 5275 1 1978 PAS 103 6 Vacant Verizon 2230 LAKE TAHOE BLVD 23251017 10890 5841 1 1954 TVAP-TC-MUC 7 Vacant Pending Application Lily's Tire 2629 LAKE TAHOE BLVD 31258019 13068 6472 1 1960 PAS 103 8 Vacant Pending Application Lily's Tire 2635 LAKE TAHOE BLVD 31258006 13503 4472 1 PAS 103 9 Vacant Sunray 2659 LAKE TAHOE BLVD 31257007 54014 20996 72 1959 PAS 103 10 Vacant Pending Application Hair Salon 2634 LAKE TAHOE BLVD 31241011 2613 850 1 1930 PAS 103 11 Vacant Chevy's 3678 LAKE TAHOE BLVD 27071030 50093 10114 1 1946 TCAP-TSC-MU 13 Vacant Don Cheepo 3349 LAKE TAHOE BLVD 27010002 4791 240 1 1956 B/AT CP 15 Underused Chateau 4139 LAKE TAHOE BLVD 29701002 TCAP-TSC-C 16 Vacant Humane Society 884 EMERALD BAY RD 23182005 10890 1139 1 1941 TVAP-TC-G 20 Underused Sato Japanese Restaurant 3436 LAKE TAHOE BLVD 27090006 22651 1954 B/AT CP 21 Underused Cup O Cherries 3434 LAKE TAHOE BLVD 27090006 22651 1954 B/AT CP 22 Vacant Twine & Dandy Floral Design/Ghost Kitchen 1022 FAIRWAY AVE 27090011 7405 B/AT CP 24 Vacant Pending Application Dennys 2870 LAKE TAHOE BLVD 25010043 40075 4524 1 1973 B/AT CP 26 Recently Unoccupied Siam Market 2218 LAKE TAHOE BLVD 23241011 21780 1955 TVAP-TC-MUC 27 Recently Unoccupied Kaelin Haus 2197 LAKE TAHOE BLVD 23211040 21780 4160 8 1942 TVAP-TC-MUC 30 Vacant Advance Garden Supply 2719 LAKE TAHOE BLVD 31030007 18295 1890 1 1957 PAS 103 31 Underused 3097 HARRISON AVE 26089010 40075 1 1938 B/AT CP 33 Vacant Pending Application Swiss Mart 913 EMERALD BAY RD 23181019 11325 1125 1 1960 TVAP-TC-G 35 Vacant ZEHREN'S NURSERY 3574 PIONEER TRAIL 28081006 33105 1398 1 1950 TCAP-TSC-MUC 37 Vacant Emerald Bary Dentistry 1201 EMERALD BAY RD 32201014 21780 1496 1 1965 TVAP-TC-G 39 Vacant Pending Application Nel's Hardware 1050 FREMONT AVE 27170012 29621 7980 1 1963 B/AT CP 40 Vacant Shoreline General Engineering/European Cabinetry 2226 ELOISE AVE 23211047 21780 8920 6 1976 TVAP-CMX-S Vacant/Underused Sites Inventory as of April 23, 2026
433
City of South Lake Tahoe
Agenda Item Executive Summary
Hilary Roverud, Interim City Manager
__________________________________
Meeting Date: May 5, 2026
Agenda Item #:15
Agenda Item: Resolution Reaffirming the City’s Commitment to the Rights, Dignity, and Safety of all Residents
Executive Summary: At the March 24, 2026 meeting, the City Council discussed the resolution reaffirming the cityâ€™s commitment to the rights, dignity, and safety of all residents. The City Council then directed revisions to the resolution and to place it on a future agenda for further consideration.

Requested Action / Suggested Motions: Pass a Motion to either: 1) Pass a Resolution reaffirming the City’s commitment to the rights, dignity, and safety of all residents, regardless of immigration status, and opposing unconstitutional Federal enforcement actions and overreach; or 2) Take no action.

Responsible Staff Member: Hilary Roverud, Interim City Manager Reviewed and Approved By: Susan Blankenship, City Clerk Jeff Roberson, Police Chief Olga Tikhomirova, Finance Director Heather Stroud, City Attorney Attachments:
01-Staff Report
02-Resolution - tracked changes.pdf
03-Resolution - clean
434
Council Agenda Report- May 5, 2026 Page 1 of 1
City of South Lake Tahoe
Report to City Council
Meeting Date: May 5, 2026
Title: Resolution reaffirming the city’s commitment to the rights, dignity, and safety of all residents.

Location: citywide
Responsible Staff Member: Hilary Roverud, Interim City Manager Background: At the February 24, 2026 meeting, Councilmember Robbins requested that the resolution supporting the immigrant community presented to Council at a previous meeting be brought back for consideration by Council. Councilmember Horgan seconded the request.

At the March 24, 2026 meeting the Council discussed the resolution and requested that staff make revisions then bring it back to consider adoption.

Issue and Discussion: As requested by City Council, the attached resolution includes revisions to remove the term ‘sanctuary,’ revisions to Section 3, and additional revisions recommended by the Police Chief.

Section 3 revisions remove terms “unconstitutional” and “intimidation” to focus the statement on opposition to violations of the US Constitution. A section in the background is also revised to clarify the reasons for concerns about the preservation of constitutional rights, due process and local public safety. A paragraph was also added to Section 2 to restate existing law that the Police Department applies when handling federal criminal violations for reentry of a noncitizen after removal from the country.

The resolution would not prohibit the City Police Department from continuing to collaborate with federal agencies on non-immigration related law enforcement and threats to public safety.

Financial Implications: There are no financial implications associated with adopting this resolution.

Environmental Considerations: This action is not a “project” subject to review under the California Environmental Quality Act (“CEQA”) Guidelines section 15378(b)(5) (organizational or administrative activities that will not result in direct or indirect physical changes in the environment).

Policy Implications: The City Strategic Plan prioritizes the ability for everyone who works here to live here.
435
436
437
438
Resolution 2026-XXX May 5, 2026 Page 1 of 3
Resolution 2026-XXX
Adopted by the City of South Lake Tahoe City Council
May 5, 2026
Reaffirming the City’s Commitment to the Rights, Dignity, and Safety of all Residents, Regardless of Immigration Status, and Opposing Federal Immigration Enforcement Overreach

BACKGROUND
A. The City of South Lake Tahoe (the “City”) is a diverse mountain community that thrives because of the contributions of residents of many backgrounds, including immigrants who are essential to the local workforce, economy, culture, and alpine heritage; and
B. Maintaining trust between the City government (including the South Lake Tahoe Police Department) and all residents is essential to effective public safety, emergency response, and community well-being; and
C. When residents fear immigration enforcement, they are less likely to report crimes, seek medical assistance, attend school, or participate in civic life, which undermines public safety for the entire community; and
D. California’s Values Act (SB 54) limits the use of state and local resources for federal civil immigration enforcement in order to preserve community trust and focus local law enforcement on public safety; and
E. The City is committed to full compliance with SB 54 and other applicable state and federal laws, and to ensuring that City resources are used to serve local priorities and constitutional obligations; and
F. Recent federal immigration enforcement actions that have involved the deployment of federal agents without communication with local law enforcement have resulted in concerns about the preservation of constitutional rights, due process, and local public safety.

BASED ON THE FACTS SET FORTH IN THE BACKGROUND, BE IT RESOLVED, that the City Council of the City of South Lake Tahoe:

SECTION 1. Reaffirmation of Values
The City of South Lake Tahoe reaffirms its longstanding policy of being a welcoming and inclusive community for all residents. Consistent with California law, no City department, official, or employee shall use City funds, personnel, equipment, or facilities to assist in the enforcement of federal civil immigration law, except as required by law.

SECTION 2. Limits on Cooperation with Federal Immigration Enforcement Except as required by state or federal law, City employees and the South Lake Tahoe Police Department shall not:
439
Resolution 2026-XXX May 5, 2026 Page 2 of 3
 Honor or respond to immigration detainer requests or administrative warrants that are not accompanied by a judicial warrant signed by a judge;  Provide federal authorities present for immigration enforcement access to secure areas of City property without a judicial warrant;  Inquire into or collect information regarding an individual’s immigration status during routine City business or law enforcement activities;  Share non-public personal information, including home addresses or work schedules, for purposes of civil immigration enforcement.

Notwithstanding the limitations above, the South Lake Tahoe Police Department may exercise the discretion provided in California Government Code section 7284.6(b), which includes the discretion to investigate, enforce, and detain persons upon reasonable suspicion of, or arrest, persons for violation of 8 U.S.C. section 1326(a), the federal criminal violation for reentry of a noncitizen after removal, but only if the individual was removed because of an aggravated felony conviction under 8 U.S.C. section 1326(b)(2) and the suspected violation was detected during an unrelated law enforcement activity.

SECTION 3. Opposition to Federal Overreach
The City Council formally opposes federal immigration enforcement actions that violate constitutional protections as defined by the U.S. Supreme Court, including the Fourth and Fifth Amendments of the United States Constitution, or that undermine civil liberties through excessive force or lack of due process. The City Attorney is directed to monitor federal actions impacting the City and alert the City Council so that City Council may take appropriate action, consistent with the City’s authority, to protect the rights of South Lake Tahoe residents.

SECTION 4. Protection of City Resources
The City Manager shall ensure that City resources remain focused on local priorities, including public safety, snow removal, housing, and infrastructure, and are not diverted to support federal civil immigration enforcement activities.

SECTION 5. Community Education and Rights Awareness
The City shall collaborate with community-based organizations and non-profits to provide “Know Your Rights” information in English, Tagalog, and Spanish, informing residents of their rights under the United States Constitution and California law.

Adopted by the City of South Lake Tahoe City Council on May 5, 2026, by the following vote:

Yes:

No:

Absent:

Abstain:

Date:
440
Resolution 2026-XXX May 5, 2026 Page 3 of 3
Cody Bass,Mayor
Attest:

Susan Blankenship, City Clerk
The presence of electronic signature certifies that the foregoing is a true and correct copy as approved by the South Lake Tahoe City Council.
441
City of South Lake Tahoe
Agenda Item Executive Summary
Hilary Roverud, Interim City Manager
__________________________________
Meeting Date: May 5, 2026
Agenda Item #:16
Agenda Item: City Green Card Assistance Program
Executive Summary: The City Council will discuss options to establish a City program to provide resources, legal support and/or financial assistance to residents pursuing employment based green cards (Permanent Resident Card).

Requested Action / Suggested Motions: Pass a Motion to either:1) Direct staff to bring back program guidelines and budget allocation for a city green card assistance program; or 2) Take no action.

Responsible Staff Member: Hilary Roverud, Interim City Manager Reviewed and Approved By: Susan Blankenship, City Clerk Olga Tikhomirova, Finance Director Heather Stroud, City Attorney
Attachments:
01-Staff Report Green Card Assistance
02-USCIS Green Card Eligibility Categories
442
Council Agenda Report- May 5, 2026 Page 1 of 2
City of South Lake Tahoe
Report to City Council
Meeting Date: May 5, 2026
Title: City Green Card Assistance Program
Location: citywide
Responsible Staff Member: Hilary Roverud, Interim City Manager Background: At the February 24, 2026 meeting, Councilmember Roberts requested an agenda item to discuss a potential City program to provide assistance to workers pursuing Green Card status. Councilmember Jinkens seconded the request.

Issue and Discussion: Having a green card (officially known as a Permanent Resident Card) allows individuals to live and work permanently in the United States. There are several eligibility categories that define specific processes for obtaining a green card.  Family-Based: Close relatives of U.S. citizens or permanent residents.  Employment-Based: Sponsored by a U.S. employer or based on extraordinary ability.  Refugee or Asylee: Eligible one year after admission or status grant.  Diversity Visa Lottery: Selected applicants from eligible countries.  Special Categories: Victims of abuse, crime, or human trafficking.

The Council request for this discussion was focused on the employment-based (EB) green card category. Unlike temporary work visas, EB green cards are not tied to a specific employer or limited in duration. In most cases sponsorship from an employer in the U.S. is required to initiate the process. There are multiple steps in the green card application process, including a labor certification which ensures that no other U.S. workers can fill the employment position.

EB green cards are subject to a numerical cap every fiscal year and prioritization based on subcategories of EB pathways. The process also varies based on whether the applicant is outside the U.S. or in the U.S. through a lawful entry. In addition to the EB green card process, workers may utilize pathways to legally work in the U.S. through visas or employment authorization.

U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) processes immigration and citizenship status applications and collects filing fees, which can total ~$2,200-$3,500. Additional costs may be incurred if the applicant must renew their current work permit or travel document while waiting on the green card process, file additional forms, obtain translation services, or obtain vaccinations and/or a medical exam. While it is possible for an applicant to file a green card application on their own, many applicants choose to work with an experienced immigration attorney to identify the appropriate pathway, avoid mistakes and avoid delays. Attorney fees 443
Council Agenda Report- May 5, 2026 Page 2 of 2
vary based on the complexity of the case but an estimated average is $5,000-$10,000.

Complex cases often exceed $10,000.

There are municipalities across the U.S. that provide assistance to immigrants. Most are large cities like New York, San Francisco, Los Angeles and Seattle. However there are some moderately sized cities that have established programs such as Fort Collins, Portland, and San Antonio. It is common for these municipalities to partner with a non-profit organization that provides resources, guidance, and legal counseling for immigrants. Some cities have programs that provide a wide range of immigration services and legal support. City of South Lake Tahoe could consider a program using the same model but with a narrower focus on EB green card assistance. The city would contract with a partner organization or law firm to provide direct guidance and/or legal support to EB green card applicants.

Another example, from the City of San Francisco, where loans are offered to assist with immigration application fees. After specified criteria for qualification are verified, an applicant is required to complete an online financial education course, then receives a virtual payment card that is used to submit an application to USCIS. Monthly payments on the 0% interest loan are debited from the applicants checking account to repay the loan. This program is administered by Mission Asset Fund, a non-profit organization located in San Francisco.

If the City Council would like to pursue programs such as these, funds would need to be appropriated, program guidelines would need to be adopted, and a Request for Proposals would be prepared to solicit proposals from qualified organizations and/or law firms to provide services for residents and program administration. A third-party program administrator would have the expertise necessary to provide quality service and would be able to maintain privacy of all personal client information, creating a trustworthy environment for residents to get the assistance that they need.

Financial Implications: There are no financial implications associated with providing initial direction. However, if green card assistance programs are pursued, an allocation of funding would be necessary prior to releasing an RFP to solicit proposals for services. A one-year pilot program could require an estimated $30,000-$100,000 depending on the service(s) provided.

Policy Implications: The City Strategic Plan prioritizes the ability for everyone who works here to live here.
444
445
446
City of South Lake Tahoe
Agenda Item Executive Summary
Hilary Roverud, Interim City Manager
__________________________________
Meeting Date: May 5, 2026
Agenda Item #:17
Agenda Item: Housing Terminology, 2025 Housing Element Annual Progress Report and 2027 - 2035 Housing Element Update
Executive Summary: Since 1969, California has required that all local governments adequately plan to meet the housing needs of the community. Californiaâ€™s local governments meet this requirement by adopting Housing Elements as part of their General Plan. Government Code Section 65400 requires cities to submit an Annual Progress Report (APR) on the status and implementation of the General Plan and progress in meeting its share of regional housing needs. At the March 24, 2026 City Council meeting, City Council passed a motion approving this item on consent, but directed staff to present the 2025 Housing Element APR at a future city council meeting. TRPA adopted the Regional Transportation Plan in July 2025, and the City has 18 months after this date to update the Housing Element and will move to an eight-year planning cycle. On November 4, 2025, City Council approved the Professional Services Agreement with Placeworks for the 2027 - 2035 Housing Element Update. At the February 10, 2026 City Council meeting, Councilmember Roberts requested (seconded by Councilmember Jinkens) for staff to provide a discussion on housing terminology. This presentation includes the discussion on housing terminology, the Housing Element APR and a status update of the 2027-2035 Housing Element update.

Requested Action / Suggested Motions: Receive and file.

Responsible Staff Member: Jessica Wackenhut Lomeli, Housing Manager Reviewed and Approved By: Zach Thomas, Director of Development Services Susan Blankenship, City Clerk Olga Tikhomirova, Director of Finance Heather Stroud, City Attorney Attachments:
01-Staff Report - 2025 GP HE APR.docx
02-2025 GP & HE APRs.pdf
04 - CSLT_7th-Cycle-RHNA.pdf
03 - Housing Terminology_APR.pptx
447
City Council Agenda Report May 5, 2026 1 of 3
City of South Lake Tahoe
Report to City Council
Meeting Date: May 5, 2026
Title: Housing Terminology, 2025 Housing Element Annual Progress Report and 2027 – 2035 Housing Element Update
Location: Citywide
Responsible Staff Member: Jessica Wackenhut Lomeli, Housing Manager Background: Since 1969, California has required that all local governments (cities and counties) adequately plan to meet the housing needs of the community. California’s local governments meet this requirement by adopting Housing Elements as part of their General Plan (also required by the state). General Plans serve the local government’s “blueprint” for how the city and/or county will grow and develop, and include seven required elements: land use, transportation, conservation, noise, open space, safety, and housing. Government Code Section 65400 requires cities to submit an Annual Progress Report (APR) on the status and implementation of the General Plan and progress in meeting its share of regional housing needs to their legislative bodies, the Governor's Office of Land Use and Climate Innovation (LCI) and the Department of Housing and Community Development (HCD) by April 1 of each year.

The General Plan APR provides the Planning Commission and City Council with information on the implementation of each element of the General Plan. The APR is designed to provide information to assess how the General Plan was implemented during the reporting period (Attachment 2). Providing a copy of the APRs to HCD also fulfills other statutory requirements for reporting to HCD. Cities must report certain housing information, including the local agency's progress in meeting its share of regional housing needs and local efforts to remove governmental constraints to the development of housing (Government Code Section 65583(c)(3)).

The current Housing Element had a five-year planning period from June 30, 2022 through June 30, 2027.

TRPA adopted the Regional Transportation Plan in July 2025, and so the City has 18 months after this date to update the Housing Element and will move to an eight-year planning cycle. On August 7, 2025, the California Department of Housing and Community Development provided a letter to notify the City of their 7th Cycle Regional Housing Need Allocation (RHNA) and Housing Element Update (Attachment 4).

On November 4, 2025, the City Council passed a motion approving the Professional Services Agreement with Placeworks for the 2027 – 2035 Housing Element Update.

At the February 10, 2026 City Council meeting, Councilmember Roberts requested (seconded by Councilmember Jinkens) staff to provide a discussion on housing terminology. The terminology included workforce housing, employee housing, and affordable housing to include the different populations within each term.

At the March 24, 2026 City Council meeting, City Council approved the 2025 Housing Element Annual Progress Report on consent, but directed staff bring back a presentation of the Report at a future City Council meeting.
448
City Council Agenda Report May 5, 2026 2 of 3
Issue and Discussion: The presentation will outline housing terminology and the status of housing programs and policies and key implementation efforts from the General Plan Housing Element APR, and an update on the 2027 – 2035 Draft Housing Element. This presentation offers the City Council an opportunity to assess, evaluate alignment with council housing priorities and feedback.

Housing Terminology
Housing terminology includes a variety of terms, some of which are defined terms per State and/or Federal regulations while other terms are utilized as vernacular language. Staff will provide a presentation, included as Attachment 3, that will provide general context and definitions for housing terminology that exists in addition to concepts.

General Plan Housing Element APR
City staff drafted the 2025 General Plan and Housing Element APR and submitted the report to California Department of Housing and Community Development on April 1, 2026. The 2025 General Plan and Housing Element APR include information on the City's progress in implementing the General Plan, including the housing element and surplus land information (Attachment 2).

Housing Element Update
Placeworks has been working with City staff since December to acquire all information related to the sites analysis to meet the Regional Housing Needs Allocation for the 7th cycle of the Housing Element, the status of housing element programs and policies from the 2022-2027 Housing Element, analysis of fair housing including infrastructure projects that were recently completed and/or planned in the near future.

There have also been a series of community engagement workshops that Placeworks and/or city staff have conducted thus far. City staff provided a list of targeted stakeholder groups that Placeworks interviewed that include: Vista Rise Collective, South Lake Tahoe Family Resource Center, Tahoe Coalition for the Homeless, Alta California Regional Center, among others. In addition, staff have provided the following engagement opportunities:
 March 25, 2026: Housing Element Community Meeting
 April 9, 2026: Tahoe Chamber’s Leadership Lake Tahoe Presentation  April 13, 2026: Lake Tahoe Collaborative Presentation  April 16, 2026: Planning Commission Presentation
 April 22, 2026: South Lake Tahoe Family Resource Center, Cafecitos Presentation These meetings in addition to the targeted stakeholder meetings represent a wide variety of groups and interests throughout South Lake Tahoe.

Financial Implications: There are no financial implications associated with this action.

Environmental Considerations: This is not a project under CEQA, because it does not involve any commitment to a specific project which may result in a potentially significant physical impact on the environment, as contemplated by Title 14, California Code of Regulations, Sections 15378(b)(2) and 15378(b)(4) and is, therefore, not subject to CEQA pursuant to CEQA Guidelines Section 15060(c)(3).

Policy Implications: The General Plan includes policies that provide direction for all City departments and facilities, which is used in strategic decision-making by the City Council for investments and budgeting, development approvals, policy adoption, and regulation. The General Plan and Housing Element APRs include information on the City's progress in implementing the General Plan. 449
City Council Agenda Report May 5, 2026 3 of 3
The recommended action is also consistent with the following adopted policies and programs:

City General Plan Housing Element
 Program 1-8 – Housing Element Implementation Progress o The City shall annually conduct a public workshop or public meeting to discuss progress on housing programs and to solicit feedback.
450

CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE

GENERAL PLAN ANNUAL PROGRESS REPORT
JANUARY 2025-DECEMBER 2025
ACCEPTED BY CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE CITY COUNCIL ____________ Land Use and
Community
Design
Economic
Development Housing
Transportation
and Circulation
Public/QuasiPublic Facilities
and Services
Recreation and
Open Space
Health and
Safety
Natural and
Cultural
Resources
Neighborhood
Priority Lists
451
Table of Contents
SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION............................................................................................................1 SECTION 2 GENERAL PLAN STATUS.............................................................................................1 SECTION 3 CURRENT POPULATION AND HOUSING ESTIMATES................................................2 SECTION 4 LAND USE AND COMMUNITY DESIGN ELEMENT.......................................................3 SECTION 5 ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT ELEMENT.....................................................................10 SECTION 6 HOUSING ELEMENT...................................................................................................11 SECTION 7 TRANSPORTATION AND CIRCULATION ELEMENT ..................................................18 SECTION 8 PUBLIC/QUASI-PUBLIC FACILITIES AND SERVICES ELEMENT ..............................25 SECTION 9 RECREATION AND OPEN SPACE ELEMENT ............................................................27 SECTION 10 HEALTH AND SAFETY ELEMENT ...........................................................................29 SECTION 11 NATURAL AND CULTURAL RESOURCES ELEMENT ..............................................31 SECTION 12 NEIGHBORHOOD PRIORITY LISTS .........................................................................33 APPENDIX A……………………………………………………………………………………………………. 34
452
City of South Lake Tahoe
2025 General Plan Annual Progress Report
1 SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION
California Government Code Section 65400 (65400(a)(2)(A) and 65700 requires all cities and counties to submit an annual report to their legislative body, the Governor’s Office of Land Use and Climate Innovation (LCI), and the California Department of Housing and Development (HCD) on the status of the General Plan and progress of its implementation. According to LCI, the purpose of the report is as follows:
 To provide enough information to allow legislative bodies to assess how the general plan is being implemented in accordance with adopted goals, policies, and implementation measures.
 To provide enough information to identify necessary course adjustments or modifications to the general plan as a means to improve local implementation.  To provide a clear correlation between land use decisions that have been made during the 12-month reporting period and the goals, policies, and implementation measures contained in the general plan.
 To provide enough information regarding local agency progress in meeting its share of regional housing needs and removing governmental constraints to the development of housing pursuant to Government Code 65583(c)(3).

SECTION 2 GENERAL PLAN STATUS
The City’s General Plan was adopted on May 17, 2011. The City Council found the General Plan to be compliant with State law and consistent with the State General Plan Guidelines. The General Plan is considered the “2030 General Plan” because it is a 20-year planning document for the 2010-2030 time frame. Government Code Section 65300 requires that every city and county adopt a comprehensive, long-term general plan. The purpose of the General Plan is to guide decisions on future development based on community input and to ensure that development regulations and capital improvements conform to the General Plan. The following elements are required to be included in a General Plan (City General Plan Elements are in parentheses):

1. Land Use Element (Land Use and Community Design Element)

2. Circulation Element (Transportation and Circulation Element)

3. Housing Element (Housing Element)

4. Conservation Element (Natural and Cultural Resources Element)

5. Open Space Element (Recreation and Open Space Element)

6. Noise Element (Health and Safety Element)

7. Safety Element (Health and Safety Element)

8. Environmental Justice Element (Land Use and Community Design Element) In addition to the mandatory General Plan Elements listed above, the City’s General Plan includes an Economic Development Element and a Public/Quasi-Public Facilities and Services Element.

The City’s 2011 General Plan also includes Neighborhood Priority Lists identifying infrastructure and amenity needs for each neighborhood.
453
City of South Lake Tahoe
2025 General Plan Annual Progress Report
2 SECTION 3 CURRENT POPULATION AND HOUSING ESTIMATES
The most recent population and housing estimates from the California Department of Finance (DOF) are from January 2025. According to the California Department of Finance, the 2025 population estimate for the City of South Lake Tahoe is 21,022, a 0.1 percent decrease from the revised 2024 estimate of 21,033. Figure 1 shows the population estimates for the City of South Lake Tahoe published by the California Department of Finance from 2010 to 2025.

According to the California Department of Finance, in 2025, there were an estimated 16,137 housing units in the City, including 9,739 single-family detached units, 439 single-family attached units, 5,417 multi-family units, and 542 mobile/manufactured homes. Figure 2 depicts the percentage breakdown of housing in the City. Single-family housing represents 63 percent of the housing stock, multi-family units account for 34 percent, and mobile/manufactured homes account for 3 percent. Of the 16,137 housing units in the City, 9,413 units are occupied, which results in a housing vacancy rate of 41.7 percent.
454
City of South Lake Tahoe
2025 General Plan Annual Progress Report
3 SECTION 4 LAND USE AND COMMUNITY DESIGN ELEMENT
The Land Use & Community Design Element of the General Plan addresses future land use, development and redevelopment, community design, and sustainability. During 2025, the City continued to support the development of residential and commercial projects that are consistent with the adopted goals of the Land Use & Community Design Element. 2025 Planning Entitlement Applications
During 2025, the Planning Division received 149 entitlement applications as depicted in Table 1 below.

Table 1
Planning Entitlement Applications Submitted during 2025* Type of Application Count
Area Plan Amendments 0
Community Plan Amendments 0
Plan Area Statement Amendments 0
Eligible Facility Requests for Wireless Facilities 7
Macro Wireless Communication Facility 1
Home Occupation 64
Commercial Fence 5
Major and Minor Design Review 13
Major and Minor Sign Review 27
Major and Minor Variances 10
Mobile Vending Location 2
Cannabis Use 0
Publicly Visible Art 5
Special Use 2
Tentative Subdivision Map 2
Final Subdivision Map (Public Works) 1
Tahoe Regional Planning Agency (TRPA)-only Project 0
Grading 4
Certificate of Merge (Public Works) 3
Right-of-Way Abandonment (Public Works) 1
Lot Line Adjustment (Public Works) 2
Total Applications 149
*Does not include applications for annual cannabis reviews, development right transfers, plan revisions, residential allocations, situs address verifications, special events, temporary uses or structures, TRPA mobility mitigation fees, and zoning letters.

Proposed General Plan Amendments
In 2023, the City initiated annexation of 90 parcels totaling approximately 410 acres in the Upper Truckee Marsh area. On November 16, 2023, the Planning Commission passed a resolution recommending that the City Council adopt a General Plan amendment to pre-zone these parcels 455
City of South Lake Tahoe
2025 General Plan Annual Progress Report
4 within the City’s sphere of influence. On March 26, 2024, the City Council passed Resolution 2024-040 adopting an amendment to the General Plan Figure LU-1, Land Use Diagram and Resolution 2024-041 initiating proceedings for the annexation of such properties. Upon subsequent consultation with property owners affected by the annexation, the LAFCO application was revised to reduce the annexation area to 80 parcels totaling approximately 9.04 acres.

LAFCO approved the annexation on March 26, 2025, and it became effective on May 15, 2025.

In 2024, the City pursued annexation of 30 parcels, including Heavenly Resort California Base, portions of Heavenly Ski Resort, Van Sickle Bi-State Park, and private parcels adjacent to the City’s jurisdictional boundary, to improve public service efficiency and to ensure tax revenue supports existing services like snow removal and road maintenance. On November 5, 2024, the City Council passed Resolution 2024-125 amending the General Plan Figure LU-1, Land Use Diagram to reflect the annexation zoning and expanded Sphere of Influence and passed Resolution 2024-126 initiating annexation proceedings. In 2025, the City continued discussions with El Dorado County and Vail Resorts regarding next steps for the annexation. No further action has been scheduled at this time and an application to LAFCO has not been submitted .

Proposed Area Plan, Community Plan, and Plan Area Statement (PAS) Amendments During 2025, the City was actively reviewing the following area plans, community plans, and area plan proposals. More information on the plan amendments is provided below:
1) Mid-Town Area Plan
2) Heavenly Annexation Scenario
3) Tahoe Valley Area Plan and South Y Industrial Tract Community Plan 4) Residential Area Plan
Mid-Town Area Plan: The City Council of South Lake Tahoe initiated the Mid-Town Area Plan process in May of 2024. The Mid-Town Area Plan (Area Plan) will leverage the adopted 56-Acres Master Plan and existing infrastructure at Lakeview Commons and Harrison Avenue to further transform mid-town into a recreation, arts, and community hub. The final outreach phase was completed in September of 2025, following presentations to City Council, the Planning Commission, and the Regional Planning Committee of the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency (TRPA). Staff received direction and confirmation on design standards, policies, and implementation strategies. As a redevelopment incentive, the Area Plan proposes expanding the Town Center overlay to provide additional coverage, height, and density for such properties. The Area Plan presents several implementation strategies for City Council's further consideration.

Strategies such as land banks, property tax abatement programs, and public-private partnership opportunities are intended to provide financial incentives for community-serving developments.

The anticipated adoption for the Mid-Town Area Plan is summer of 2026.

Heavenly Annexation Scenario: In 2023, the City Council directed staff to pursue the Heavenly Annexation Scenario, which encompassed the Heavenly Resort California Base and parcels adjacent to the City’s jurisdictional boundary, including California portions of Heavenly Ski Resort, Van Sickle Bi-State Park, and several private parcels. In total, the 30 parcels result in approximately 2,918 acres. On November 19, 2024, the City adopted Ordinance 2024-1190, which approved the pre-zoning for these 30 parcels. The City proposed to pre-zone the properties as currently zoned by TRPA and did not propose any changes to the applicable regulating documents. In 2025, the City continued discussions with El Dorado County and Vail Resorts regarding next steps for the annexation. No further action has been scheduled at this time. 456
City of South Lake Tahoe
2025 General Plan Annual Progress Report
5 Tahoe Valley Area Plan and South Y Industrial Tract Community Plan: In October of 2025, the City submitted a letter of intent to the TRPA to amend the South Y Industrial Tract Community Plan. Originally adopted in 2003 and last amended in 2008, the plan no longer reflects current business trends. The City initiated this amendment to support appropriate business growth and reduce barriers for new businesses in this area. At TRPA’s recommendation, the City will proceed with amending the Tahoe Valley Area Plan to incorporate the South Y Industrial Tract area to qualify for available incentives for adopted area plans. A presentation to City Council and the public is scheduled for February 10, 2026, with anticipated adoption in the fall of 2026.

Residential Area Plan: In 2024, City Council directed staff to initiate discussions on developing a Residential Area Plan to explore implementing Senate Bill 9 (SB 9) and reevaluating the permissible use list. In 2025, this item was added to the City’s 2025-2030 Strategic Plan as Priority

1.9. These discussions require coordination with the TRPA. The Residential Area Plan is scheduled to go to the City Council on May 5, 2026, to discuss the feasibility of the plan.

South Lake Tahoe City Code (SLTCC) Amendments
In 2025, the City Council adopted five amendments to the SLTCC, which relate to the City’s General Plan and Housing Element. More information on the code amendments is provided below:
1) Very High Fire Hazard Severity Zones
2) Time-Share Amendments
3) Vacation Home Rental Amendments
4) Speed Limit on Sierra Boulevard
5) Building Regulations
Very High Fire Hazard Severity Zones: On May 6, 2025, the City Council adopted Ordinance 2025-1195 (uncodified), which identifies certain areas within the City as Very High Fire Hazard Severity Zones. On February 10, 2025, the California Department of Forestry and Fire Protection issued an updated Local Responsibility Area Fire Hazard Severity Zones Map for El Dorado County. This map identified that most of the land within City limits falls within the Very High Fire Hazard Severity Zone. This ordinance allows the City’s Building Official and Fire Chief to enforce the Wildland-Urban Interface requirements found in the California Fire and Building Codes. These Wildland-Urban Interface requirements increase fire safety requirements on items such as roofing, siding, attic, and foundation venting. These requirements affect new residential construction.

Time-Share Amendments: On June 3, 2025, the City Council adopted Ordinance 2025-1199 amending Chapter 6.60 of the SLTCC (Time-Share), confirming fractional ownerships are timeshares, and making other updates. Since 1987, the City’s Time-Share Ordinance prohibited the conversion of existing residential property to time-share use. In 2021, the City began receiving complaints about “fractional ownerships” of single-family residences being advertised and sold.

The City sent a courtesy notice to responsible entities that stated that fractional ownerships were included in the definition of “time-share” and therefore, prohibited under the City’s Time-Share Ordinance. While fractional ownerships are no longer being marketed to the City’s knowledge, an update to the City’s Time-Share Ordinance was warranted to confirm that this type of use is prohibited. This ordinance amended the definition of “time-share” to include language about fractional ownerships, removed references to outdated TRPA and South Tahoe Redevelopment 457
City of South Lake Tahoe
2025 General Plan Annual Progress Report
6 Agency regulations, and revised to be more consistent with the California Vacation Ownership and Time-Share Act of 2004.

Vacation Home Rental Amendments: On June 17, 2025, the City Council adopted Ordinance 2025-1200 amending Article V (Vacation Home Rentals) of Chapter 3.50 (Transient Lodging) and Table 2.35.070 (Appealable Actions and Matters) of the SLTCC to modify the regulation of vacation home rentals outside of the Tourist Core Area Plan. On April 1, 2025, the City Council voted not to appeal the El Dorado County Superior Court’s decision to overturn Measure T. After considering several draft ordinances, the City Council adopted an ordinance that revised the preMeasure T vacation home rental regulations (Ordinance 2017-1114) to include the following:
 Removing a cap on issued permits and establishing a 150-foot buffer between properties;  Amending the definition of “multifamily dwelling” to include all attached dwelling units except for attached condominiums that previously held a vacation home rental permit as of September 1, 2016;
 Requiring vacation home rental owners to use a local property manager;  Lowering the occupancy limit to two people per bedroom;  Removing the two-year waiting period;
 Requiring a defensible space inspection prior to permit issuance;  Increasing enforcement;
 Revising the department that issued vacation home rental permits to the Police Department;
 Limiting the number of vacation home rental permits issued to 150 per month;  Clarifying that the Planning Commission has the final decision on appeals for permit denials and revocations; and
 Providing a permitting preference for prior vacation home rental and qualified vacation home rental permit holders who were in good standing.

Speed Limit on Sierra Boulevard: On September 9, 2025, the City Council adopted Ordinance 2025-1201 amending SLTCC Chapter 4.25 (Motor Vehicles and Traffic), Article IV (Operations of Vehicles), Sections 4.25.160 and 4.25.170 to modify the speed restrictions on Sierra Boulevard.

California law requires cities to conduct an Engineering and Traffic survey every 10 years for a speed limit to be enforceable. Sierra Boulevard, from Lake Tahoe Boulevard (U.S. Highway 50) to Barbara Avenue, was determined to have high pedestrian and bicyclist activity and contained connections to various trails. Based on the Engineering and Traffic surveys and recommendations by the Public Works Director and City Traffic Engineer, the speed limit on Sierra Boulevard was lowered from 35 mph to 30 mph.

Building Regulations: On November 18, 2025, the City Council adopted Ordinance 2025-1202 amending SLTCC, Title 6, Chapter 6.15 (Building Regulations), Sections 6.15.010 and 6.15.160 by adopting the 2025 California Building Standards Code (California Code of Regulations Title 24), including Green Building Code, Building Code, Fire Code, and related Construction Codes.

This ordinance amends the current code to refer to the 2025 California Building Standards Code, which was adopted on July 1, 2025 and became effective in California on January 1, 2026. This ordinance amendment affects all construction within City limits. Some high-level changes include revising the City’s set snow load of 150 pounds per square foot to be elevation/address-based, requiring projects to demonstrate a hybrid (gas and electric) mechanical design, and integrating new code sections for lofts and 3D printed construction. 458
City of South Lake Tahoe
2025 General Plan Annual Progress Report
7 Upcoming SLTCC Amendments
City staff maintain an active list of items and discussions to be presented to the City Council. From that list, the following ordinances will be amended in 2026:
 Accessory Dwelling Unit (ADU) Ordinance
 Sign Ordinance
 Vacation Home Rental Ordinance
 Shared Mobility Device Ordinance
 Time-Share Ordinance
In addition to the upcoming SLTCC amendments, the Development Services Department continues to compile a list of proposed changes to Title 6 of the SLTCC for consistency and clarity for the public. No further action has been scheduled at this time.

Lake Tahoe Basin Development Commodities
The City owns TRPA development rights and land coverage, or development commodities, which have accumulated from various sources (e.g., Environmental Improvement Projects, implementation of Community Plans and Area Plans, City purchase of land with attached development rights, the retirement of rights, and TRPA allocation of development). An annual determination of the fair market value of the development rights and land coverage is conducted to provide a consistent and equitable disposition process, promote the achievement of the City’s affordable housing and community development goals, and provide certainty for the development community. In 2025, the appraisal for the market-rate cost of development commodities changed from 2024. The City Council adopted Resolution 2025-044 establishing a new price point for the sale of development commodities. The City is in the process of updating the 2025 development commodities appraisal for 2026, with plans to present the revised appraisal to the City Council in early 2026.

In addition to the revised appraisal, the City Council also adopted Resolution 2025-084 in September of 2025. This resolution revised the policy for the disposition of TRPA development commodities owned by the City of South Lake Tahoe. In general, the City provides these development commodities based on the appraisal and the price point established by City Council.

However, there are specific project types where the City offers these development commodities at no cost. This includes residential projects that are deed-restricted to accommodate low, verylow, and moderate-income families, projects in a Town Center that are multi-family residential or mixed-use with multi-family dwelling (MFD) units, and projects that construct new ADUs or MFD units. In 2025, the City transferred development rights, specifically Residential Units of Use (RUU), to various parcels for the construction of 11 ADUs and one MFD unit. Another project type eligible for development commodities at no cost are commercial or industrial projects that incorporate façade or landscape improvements. The purpose of this regulation is to encourage investment in improving blighted commercial or industrial developments within the City. The amount of development commodities that is provided to these projects is tiered based on the improvement value. The City has not provided development commodities for this project type since its adoption; however, the City has sold 1,745 square feet of Commercial Floor Area (CFA) for the expansion of two commercial businesses.

Improved Transparency and Community Engagement
In April of 2025, the Development Services Department implemented an improved planning project and building permit application intake platform through Central Square Technologies. This 459
City of South Lake Tahoe
2025 General Plan Annual Progress Report
8 web-based platform, consisting of Community Development and eTRAKiT, allows applicants to apply, pay, download relevant documents, schedule inspections, and communicate with reviewers as it relates to their projects or permits. With this new platform, applicants and the public can view project and permit history, follow the progress of various projects or plan reviews, and verify permits for work being performed within the City. Overall, the transparency for ongoing development within the City has significantly improved since the implementation of this new platform.

The Development Services Department continues to streamline the project and permit application process. Throughout 2026, City staff will begin transitioning to using Bluebeam for all project and plan reviews. Bluebeam integrates well with the City’s new project and permit intake platform; however, the step-by-step process for conducting reviews will need to be evaluated in 2026. This software will improve the City’s collaboration, efficiency, and accuracy for document reviews through its real-time digital plan review and powerful markup and measurement tools.

In September of 2025, the City released a redesigned website to improve mobile responsiveness, user experience, and overall functionality. This was in response to the 2023-2028 Strategic Plan, where the City Council requested a refresh of the City’s website. The City worked with its Content Management System (CMS) provider, Civic Plus, to implement the redesign. Major changes included:
 Design and User Experience: Updated design elements, easier navigation, improved content organization, consistent formatting across pages, and Search Engine Optimization (SEO) enhancements.
 Accessibility: Added Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) compliance features through AudioEye, allowing users to adjust text size, color contrast, navigate via keyboard, access screen readers, and detect accessibility issues. All text for all images was also updated to improve accessibility for visually impaired users. These enhancements help the website comply with Title II of the ADA and Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG) 2.1 Levels A and AA.
 Compliance and Domain Transition: Transitioned the City’s domain from “.us” to “.gov” to comply with Assembly Bill 1637, which requires all public-facing city websites and employee email addresses to use a “.gov” or “.ca.gov” domain by January 1, 2029.  Content Cleanup and Maintenance: A Website Redesign team was established, with staff representatives from each department, to remove outdated documents, check for broken links, and ensure consistent formatting and accuracy across all pages.

Benefits of the redesign include a modern, accessible, and mobile-friendly website that allows the public to easily find City information and services, while meeting federal and state accessibility requirements.

In 2025, the Police Department and the Data Innovation Manager released a Geographic Information System (GIS) map of all issued vacation home rental (VHR) permits for public review.

This was established to provide greater transparency regarding VHR applications, VHR permits, and the adopted anti-clustering requirement.

City staff held two Housing Community Office Hours meetings in 2025 throughout the community to foster relationships, discuss programs, and hear challenges and solutions from the community.

In addition, staff meet regularly with various non-profit organizations and other agencies to provide an overview of the City's programs and services, as well as to hear about housing-related issues from historically underserved populations. Staff provide materials and in-person interpretation for community members in Spanish and English.
460
City of South Lake Tahoe
2025 General Plan Annual Progress Report
9 Community input is integral in informing services and projects in the Development Services Department. Long-range plans specifically require extensive outreach to all sectors of the community. Phase two of outreach for the Mid-Town Area Plan was conducted from April to September of 2025. Proposed development standards and policies were presented at one open house and three public hearings. This outreach phase allowed staff to gauge community buy-in and make changes to further consistency with community needs.

To improve transparency and encourage community engagement, both the City Council and the Planning Commission offer hybrid meetings with live Spanish interpretation that can be accessed via Zoom or in person.

The existing Land Use and Community Design Element goals are provided below for reference.

Land Use and Community Design Element Goals
Goal LU-1: To ensure a connected city, guide land use consistent with the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency’s Transect Zoning System, and acquire the necessary Tahoe Regional Planning Agency commodities for future revitalization, development, and economic growth.

Goal LU-2: To focus future commercial, multi-family residential, tourist, civic, and social gathering space development in community plan areas in order to maximize incentives and create transit-, bicycle-, and pedestrian-oriented places that serve the needs of both residents and visitors.

Goal LU-3: To encourage the creation of more complete and well-designed neighborhoods that promote livability, safety, and sustainability.

Goal LU-4: To encourage the revitalization, reuse, and expansion of existing and vacant sites in South Lake Tahoe.

Goal LU-5: To revitalize and consolidate existing commercial uses while providing incentives and commodities for new resident- and visitor-serving commercial uses.

Goal LU-6: To provide tourist-serving uses near highways and other highly-visible locations in South Lake Tahoe.

Goal LU-7: To maintain an industrial district that provides for warehousing, research and development, light industrial, and “green” technologies that are attractive, compatible with adjoining non-industrial uses, and well designed and maintained.

Goal LU-8: To enhance and unify the visual quality of South Lake Tahoe.

Goal LU-9: To become a leader in “green” building technology, energy efficiency, emerging technologies, and sustainable development practices in the Lake Tahoe Basin.

Goal LU-10: To make development decisions predictable, fair, and cost-effective by coordinating the City of South Lake Tahoe’s efforts with other agencies that either have jurisdiction, provide services, or own property in South Lake Tahoe.

Goal LU-11: To ensure the fair treatment of all visitors and residents, regardless of race, culture, and income with respect to land use and environmental decisions. 461
City of South Lake Tahoe
2025 General Plan Annual Progress Report
10 SECTION 5 ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT ELEMENT
The Economic Development Element contains goals and policies to address economic prosperity and diversity, business attraction, and business retention and expansion.

New Business and Home Occupations
All businesses conducting work within the City are required to obtain a Business License. In 2025, the City issued a total of 586 new business licenses.

Sixty-four home occupation applications were approved during 2025, each of which is associated with a business license.

Economic Development Priorities
In May of 2025, the City Council adopted the updated 2025-2030 Strategic Plan, which includes priorities and action items to support the goals of the General Plan Economic Development Element. The City has made progress in implementing these priorities by amending regulations and policies to reduce barriers to new businesses and incentivize property investments. The City has also launched several programs to engage and provide support for local businesses. The Business Outreach Program connects business owners and managers with City staff to explore available resources to assist businesses and to provide input on potential future City initiatives to support business needs. The New Business Permitting Concierge Program connects business and property owners with the Development Services Department to guide them through permitting processes applicable to their new construction or expansion project.

The existing Economic Development Element goals are provided below for reference.

Economic Development Element Goals
Goal ED-1: To support and promote economic growth and the diversification of the local economy.

Goal ED-2: To support and promote existing businesses, job retention and expansion, and diversify the local economy.

Goal ED-3: To support and promote new business development and employment growth including local-serving, high-technology, environmental-technology, and sustainable businesses, and encourage private-sector investment in South Lake Tahoe. 462
City of South Lake Tahoe
2025 General Plan Annual Progress Report
11 SECTION 6 HOUSING ELEMENT
The 2022-2027 Housing Element was certified by the California Department of Housing and Community Development (HCD) in August 2022. The sixth round Housing Element has a 5-year timeframe. The Housing Element sets forth implementation strategies to address housing needs in the City.

Government Code Section 65400 requires that each city and county, including charter cities, prepare an annual progress report (APR) on the status of the Housing Element in addition to the regular General Plan APR. The Housing Element APR must be submitted using the forms developed by HCD and must include documentation for residential permits issued during the previous year and the jurisdiction’s progress in meeting the Regional Housing Needs Allocation (RHNA). In addition, the City’s 2022 adopted Housing Element, Program 1-8, includes an annual public meeting to discuss progress on housing programs and to solicit feedback. Figure 3, below, provides a summary of the City’s total permitted units compared to the RHNA target during the Sixth Cycle, ranging from 2022-2027.

During 2025, the City continued several efforts to address existing and future housing needs. The City’s efforts involved entitlements and funding for new affordable housing. Figure 4 below shows the residential building activity in 2025, including projects that received planning approval (units entitled), projects that received a building permit (units permitted), and projects that were deemed complete (units with a certificate of occupancy or other forms of readiness). The Sugar Pine Village affordable housing project will include a total of 248 deed-restricted units at 80% or below the Area Median Income (AMI). Phase 1A, 68 units, received their Certificate of Occupancy in the fall of 2024, and Phase 2A, 60 units, received their Certificate of Occupancy in the fall of 2025. 463
City of South Lake Tahoe
2025 General Plan Annual Progress Report
12 Phase 1B, 60 units, is fully financed and currently under construction. Phase 2B, 60 units, is currently securing financing.

Program 1-4 Using Local Incentives
Staff updated the ADU Guide to reflect the updated City Code. In June of 2024 the City released a Request for Proposal (RFP) to procure a consultant to develop preapproved ADU plans. A consultant was selected in November of 2024 and the preapproved ADU designs went through various public meetings in 2025. The four sets of plans are projected to be completed in February of 2026. Staff identified the use of Permanent Local Housing Allocation (PLHA) Formula funds to be used for this project.

Under the TRPA growth management system, building permits for new residential development require residential allocations as well as potential residential units of use. The City typically receives 66 residential allocations from TRPA every two years. The City distributes the allocations between single family dwellings, multi-family dwellings and mixed-use or infill projects in Town Centers.

In 2024, the City Council adopted a revised policy for the disposition of City-owned TRPA development commodities to incentivize development of multi-family and accessory dwelling units. Under this policy, 70 City banked Tourist Accommodation Units were set aside for conversion to Residential Units of Use that shall be sold at no cost for ADUs or new multi-family rental units. Additionally, the policy allows for the sale of City-owned development rights and land coverage at no cost for residential units that are deed-restricted to accommodate low, very-low, or moderate-income families. IN 2025, the City transferred City-owned TRPA development rights for the construction of 11 ADUs and one multi-family dwelling unit. As a condition of receiving a 464
City of South Lake Tahoe
2025 General Plan Annual Progress Report
13 free development right, the 12 new units are required to be deed-restricted to not allow Vacation Home Rentals in these units.

Program 2-1 Pursue State and Federal Funds
In April of 2024, the City received the Prohousing Designation from the State of California. This program is a formal way to recognize the City’s commitment to advance housing affordability, choice, and opportunity throughout the City of South Lake Tahoe. This designation comes with funding incentives and additional resources to support housing production by offering exclusive access to Prohousing grants and additional points in the scoring of competitive housing, community development, and infrastructure funding programs administered by the California Department of Housing and Community Development (HCD). This includes the Prohousing Incentive Program (PIP), a grant program designed to accelerate housing production and support preservation efforts.

In October of 2025, the City was awarded $80,000 in Homeless, Housing, Assistance and Prevention (HHAP) funds from the El Dorado Opportunity Knocks Continuum of Care to provide emergency winter shelter for the 2025 - 2026 winter season.

In addition to HHAP funds, the City has been awarded the following state and federal funds between 2020 and 2025: Community Development Block Grant (CDBG), PLHA Formula and Competitive, Prohousing Incentive Program (PIP), Affordable Housing and Sustainable Communities Program (AHSC), Home Investment Partnerships Program (HOME), and Local Early Action Planning (LEAP). In 2025, these grants funded the construction or rehabilitation of 110 affordable housing units.

Program 2-5 Student and Faculty Housing
Lake Tahoe Community College completed construction of a 100-bed student dormitory in the summer of 2025. All units will be deed-restricted for low- and very low-income students. As a “school building” defined in CA Education Code 81130.5 the permitting authority for this project was the Division of the State Architect (DSA). It is therefore not included in Table J; however, the City supported this effort by providing 21 multifamily residential units of use for the project, at no cost. Based on the market rate of residential units of use at the time, this was equivalent to a contribution of $315,000. The units shall be returned to the City upon the adoption of the MidTown Area Plan, which would allow bonus units to be allocated from TRPA to the project.

Program 2-6 Assist Nonprofit Housing Developers
The City continues to partner with Related CA and St. Joseph Community Land Trust for the development of Sugar Pine Village. This project will be 248 units of low-income housing (under 80% AMI) and is being constructed and financed over four phases. The first phase (68 units) began construction in the fall of 2022 with a Certificate of Occupancy issued in the fall of 2024.

The second phase (60 units) began preliminary site work in the summer of 2023 and was completed in the summer of 2025. The third phase is fully financed, construction is underway, and expected completion is the summer of 2026. The fourth and final phase is in the process of securing financing.

The City is partnering with Novin Development Corporation and SMR Development on a former redevelopment site located at 3900 and 3908 Lake Tahoe Boulevard. This affordable housing development is proposed to consist of 72 residential units which would be deed-restricted to low 465
City of South Lake Tahoe
2025 General Plan Annual Progress Report
14 and/or moderate-income households for a period of no less than 55 years, as well as community amenities on the ground floor. The project will also contain one manager’s unit and two live-work ancillary commercial units. The project received entitlements in April of 2025. The City has provided $1,064,073 in PLHA and PIP funds to Novin for predevelopment costs through a Predevelopment Loan and Development Agreement. This project is currently in the process of securing financing.

Program 2-8 Mitigation of TRPA Regulations
The City continues to explore pathways to mitigate TRPA regulations and policies that have created inequitable permitting practices and stagnated development of the most needed housing types. The City diligently implements, amends, and adopts area plans per the TRPA Code of Ordinances Chapter 13, which allows the City to set alternate standards that differ from the TRPA Code of Ordinances while maintaining alignment with Regional Plan goals. Area plans are an opportunity to advocate for the needs of our community by proposing standards unique to housing needs in the City of South Lake Tahoe and alignment with state law.

City staff have been part of the TRPA Tahoe Living Working Group since its founding in 2020, working with a wide variety of stakeholders from across the basin to address housing needs and barriers to building in the Tahoe Basin under TRPA code.

The City played a significant role in TRPA’s receipt of $2.14 million from the California Department of Housing and Community Development’s (HCD) Regional Early Action Planning grant 2.0, Higher Impact Transformation grant to integrate equity, housing choice and affordability and environmental benefits into TRPA’s Regional Plan. City staff provided guidance to ensure equity is incorporated into the TRPA code and overall policy to streamline housing. One proposed grant outcome is to streamline the TRPA environmental review process for multifamily projects.

Currently, multifamily projects may receive a CEQA categorical or statutory exemption, but projects are still required to go through the TRPA environmental checklist process.

This funding created the Cultivating Community, Conserving the Basin, Phase 3, changes to TRPA code to facilitate housing across the Tahoe Basin. Staff have actively participated in this phase throughout 2025 in various meetings, public comment, and technical support to provide code changes to facilitate multifamily housing development, ADUs, and projects that may be affordable by design. This phase may create a significant change to the TRPA code to align with California state law, streamline housing that is most needed in the Basin, and provide more authority to local jurisdictions to incentivize development.

Program 2-9 Public Education
The City created informational brochures on the City's Housing programs. These are provided at the State of the City address, and any other opportunities that Housing staff have a booth. City staff have also presented on housing at local clubs, leadership groups, and more, as invited. City staff held two Housing Community Office Hours meetings in 2025 and attended more than 18 other community meetings to foster relationships, discuss programs and hear challenges and solutions from the community.

Program 2-11 Local Funding Source Feasibility Study and Linkage Program In the spring of 2022, the City contracted BAE Urban Economics to conduct a feasibility analysis of eight potential local housing funding sources. The funding study was completed in January of 466
City of South Lake Tahoe
2025 General Plan Annual Progress Report
15 2023 and discussed at City Council on January 24, 2023, where Council requested additional nexus and feasibility analysis be completed regarding a potential inclusionary housing percentage and in-lieu fee. The findings of this study were presented to the Council on August 8, 2023, and staff was directed to draft an Inclusionary Housing Ordinance. This ordinance was adopted on November 21, 2023. Staff completed this task in 2023. In 2025, revenue from the Inclusionary Housing in-lieu fee totaled $213,853.51.

Program 2-15 Rental Assistance Program
In July of 2024, the City launched and implemented the Rental Assistance Program, an interestfree security deposit loan for city residents with incomes at or below 80% AMI. This program also supports application fees as a grant to residents at the same income level. In 2025, the Rental Assistance Program provided interest-free security deposits to 39 households comprising of 87 individuals, and 23 rental application fee grants.

Program 3-2 Multiple-Family Dwelling and Single-Room Occupancy Inspection and Maintenance Program and Program 3-5 Preservation of Housing Conditions The City continues to implement the Multiple-Family Dwelling Inspection and Maintenance Program on multifamily projects of six-units or more and single-room occupancy (SRO) units in hotels and motels to identify substandard housing conditions and to ensure that City residents are living in safe and decent housing. During 2025, the City carried out the following activities for multi-family residential properties and units participating in the Single Room Occupancy (SRO) program:
 Multi-Family Residential Unit Program Summary
o City staff conducted 193 site visits to multi-family properties (6 units or greater) o Multifamily units with pending corrections decreased from 62 in 2024 to 60 in 2025  SRO Unit Program Summary
o City staff conducted 14 SRO site visits
o The number of SRO units inspected with corrections pending stayed at 182 units in 2025
 Overall, in 2025, the multi-family residential program increased the number of exceptional units from 1324 in 2024 to 1337 at the end of 2025, while the SRO program certified 175 regular units and maintained 59 exceptional units.

To address substandard housing conditions within the community, the City Council established a Housing Hotline. As in previous years, in 2025 staff received many calls from tenants regarding security deposit disputes, rent increase inquiries, civil disputes, nuisances, evictions, and substandard housing concerns. The City received 935 calls through the Housing Hotline in 2025.

A number of these calls are referred to other agencies for assistance such as Legal Services of Northern California, Tahoe Coalition for the Homeless, and City Code Enforcement. Additionally, a large number of complaints are resolved through mediation conducted by City staff without escalated enforcement. In 2025, 38 substandard housing complaints resulted in City Inspection and 19 resulted in enforcement action.
467
City of South Lake Tahoe
2025 General Plan Annual Progress Report
16 Program 3-4 Preservation and Acquisition of At-Risk Properties City staff began participation in the 2025 - 2026 Enterprise Community Partners - California Public Sector Preservation Academy Cohort to build capacity for preservation and rehabilitation of naturally occurring affordable housing and multifamily dwelling properties.

City staff have provided close to $1,700,000 in CDBG funding to the Tahoe Coalition for the Homeless for rehabilitation of one of the three Project Homekey properties they acquired. The rehabilitation is currently underway for the 22 units that will be deed-restricted to 30% and below of Area Median Income. The City also awarded Tahoe Coalition for the Homeless an additional $120,000 in Prohousing Incentive Program funds for rehabilitation of all three Homekey properties.

Program 3-9 Landlord/Tenant Matching Program – Long-Term Rental Incentive Program During 2025, the City ended its partnership with Placemate (formerly known as Landing Locals) to administer the Lease to Locals program. The City began administering and implementing the program renamed the Long-Term Rental Incentive Program. This program offers grants to qualifying South Lake Tahoe property owners when they rent their homes long-term to local residents. The goal of the program is to provide an incentive for second homeowners to lease long-term rather than rent short-term or leave homes vacant thereby increasing the rental housing stock. In 2025, 22 people were housed through this program. In total, 149 people have been housed since the program was implemented in December of 2021.

Program 5-1 Fair Housing
The City Attorney’s office assisted with resolving civil issues that conflicted with California Tenant Protection Act. In 2025, City staff intervened in an eviction due to retaliation resulting in the tenant remaining housed.

Program 1-8 Housing Element Implementation Progress
The City is required to submit specific tables to HCD which constitute the Housing Element Annual Progress Report (APR) for 2025 (See Appendix A). Each table is further described below:
 Table A includes submitted discretionary entitlement applications as well as submitted ministerial applications (building permits). The City received 51 applications for 195 dwelling units in 2025.
 Table A2 includes approved entitlements, issued residential building permits, and residential projects that were completed and received certificates of occupancy. In 2025, the City approved entitlements for 86 units, issued residential permits for 98 units, and completed permitting for 94 residential units during the reporting period.  Table B of the Housing Element APR documents the City’s progress in meeting its Sixth Cycle Regional Housing Needs Allocation (RHNA).
 Table C documents sites identified or rezoned to accommodate the shortfall housing need and No Net Loss law. The City does not have any data to report for this table. 468
City of South Lake Tahoe
2025 General Plan Annual Progress Report
17  Table D provides the program implementation status and an update on the 45 implementation programs adopted as part of the 2022-2027 Housing Element.  Table E documents any commercial development bonuses that have been approved during the reporting period. The City does not have any data to report for this table. The City does not have any data to report for this table.
 Table F documents units that have been substantially rehabilitated, converted from nonaffordable by acquisition, and preserved, including mobile home park preservation.  Table F2 documents residential units that have been converted to moderate-income units during the reporting period. The City does not have any data to report for this table.  Table G provides a summary of locally owned lands, included in the Housing Element Sites Inventory, that have been sold, leased, or disposed of during the reporting period.  Table H provides an inventory of locally owned lands declared as surplus and lands in excess of its foreseeable needs.
 Table J includes information regarding student housing development with a density bonus approved during the reporting period. The City does not have any data to report for this table.  Table K provides information on the City’s adopted Local Tenant Preference Policy. On January 28, 2025, the City of South Lake Tahoe City Council passed Resolution 2025-006, adopting a Local Tenant Preference Policy to give priority on the waitlist to local residents and workers in City-sponsored/supported affordable housing properties.  Table L lists all parcels that were designated as historic by the TRPA during the reporting period.
 Local Early Action Planning (LEAP) Reporting is an annual report on any LEAP grant funds received by the jurisdiction. The City does not have any data to report for this table.  The Summary Table documents the number of residential units permitted during the calendar year and the number of units applied for during the same period.

The existing Housing Element goals are provided below for reference.

Housing Element Goals
Goal HE-1: To increase housing opportunities for South Lake Tahoe residents of all economic levels.

Goal HE-2: To encourage construction and maintenance of affordable and workforce housing in South Lake Tahoe.

Goal HE-3: To preserve and enhance the existing supply of housing.

Goal HE-4: To provide a range of housing services for households with special needs within South Lake Tahoe.
469
City of South Lake Tahoe
2025 General Plan Annual Progress Report
18 Goal HE-5: To provide decent housing and quality living environments for all South Lake Tahoe residents regardless of age, race, religion, sex, sexual orientation, marital status, ancestry, national origin, disability, or economic level.

Goal HE-6: To ensure energy efficiency and appropriate weatherization for all new and existing housing.

Goal HE-7: To provide for a variety of housing types, sizes, price ranges, and densities compatible with the existing character and integrity of residential neighborhoods. 470
City of South Lake Tahoe
2025 General Plan Annual Progress Report
19 SECTION 7 TRANSPORTATION AND CIRCULATION ELEMENT
The Transportation and Circulation Element contains goals, policies, and implementation measures to help create a well-connected transportation network that serves all residents and visitors while reducing vehicle miles traveled and greenhouse gas emissions.

During 2025, several significant transportation projects were completed. These projects included:
 Airport Master Plan
 Annual Road Rehabilitation Project
 Annual Sealing Project
 Pioneer Trail Highway Safety Improvement Project
 Runway 18 Precision Approach Path Indicator (PAPI) System Rehabilitation and Pavement Project
 Tahoe Valley Stormwater and Greenbelt Improvement Project - Phase 1  Vision Zero Action Plan
In 2026, the City will continue to progress in the planning, design, and environmental clearance processes for the following projects:
 Bicycle Amenities and Wayfinding Signage
 Bijou Park Class 1 Bicycle Trail - Greenway Connector  Dennis T. Machida Memorial Trail - CTC Greenway Phase 1C  Johnson Boulevard Complete Streets Project
 Motel 6 Bridge Scour Repair
 Pioneer Trail Pedestrian Improvement - Phase 2
 Stateline Avenue Complete Streets Project
 Tahoe Valley Stormwater and Greenbelt Improvement Project - Phase 2  Tata Lane/Sugar Pine Village Sidewalk Project
 Upper Bijou Creek Stormwater and Drainage Project
 US Highway 50/California State Route 89 Multimodal Corridor Study Airport Master Plan
Status: Phase I Approved by City Council in 2024; Phase II Approval Ongoing In 2023, the City successfully secured grant funding from the Federal Aviation Administration and Caltrans to update the Lake Tahoe Airport Master Plan. Following City Council approval, staff advanced the project into the planning and development phases. A Planning Advisory Committee was established to provide stakeholder input throughout the development of the Airport Master Plan. In addition, a project website was launched to support community education and engagement, surveys were distributed to key stakeholders, and a Community Open House was held on June 3, 2024.

In 2024, the City Council selected and approved a preferred alternative for the Lake Tahoe Airport Master Plan, completing Phase I of the two-phase Airport Master Plan process. Phase I included evaluating airport operational needs, facility requirements, alternatives analysis, and extensive public and stakeholder outreach.

In 2025, the City progressed with Phase II of the Airport Master Plan. Phase II includes development of the Airport Layout Plan, which has been submitted to the Federal Aviation 471
City of South Lake Tahoe
2025 General Plan Annual Progress Report
20 Administration (FAA) and is currently under FAA review and coordination. In addition, the required environmental documentation remains under agency review, with coordination ongoing to ensure compliance with all applicable environmental regulations.

The Airport Master Plan Capital Improvement Program is structured to support implementation of the approved plan over time, with projects phased to ensure financial feasibility and alignment with available funding. The City is currently implementing short-term capital improvements identified in the Airport Master Plan that enhance airport operations while addressing regulatory and community considerations.

Annual Road Rehabilitation Project
Status: Annual Contract with Construction Implementation in the Summer Season The 2025 Road Rehab paved 4.51 lane miles of City roads with 4” of asphalt on an 8” aggregate base in the Upper Bijou neighborhood.

The 2026 Road Rehab location is yet to be determined.

Annual Sealing Project
Status: Annual Contract with Construction Implementation in the Summer Season An annual cape/chip sealing project has been implemented in the 2026 season in order to prolong the life of roadways in fair or good condition. This project location is to be determined.

Bicycle Amenities and Wayfinding Signage
Status: Repair Stations Completed in 2025; Remaining Signage will be Installed in 2026 In 2025, the City installed nine (9) bicycle repair stations throughout the city. These repair stations are primarily adjacent to existing and future bicycle paths. The City increased the number of bicycle wayfinding signage along the existing bicycle network from twenty-two (22) signs to seventy-five (75) signs and installed six (6) bicycle repair stations along this same route. The project included adding smaller signs with a QR (Quick Response) Code to existing and proposed wayfinding signage, linking the user directly to the interactive, web-based Tahoe Bike Map. The map will indicate the user's location in a zoomed in view, and the user may zoom out to see the entire context of the map and the bicycle network. The QR Codes will be installed in 2026.

Bijou Park Class I Bicycle Trail - Greenway Connector
Status: Construction Expected in 2026
This project proposes to construct 0.6 miles of bicycle and pedestrian trail that would link the Al Tahoe Mobility Project constructed in 2020 (Johnson Boulevard & Al Tahoe Boulevard) with the California Tahoe Conservancy’s Dennis T. Machida Memorial Greenway Trail Phase 1B (Constructed 2021). The trail would be entirely located within the City's Bijou Park property, with construction of the project planned in 2025.

Dennis T. Machida Memorial Trail - CTC Greenway Phase 1C Status: Survey and Appraisals for Easement Acquisition
This project is a continuation of multiple phases of the California Tahoe Conservancy's (CTC) Dennis T. Machida Memorial Greenway Trail Project. This segment (1C) is proposed to provide 472
City of South Lake Tahoe
2025 General Plan Annual Progress Report
21 a multi-use paved trail from Herbert Avenue to the limits of Ski Run Boulevard and Pioneer Trail.

The City secured $800,000 in grant funds from the CTC to partially fund the planning phase of the project, which includes public outreach, site surveying, and easement acquisition. CDM Smith, Inc. has been contracted for the initial planning phase. Discussions with property owners regarding the easements have taken place, and there is indication that property owners are willing to work with the City to provide easements to support the original alignment of the proposed trail segment. Survey work is currently underway. Once complete, the appraisal process will commence. It is expected that the City will be able to purchase the necessary easements in 2026.

Johnson Boulevard Complete Streets Project
Status: Ongoing; Seeking Additional Funding in 2026
In 2015, as a part of the Middle School Connectivity Plan, a wide and diverse group of community and agency stakeholder groups convened a series of meetings to address the lack of adequate, safe, accessible, and sustainable infrastructure along Johnson Boulevard, which currently provides poor connectivity through the Bijou Meadow which is heavily used to access the Middle School and other public areas. A diverse group of stakeholders reached a consensus and requested significant improvements in this project area. The Johnson Boulevard Complete Streets project will be designed to support state and regional goals by reducing vehicle miles traveled (VMT) and greenhouse gas emissions while maximizing mobility and increasing the accessibility and mobility. It will also aim to preserve and ensure a sustainable transportation system for the region. This Project will follow the Liberty Power Rule 20A Powerline Undergrounding Project. It will create a bicycle and pedestrian facility upgrade to connect to the schools and other developments in the area. The project's first phase will entail a feasibility analysis of a Complete Street Design concept. The City has allocated $200,000 toward the project and is seeking additional funding to support the feasibility and planning stage.

Motel 6 Bridge Scour Repair
Status: Currently in Design Phase; Construction Expected in Spring of 2026 The Upper Truckee River is scouring the western riverbank in close proximity to the Motel 6 Bike Bridge pier’s foundation. A scour protection solution is being designed to prevent further scouring issues and ensure the bridge remains operable.

Pioneer Trail Highway Safety Improvement Project
Status: Completed in 2025
This project proposes to make roadway safety improvements at the intersection of Glenwood Way and Pioneer Trail. It is funded primarily through Highway Safety Improvement Program Funds.

The project was determined viable from the TRPA Regional Roadway Safety Audit. The project finished construction in June of 2025.

Pioneer Trail Pedestrian Improvement - Phase 2
Status: Under Construction; Anticipated Completion in Summer of 2026 The Pioneer Trail Pedestrian Improvement Project Phase 2 is located primarily between the intersections of Ski Run Boulevard, on the west end, and Larch Street, on the east end (0.45 centerline mile). The project proposes construction of ADA-compliant sidewalks, grade crossings, ramps, and intersection re-configurations along both sides of Pioneer Trail. Class 2 bike lanes will also be placed on both sides of Pioneer Trail. Minor drainage improvements, landscaping, signage, and sidewalk-level lighting will also be constructed. New transit shelters and bus pull 473
City of South Lake Tahoe
2025 General Plan Annual Progress Report
22 outs will be provided along both sides of Pioneer Trail near multi-family residential properties. The project and required CEQA documentation were approved by the Planning Commission at the February 18, 2021 meeting. Design work continued in 2023 and early 2024. Acquisition work was completed in late 2024. Caltrans approval has been obtained, and the project should be bidding in February of 2025 with construction commencing in the 2025 season.

On November 5, 2024, City Council passed Resolution 2024-119 accepting Highway Safety Improvement Program (HSIP) funding for the Pioneer Trail Improvement Project. The project scope includes lane and shoulder widening, improved line striping, installing radar speed feedback signs, and drainage improvements at the Glenwood Way and Pioneer Trail intersection.

The project is currently in the planning and design phase.

Pioneer Trail Pedestrian Improvement Project – Phase 2
Runway 18 Precision Approach Path Indicator (PAPI) System Rehabilitation and Pavement Project
Status: Completed in 2025
The Runway 18 Precision Approach Path Indicator (PAPI) System Rehabilitation and Pavement Project has been successfully completed in early November of 2025, marking a significant milestone in the ongoing enhancement of Lake Tahoe Airport’s safety and operational reliability.

Originally identified as a priority within Phase I (Short Term, 2024 - 2028) of the Airport Master Plan’s Capital Improvement Program (CIP), this initiative addressed the urgent need to replace an aging PAPI system that had reached the end of its service life. Over recent years, the legacy equipment has experienced frequent outages due to obsolete components and diminishing availability of spare parts, creating unacceptable risks to flight operations and pilot confidence during low-visibility approaches. In alignment with the City Council’s approval of the preferred 474
City of South Lake Tahoe
2025 General Plan Annual Progress Report
23 Airport Layout Plan (ALP) on November 19, 2024, staff expedited this dual-scope project to deliver both critical safety upgrades and infrastructure resilience. The comprehensive scope included:
• Full replacement of the Runway 18 PAPI system with state-of-the-art LED units, providing precise, energy-efficient, and highly reliable visual glide path guidance. • Simultaneous resealing and rehabilitation of Taxiway A pavement, including all the connecting taxis and all the ramps, enhancing surface integrity, skid resistance, and longevity under varying weather conditions.
• Additionally, crack-sealing Runway 18/36 and preparing for the next stage of resealing in 2026.

This integrated approach minimized operational downtime while maximizing value, ensuring seamless coordination between electrical, civil, and aviation teams. The upgraded PAPI system now delivers uninterrupted, high-visibility descent cues to pilots, fully compliant with FAA standards and tailored to the unique terrain and weather challenges of the Lake Tahoe Basin.

With completion ahead of schedule, the project not only restores full operational redundancy but also positions the airport to meet growing demand with enhanced safety margins. This achievement reflects the City’s steadfast commitment—supported by FAA and Caltrans grant funding—to modernizing infrastructure in lockstep with community expectations and regulatory excellence.

Future Phase I projects will build on this foundation, further strengthening Lake Tahoe Airport as a safe, sustainable gateway to the region.

Stateline Avenue Complete Streets Project
Status: Conceptual Planning, Constraints Analysis and Circulation/Parking Study This project seeks to rehabilitate the area bounded by Stateline Avenue, Lakeshore Boulevard, and Park Avenue to provide safer pedestrian and bicycle access and improved stormwater infrastructure. Lumos and Associates have been contracted to provide conceptual planning, constraints analysis and circulation and parking study to help fully understand how any proposed changes could impact the functionality of this area within the Tourist Core Area Plan. The goal is to create a safer pedestrian and bicycle access to connect the busy, commercial, and hotel corridor along the eastern edge of the project area to the Lakeside Beach community on the western edge. In 2026, a series of public outreach meetings will be held to engage stakeholders and the community in refining the project’s scope and selecting a preferred alternative. The goal is to work toward developing 30% design plans for the preferred alternative and seek additional funding to advance the design of the project further toward implementation.

Tahoe Valley Stormwater and Greenbelt Improvement Project Status: Phase 1: Implementation Initiated in 2023; Completed in 2025 Phase 2: Implementation Initiated in 2025; Anticipated Completion in 2026 This project includes multi-benefit stormwater, stream environment zone (SEZ) restoration, bicycle/pedestrian improvements, and recreational amenities. Water quality and SEZ enhancements include improving existing drainage ways and drainage systems to spread, infiltrate, treat, and retain surface flows from roadways, commercial areas, and other high priority, directly connected urban areas. Pedestrian and bicycle enhancements include improving connectivity within the project area and to regional networks. Due to the size and diversity of the overall project, it is split into two phases:
475
City of South Lake Tahoe
2025 General Plan Annual Progress Report
24 1. Phase 1 consists of stormwater and water quality improvement work within the Bonanza neighborhood and downstream of James Avenue at 3rd Street to Tahoe Keys Blvd.

2. Phase 2 consists of the Central Greenbelt Area (behind the Crossings), spanning between Emerald Bay Road at B Street down to Highway 50 at 4th Street.

Phase 1 of the project, approximately $7M, was funded by the State Water Resources Control Board (SWRCB) Proposition 1 Stormwater Grant Program, California Tahoe Conservancy (CTC) Proposition 1 and Proposition 68 Grant Funding, TRPA mitigation funds, and local match funding, including Measure S and General funds.

Tahoe Valley Stormwater and Greenbelt Improvement Project The critical acquisitions of private property within the Central Greenbelt area were completed in 2022 with financial support from TRPA mitigation funds and the CTC. Phase 2 of the project, also approximately $7M, was fully funded as of 2024, including SWRCB Proposition 1 Implementation Grant, TRPA SEZ and Water Quality Mitigation Funding, TRPA – Lake Tahoe Restoration Act Grant Program, CTC Implementation Grant, Lahontan Supplemental Environmental Project, and local match funds from General Fund.

Tata Lane/Sugar Pine Village Sidewalk Project
Status: Currently in Planning and Design Phase
This project proposes to provide sidewalk connections on Tata Lane and Julie Lane to connect the new Sugar Pine Village affordable housing project to the Lake Tahoe Boulevard multi-use 476
City of South Lake Tahoe
2025 General Plan Annual Progress Report
25 path and complete pedestrian connectivity to the transit center. Funding is tied to the completion of Phase 2A of the affordable housing project, and implementation will follow thereafter.

Upper Bijou Park Creek Watershed Restoration Project
Status: Construction of 2 of the Subprojects in 2025; Finalizing Design and Seeking Additional Construction Funding in 2026
The Upper Bijou Park Creek Watershed Restoration Project addresses water quality and flooding in an 850-acre watershed discharging to Lake Tahoe via the Ski Run Marina. Phase 1, completed in 2018, redeveloped the Knights Inn hotel site with new stormwater treatment basins and a conveyance system.

As of 2024, the City is in Phase 2 of the Upper Bijou Park Creek Watershed Restoration Project, addressing flooding, water quality issues, and impacts from development in Stream Environmental Zones (SEZ). Plans include restoring SEZ and floodplain areas, improving drainage to support active transportation near Bijou Community School, and advancing Phase 1c of the Dennis T. Machida Memorial Greenway Trail. The project will also implement distributed natural treatment systems to reduce sediment and nutrient loads in urban runoff, protecting Lake Tahoe.

In 2025, the Rockwood to Blackwood Drainage Improvements Project and the Aloha Basin project, two of the nine subprojects part of the overall Upper Bijou Park Creek Watershed Restoration Project were completed. The City is finalizing the design of the other projects and will continue to pursue funding to implement the remaining subprojects. The projects that will support active transportation projects have not yet been implemented.

US Highway 50/California State Route 89 Multimodal Corridor Study Status: Concept Development and Public Outreach Phase I The City has contracted CDM Smith, Inc. to engage in a planning effort to identify, analyze, and propose enhancements to the US Highway 50 and California State Route 89 corridors to improve safety and access for walking and bicycling, and to facilitate modal shifts away from vehicles through a more efficient transit system. Development of the Plan will include a review of existing documents and conditions, public participation, evaluation of traffic calming, mobility, and transit options, and implementation recommendations. The stakeholder and public participation process will begin in 2026.

Vision Zero Action Plan
Status: Final Report Approved by City Council in January of 2025 The City of South Lake Tahoe has developed a data-driven Vision Zero Action Plan, which will be a living document and guide that commits the City to a Vision Zero implementation plan for improved traffic safety. The Vision Zero Action Plan was developed through community and stakeholder engagement over the course of 2024 and took into account the 8 E-s of Traffic Safety, to ensure equity among all roadway users and to progress toward eliminating severe injury crashes and fatalities. The Vision Zero Action Plan is a roadmap to address and measure the success of the City’s traffic safety improvement projects and outlines future funding sources to achieve the goal of zero fatalities and severe injuries by the year 2035. 477
City of South Lake Tahoe
2025 General Plan Annual Progress Report
26 The existing Transportation & Circulation Element goals are provided below for reference.

Transportation and Circulation Element Goals
Goal TC-1: To develop a transportation network that provides an efficient, comprehensive, and well-maintained roadway system that accommodates vehicular travel while encouraging expanded use of alternative transportation modes.

Goal TC-2: To expand transit services in South Lake Tahoe to provide a viable alternative to the private automobile and enhance mobility for residents and visitors, and work collaboratively to expand public transit options throughout the Tahoe Basin.

Goal TC-3: Expand bicycle and pedestrian activity in the community centers and throughout the city, across all seasons of the year, through enhancements to and maintenance of bike paths, bike lanes, pedestrian paths, and sidewalks.

Goal TC-4: Provide and manage parking to accommodate reasonable auto usage, while minimizing the impacts of excessive parking supply and encouraging use of alternative travel modes.

Goal TC-5: To enhance the Lake Tahoe Airport as a regional transportation hub.

Goal TC-6: Encourage development of waterborne public transportation services that connect with transit, bicycle, and pedestrian facilities.
478
City of South Lake Tahoe
2025 General Plan Annual Progress Report
27 SECTION 8 PUBLIC/QUASI-PUBLIC FACILITIES AND SERVICES

ELEMENT
The Public/Quasi-Public Facilities and Services Element contains goals, policies, and implementation measures for the logical and efficient extension and upgrading of services and facilities in South Lake Tahoe.

During 2025, the City implemented several projects and actions to address the Public/QuasiPublic Facilities and Services Element, including the following:

Clean Energy Projects
Status: Received Building Permit; Pending Construction
In 2024, the City issued its first design-build project RFP and procured the services of Willdan Energy Solutions to design and construct a citywide Energy Upgrades project. Council approved the project and funding mechanism in the fall of 2024. Measures include: Building Automation Services and Recommissioning; Pelican Thermostat Integrations; Transformer Upgrades; Solar Parking Canopies at the Motor Pool Facility; Solar Parking Canopies at the Police Station; New Insulated Roof at the Ice Arena; Relocation and Refurbishment of the Microturbine for the Ice Arena; Central Plant Replacement at the Ice Arena; and Water Meter Downsizing. Implementation will take place in 2025 - 2026. Planning entitlement for the South Tahoe Public Utility District (STPUD) solar farm was issued in 2023 and a building permit was issued in 2024 to begin construction.
3-Cart Waste Management
Status: Completed in Summer of 2025
The City worked with South Tahoe Refuse to implement a Senate Bill (SB) 1383-mandated 3-cart waste management system across residential and commercial accounts within City limits. The system aims to maximize organic waste diversion toward statewide carbon pollution reduction goals. City staff co-supervised, with South Tahoe Refuse, two AmeriCorps fellows who provided community outreach and worked with all local schools to support food waste diversion programs with in-classroom education on the positive climate outcomes of composting food waste. This project was completed in the summer of 2025.

Energy Efficiency
Status: Received Funding; Pending Entitlements and Building Permit On November 4, 2025, the City Council approved a subrecipient agreement with Tahoe Transportation District for funding to implement an electric vehicle charging station at 1700 D Street.

Fire Station 3
Status: Received Funding; Begin Planning and Design Phase in 2026 In 2023, the City initiated an evaluation of design options for the reconstruction of Fire Station 3 on the property adjacent to the current site. Throughout 2024 and 2025, the City negotiated with the Bank of Montreal to purchase the land with plans to begin planning and design work in 2026.

The project is currently funded through City Council approval and property acquisition is expected to be completed by the end of January 2026.
479
City of South Lake Tahoe
2025 General Plan Annual Progress Report
28 Community Services Division Expansion
Status: Pending Building Permit
Following the overturning of Measure T, the Community Services Division hired additional staff to regulate and monitor VHRs per City Council’s direction. As part of the Community Services Division expansion, the second floor of the existing Explore Tahoe building at 4114 Lake Tahoe Boulevard was identified as the future office for this division. The tenant improvement building permit is currently in plan review and is expected to be approved in 2026.

Heavenly Village Public Parking Garage (Bellamy Parking Garage) Renovation Status: Completed in 2025
In 2023, the South Tahoe Joint Powers Parking Financing Authority approved Resolution 2023- 001, authorizing various upgrades to the City-owned public parking garage located at 1 Bellamy Court. The project was divided into two phases and was facilitated by the Police and Public Works Departments. Phase 1 included structural and circulation upgrades and was completed in 2024.

Phase 2 was completed in 2025 and consisted of: improving access points in the parking structure, integrating an Automated Parking Guidance System, and simplifying the payment system by adding License Plate Reader technology and various methods for payment. These upgrades eliminate congestion on Bellamy Court and provide a more user-friendly experience.

The existing Public/Quasi-Public Facilities and Services Element goals are provided below for reference.

Public/Quasi-Public Facilities and Services Element Goals Goal PQP-1: To ensure the timely maintenance, expansion, and upgrade of public facilities and services for the entire community.

Goal PQP-2: To work with local providers to ensure an adequate and safe water supply and delivery system for the entire community.

Goal PQP-3: To coordinate with South Tahoe Refuse to provide a reliable and environmentallyfriendly solid waste collection and diversion program that encourages recycling and re-use.

Goal PQP-4: To protect water quality of streams and Lake Tahoe by reducing pollutant loads associated with urban stormwater runoff.

Goal PQP-5: To deter crime and to meet the growing demands for police services in South Lake Tahoe.

Goal PQP-6: To protect residents, employees, and visitors in South Lake Tahoe from injury and loss of life, and to protect property and businesses from fires.

Goal PQP-7: To coordinate planning efforts with the Lake Tahoe Unified School District, Lake Tahoe Community College, and South Lake Tahoe Library in their efforts to provide for the educational needs of all South Lake Tahoe residents.
480
City of South Lake Tahoe
2025 General Plan Annual Progress Report
29 Goal PQP-8: To promote provision of adequate levels of utility services by private companies and to ensure that these are constructed in a fashion that minimizes their negative effects on surrounding development and maximizes energy efficiency.

Goal PQP-9: To expand health and medical facilities and services in South Lake Tahoe to serve residents and visitors.

Goal PQP-10: To relocate and consolidate City-owned and operated public buildings while making them more energy efficient.

Goal PQP-11: To provide efficient snow removal on public streets and sidewalks to promote safe, year-round access to these facilities.
481
City of South Lake Tahoe
2025 General Plan Annual Progress Report
30 SECTION 9 RECREATION AND OPEN SPACE ELEMENT
The Recreation and Open Space Element contains goals and policies that seek to protect open space and enhance recreational opportunities for South Lake Tahoe residents and visitors.

During 2025, the City implemented several projects and actions to address the Recreation and Open Space Element, including the following:

Recreation Complex Expanded Services
Status: Ongoing
In 2025, the Recreation Division offered new programming to expand services ahead of opening the new Recreation Center. This includes: Mini Mountain Movers, Storytime with a Mermaid, Accessible Yoga, Kiddo Yoga, Vinyasa Yoga, Line Dancing, Silver Striders Walking Club, Improv Classes, Singing Lessons, Youth Basketball League, NFL Flag Football, Sierra Spirit, Junior Giants, First Tee Golf Lessons, Adult Cornhole League, Adult Volleyball League, Lake Tahoe Soccer League, Ukulele Club, Jazzercise, Zumba, Aqua Zumba, Float Fit, Personal Fitness Training with Kyler, Tiny Tots Sports, Crochet It, Masters Swim, Water Exercise, Craftspace and Aikido. Programs were created based on feedback from a New Recreation Programs survey, which yielded over 800 responses on programming the community would like to see for the new Recreation and Aquatics Center.

The Aquatics Program is now fully staffed with lifeguards and instructors, and swim lessons are offered year-round. The Third Grade Swim Program returned in partnership with Lake Tahoe Unified School District (LTUSD), with 191 students participating over 12 weeks.

The Parks & Recreation Department has begun a new emphasis on marketing programming, events, and services by launching its own social media presence on Facebook and Instagram and by publishing the program guide, SLT at Play, twice annually.

Operating hours for the Recreation Center have been extended in the mornings and evenings to prepare for expanded hours at the new Recreation and Aquatic Center.

Recreation and Aquatic Center Project
Status: Under Construction; Anticipated Completion in 2026 In May of 2024, construction began on Phase 2 of the Recreation and Aquatics Center, focusing on vertical construction. This milestone followed the City Council's earlier discussions in January 2023 regarding re-bidding the project and the March 2023 amendments to two Professional Services Agreements for preconstruction services and architectural and engineering design. The project remains on schedule with plans to open in April of 2026.

Community Parks
Status: Bijou Park – Completed in Summer of 2025
Regan Beach – Ongoing; Received Funding to Begin Planning and Environmental Work A state-of-the-art street-style skate park opened at Bijou Park in the summer of 2025. City staff are working to implement Phase I of the Regan Beach Landing Project and have received a $500,000 grant from the California Tahoe Conservancy to begin planning and environmental work for this phase of the project.
482
City of South Lake Tahoe
2025 General Plan Annual Progress Report
31 Ice Arena
Status: Received Building Permit; Pending Construction
A major ice arena facility roof and central plant upgrade will be part of a larger Energy Upgrades project, detailed in Section 8. The upgrade will improve energy efficiency and resiliency to ensure uninterrupted operations for the community.

Public Art Installations
Status: Ongoing
In 2021, the City Council approved $100,000 in American Rescue Plan Act (ARPA) funds for Art Program Funding. On May 31, 2024, the City advertised a request for proposal (RFP) for a Public Art Installation located in proximity to Lakeview Avenue and US Highway 50. The Arts, Tourism, and Culture (ACT) Commission awarded the RFP to a proposal on September 9, 2024. City Council approved the $100,000 of ARPA funds to complete the project. The art installation was unveiled at Lakeview Commons in September of 2025, Footprints of our Past by the artist Terrie Bennet, celebrating the history of Lake Tahoe. The ACT Commission issued five Publicly Visible Art Permits in 2025.

The existing Recreation and Open Space Element goals are provided below for reference.

Recreation and Open Space Element Goals
Goal ROS-1: To maintain and expand South Lake Tahoe’s public park system and recreational opportunities to meet the needs of residents, employees, and visitors.

Goal ROS-2: To provide areas of permanent construction that include passive recreational opportunities.
483
City of South Lake Tahoe
2025 General Plan Annual Progress Report
32 SECTION 10 HEALTH AND SAFETY ELEMENT
The Health and Safety Element includes goals, policies, and actions to address natural hazards such as flooding, wildfires, and earthquakes, as well as hazards from airplane operations. The Health and Safety Element also includes emergency response and disaster preparedness.

During 2025, the City implemented several projects and actions to address the Health and Safety Element, including the following:
 In 2025, the Police Department established Citizen RIMS, a web-based platform that allows the public to view and filter through past service calls. The platform provides a limited amount of information for each incident and includes a feature to request extra patrol.
 In 2025, the Police and Fire Department continued to work on the Citywide radio system upgrade to comply with Department of Justice (DOJ) requirements and protect Criminal Justice Information (CJI) and Personal Identifiable Information (PII), a project initiated in 2023.
 In 2025, the Police Department completed training on the Incident Command System, ICS-100 and ICS-200, from the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA). This allows the entire staff to understand the language used during a local or regional emergency assigned to the Incident Command Structure in an Emergency Operations Center.
 In 2025, the Police Department applied for and received $104,838 from the Division of Boating and Waterway Boating Safety and Equipment Grant. This grant money will be used to replace the outboard engines on the Police Marine Unit. The police boat is used for enforcement and rescue on Lake Tahoe. Additionally, the Police Department received a $112,076 grant from the California State Parks, Division of Boating and Waterways .

The grant money was used to cover the cost of Marine Safety officers, boat repairs and maintenance, and fuel.
 The California Office of Traffic Safety (OTS) provides grant assistance to law enforcement agencies through the OTS Grant Program. The Police Department applied for these grant funds in January of 2025 and received confirmation of the award in November of 2025.

The City Council passed a resolution authorizing the $45,000 grant fund to be used for enforcement efforts, including but not limited to DUIs, seatbelt usage, distracted driving, motorcycle, bicycle, and pedestrian safety issues.
 In June of 2024, the City Council passed an ordinance amending Chapter 5.30 (Hazardous Vegetation and Defensible Space), which included “Zone Zero”. This ordinance requires a zero-combustible zone within five feet of any structure. At the time of ratification, it was the strongest defensible space ordinance in the state, and it will be in line with California state requirements expected in 2026.  South Lake Tahoe Fire Rescue was awarded $1.6M, as a subrecipient from a $3.2M grant, for fuels management. This grant from the California Tahoe Conservancy (CTC) increases the capacity to coordinate fuels reduction projects across jurisdictional lines in the South Shore. The City Council authorized a new Fuels Division Chief position in 484
City of South Lake Tahoe
2025 General Plan Annual Progress Report
33 2024 to oversee the program. The CTC grant will fund the program through November of 2027. New funding mechanisms are currently being evaluated to continue the program past 2027.
 In 2025, the South Shore Fuels Division initiated fuels treatment along evacuation corridors. This effort was driven by the Lake Tahoe Regional Fire Chiefs Association in partnership with Tahoe Basin law enforcement agencies that have direct authority over evacuations.
 Through the annual City budgeting process, South Lake Tahoe Fire Rescue has made significant investments in infrastructure and equipment. In 2025, the City Council approved the purchase of a new Type I Fire Engine. In 2026, South Lake Tahoe Fire Rescue plans to request approval to purchase a new Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus for the entire department and for three light-duty vehicles.  Through the Lake Tahoe Regional Fire Chiefs Association, South Lake Tahoe Fire Rescue began battalion-level training with all agencies in the Tahoe Basin and Carson Valley to standardize response policies. These battalion drills improve response capability to hazard events, including: vegetation fires, high-rise incidents, active shooter events, structural fires, and mass casualty incidents. These drills are ongoing and are being developed by the Operations section of the Regional Chiefs Association.  Per City Council’s direction, the Police Department and Housing Division investigated options to implement a “warm room” or emergency shelter for people experiencing homelessness. In September of 2025, the City Council directed staff to pursue establishing a motel voucher program with local and regional stakeholders. A presentation to the City Council and the public is scheduled for January of 2026.

The existing Health and Safety Element goals are provided below for reference.

Health and Safety Element Goals
Goal HS-1: To plan for, train for, and respond to major incidences and disasters in order to minimize loss of life, major injury, and loss of property.

Goal HS-2: To provide minimize fire hazards and provide fire protection services that maintain a safe and healthy community.

Goal HS-3: To protect lives and property from seismic and geologic hazards and adverse soil conditions.

Goal HS-4: To protect life and property from seasonal flooding and flooding related to large storm events.

Goal HS-5: To protect and maintain the safety of residents, businesses, and visitors by reducing the threat of avalanches.

Goal HS-6: To protect and maintain the safety of residents, businesses, and visitors by reducing, where possible, eliminating exposure to hazardous materials, waste, and natural substances. 485
City of South Lake Tahoe
2025 General Plan Annual Progress Report
34 Goal HS-7: To protect and maintain the safety of residents, businesses, and visitors by reducing the threat of aircraft hazards.

Goal HS-8: To protect South Lake Tahoe’s residents, workers, and visitors from the harmful and annoying effects of excessive exposure to noise.
486
City of South Lake Tahoe
2025 General Plan Annual Progress Report
35 SECTION 11 NATURAL AND CULTURAL RESOURCES ELEMENT
The Natural and Cultural Resources Element addresses the preservation and enhancement of scenic, water, biological, historical, cultural, and mineral resources.

The City continues to implement its first Climate Action Plan (CAP), adopted in October of 2020.

The CAP serves as a long-term plan to reduce greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions from community activities and to prepare for the impacts of climate change. In addition to addressing climate change, the CAP will provide numerous co-benefits. Emissions reduction strategies are crafted to provide benefits to public health and safety, economic sustainability, local environmental quality, community resilience, and equity.

During 2025, the City took numerous actions to further the implementation of the Climate Action Plan, including the following:

Transportation:
 City installed seven dual Level 2 electric vehicle (EV) charging stations at the Heavenly Village Public Parking Garage (Bellamy Parking Garage) for 14 charging ports on the first floor (EV-1).
 City leased 12 parking spaces dedicated to fast EV charging at the general-purpose public parking lot at 3069 Harrison Avenue (EV-1).
 City secured construction funding, via a subrecipient agreement with the Tahoe Transportation District, toward an EV Charging Base Station to charge electric microtransit and City fleet vehicles, in partnership with South Shore Transit Management Association (EV-2, RE-2).
 City installed three dual EV chargers at the new Recreation and Aquatic Center (EV-1).  City sponsored the Lake Tahoe Electric Transportation Forum for the third year, educating the public and bringing partners together to scale electrification (EDT-1).  City cleared pedestrian and bike trails all winter to improve bikeability and walkability throughout winter (WB-1).
 City led the creation of a Transit JPA with El Dorado County in pursuit of working to improve the overall accessibility, reliability, and convenience of existing transit services (TR-1).
 City continued to fund microtransit (TR-1).

Water and Solid Waste:
 The City's waste hauler, South Tahoe Refuse (STR), completed its first year of 3-cart service, implementing this aspect of Senate Bill 1383, the Short-Lived Climate Pollutants Reduction Act, aimed at keeping organic material out of landfills. First-year data show a 481% increase in green waste collected (WA-2).
 STR expanded food waste drop-off days from one to five to keep more food waste out of the trash stream, further reducing short-lived climate pollutants. They also partnered with a private company that collects food waste and delivers it to the STR drop-off site on Ruth Avenue (WA-2).
 City partnered with STR to host two California Climate Action Fellows for the second of a two-year term. Fellows onboarded all local elementary schools to food waste diversion practices (WA-2, WA-3).
487
City of South Lake Tahoe
2025 General Plan Annual Progress Report
36 Land Use:
 Sugar Pine Village, the affordable, transit-oriented, solar-supported, electrified housing project, moved to Phase 2 and opened to more residents (RE-2, LUP-3).

Building Energy:
 City began implementation of the Energy Upgrades project, increasing efficiency across numerous City facilities, including a major ice arena overhaul, and adding over 400 kW of renewable solar electricity to the City portfolio next year. The project is set to conclude in 2026 (RE-1).

Watershed Health:
 South Lake Tahoe Fire Rescue expanded public awareness of wildfire risk mitigation by supporting two California Climate Action Fellows’ community education efforts in partnership with the Tahoe Resource Conservation District (CS-1).

Significant accomplishments of City institutional partners toward CAP actions included:
• South Tahoe Public Utilities District brought their 1MW ground-mounted solar system online (RE-2).
• Liberty Utilities launched a heat pump incentive program (EB-1). • Expansion of the Heavenly shuttle system (TR-1, TR-2). • A multi-partner effort completed a pilot shuttle program to Emerald Bay (TR-2). • South Lake Tahoe Fire Rescue completed several key Hazardous Fuels Reduction projects this past year. These projects demonstrate the City’s ongoing commitment to public safety, transportation, and environmental stewardship (CS-1).

The existing Natural and Cultural Resources Element goals are provided below for reference.

Natural and Cultural Resources Element Goals
Goal NCR-1: To protect and enhance the visual connection of South Lake Tahoe’s and the Lake Tahoe Basin’s scenic resources.

Goal NCR-2: To protect and enhance the clarity of Lake Tahoe and water quality in the area’s rivers, creeks, and groundwater.

Goal NCR-3: To protect, restore, and enhance biological habitats and wildlife species in South Lake Tahoe.

Goal NCR-4: To preserve and maintain sites and structures that serve as significant, visible connections to South Lake Tahoe’s social, cultural, and architectural history.

Goal NCR-5: To incorporate air quality transportation improvements and emission reductions directly with land use and transportation planning.

Goal NCR-6: To encourage energy conservation in new and existing developments in order to reduce greenhouse gas emissions, limit their effect on global warming, and to create a more sustainable environment.
488
City of South Lake Tahoe
2025 General Plan Annual Progress Report
37 SECTION 12 NEIGHBORHOOD PRIORITY LISTS
The Neighborhood Priority Lists chapter of the General Plan outlines proposed land use, economic development, transportation, and housing actions for the City’s different neighborhoods. The list of neighborhood improvement priorities was created based on features identified by residents and stakeholders that were missing in their individual neighborhoods. It should be noted that two community plans (Stateline/Ski Run and Tahoe Valley) have since been replaced with two new Area Plans (Tourist Core Area Plan and Tahoe Valley Area Plan).

During 2025, the City implemented several projects and actions to address the Neighborhood Priority Lists, including the following:
#A: South Y Industrial Tract Community Plan
Priorities: 1) Expand role as an economic center
 Tahoe Valley Area Plan Amendments to Include South Y Industrial Tract Area (Ongoing; Anticipated Adoption in the fall of 2026)
#B: Tahoe Valley Area Plan (previously Tahoe Valley Community Plan) #N1: Tahoe Valley Node
Priorities: 1) Improve walkability and bikeability; 2) Develop parks and community gathering places; 3) Encourage mixed-use development with affordable housing; 4) Plant native landscaping and trees in parking areas and along streets; 5) Expand role as an economic center  Tata Lane/Sugar Pine Village Sidewalk Project (Ongoing; Planning and Design in 2026)  Tahoe Valley Stormwater and Greenbelt Improvement Project o Phase 1 (Completed in 2025)
o Phase 2 (Under Construction; Anticipated Completion in 2026)  Affordable Housing Development [Sugar Pine Village] at 1029 Tata Lane and 1860 Lake Tahoe Boulevard (Under Construction; Anticipated Completion in 2028)  Food Hall at 1030 Tata Lane (Completed in 2025)
 Multi-family Residential Development at 1150 Melba Drive (Completed in 2025)  Mixed-Use Development [Alpine Estates] at 2070 Lake Tahoe Boulevard (Ongoing; Pending Entitlements)
 Bicycle Amenities and Wayfinding Signage Added in this Neighborhood (Repair Station Completed in 2025; Pending Wayfinding Completion in 2026)  CTC Upper Truckee Marsh South Project (Demolition of Motel 6 Completed in 2025; Community Outreach/Conceptual Planning Ongoing)
#C: Bijou/Al Tahoe Community Plan
Priorities: 1) Expand role as an economic center; 2) Develop new social centers; 3) Construct a new government center
 Mid-Town Area Plan (Ongoing; Anticipated Adoption in 2026)  Recreation and Aquatic Center Project (Under Construction; Anticipated Completion in 2026)
 Skateboard Park in Bijou Park (Completed in the summer of 2025)  Omni Tahoe Mobile Vending Location (Ongoing; Pending Entitlements)  Lake Tahoe Community College Student Housing (Completed in 2025) 489
City of South Lake Tahoe
2025 General Plan Annual Progress Report
38 #D: Tourist Core Area Plan (previously Stateline / Ski Run Community Plan) #N2: Stateline Node
Priorities: 1) Improve walkability and bikeability; 2) Encourage mixed-use development with affordable housing; 3) Improve and maintain Ski Run Boulevard; 4) Expand role as the primary visitor economic center; 5) Develop additional visitor services and housing  Water-efficient Landscaping on Ski Run Boulevard (Completed in 2025)  Heavenly Village Public Parking Garage Renovation (Completed in 2025)  Condominiums at 3708 Lake Tahoe Boulevard and 3709 Osgood Avenue (Under Construction; Anticipated Completion in 2027)
 Affordable Housing at 3900 and 3908 Lake Tahoe Boulevard (Entitlements in 2025; Construction of Phase 1 Expected in May of 2026)
 Ski Run Marina Mobile Vending Location (Entitlements in 2025)  ROAM Tahoe (Chateau) Mixed-Use Development (Ongoing; Pending Entitlements)  Multi-family Residential Development at 3794 Montreal Road (Ongoing; Pending Subdivision in 2026)
 Bicycle Amenities and Wayfinding Signage Added in this Neighborhood (Repair Station Completed in 2025; Pending Wayfinding Completion in 2026)  Stateline Avenue Complete Streets Project (Ongoing; Conceptual Planning and Community Outreach in 2026)
#1: Tahoe Keys Neighborhood
Priorities: 1) Improve infrastructure, including streets and drainage; 2) Develop sidewalks and bike paths along Tahoe Keys Boulevard and Venice Drive; 3) Develop pedestrian and bike “boardwalks” between Tahoe Keys and Pope Beach Road and between Tahoe Keys and Al Tahoe; 4) Develop a park/gathering space at the southeast corner of Tahoe Keys Boulevard and Venice Drive; 5) Provide better transit service through neighborhood; 6) Develop more park and recreational opportunities on publicly-owned vacant parcels; 7) Work with TKPOA to develop a property upkeep ordinance; 8) Develop a roundabout at Tahoe Keys Boulevard and Venice Drive; 9) Develop better and safer street lighting
 Redevelopment of Tahoe Keys Marina (Ongoing; Pending Environmental Review and Entitlements)
 Construction of Water Supply Well (Ongoing; Pending Environmental Review and Entitlements)
#2: Tahoe Island Neighborhood
Priorities: 1) Develop bike lanes and sidewalks along Tahoe Keys Boulevard; 2) Improve safety; 3) Improve infrastructure, including streets and drainage; 4) Reduce fire risks; 5) Develop community gathering places, parks, and recreation areas; 6) Develop a neighborhood park; 7) Maintain safe roads with frequent snow removal; 8) Improve public access to trails, rivers, and meadows; 9) Provide better transit service through neighborhood; 10) Develop better and safer lighting
 Bicycle Amenities and Wayfinding Signage Added in this Neighborhood (Repair Station Completed in 2025; Pending Wayfinding Completion in 2026) #3: Gardner Mountain Neighborhood
Priorities: 1) Promote a walkable and bikeable neighborhood; 2) Improve public services; 3) Improve neighborhood safety through improved street lighting; 4) Promote a sense of community; 5) Develop mixed-use projects with affordable housing; 6) Provide for a greater mix of uses; 7) 490
City of South Lake Tahoe
2025 General Plan Annual Progress Report
39 Develop sidewalks and crosswalks along US Highway 50 and CA SR 89, 10th Street, and 13th Street; 8) Develop on-street roadway buffers along US Highway 50 and CA SR 89; 9) Improve intersections at Julie Lane and Gardner Street and other main thoroughfares  No action in 2025
#4: Bonanza Neighborhood
Priorities: 1) Develop new parks and community gathering places  No action in 2025
#5: Barton Neighborhood
Priorities: 1) Improve walkability and bikeability; 2) Develop new parks and community gathering places
 No action in 2025
#6: Airport Neighborhood
Priorities: 1) Expand resident and visitor services at Lake Tahoe Airport  Airport Master Plan (Phase I Approved in 2024; Pending Phase II Approval)  Runway 18 PAPI System Rehabilitation and Pavement Project (Completed in 2025) #7: Winnemucca Neighborhood
Priorities: 1) Improve walkability and bikeability; 2) Develop new parks and community gathering places
 Commercial Redevelopment and Addition at 2280 Lake Tahoe Boulevard (Entitlements in 2025; Pending Building Permit)
#8: Tahoe Valley Neighborhood
Priorities: 1) Improve walkability and bikeability; 2) Develop new parks and community gathering places
 Motel 6 Bridge Scour Repair (Design Phase in 2025; Pending Construction in 2026)  CTC Upper Truckee Marsh South Project (Demolition of Motel 6 Completed in 2025; Community Outreach/Conceptual Planning Ongoing)
#9: Highland Woods Neighborhood
Priorities: 1) Promote a walkable and bikeable neighborhood; 2) Improve walkability and bikeability; 3) Provide better transit service through neighborhood; 4) Improve traffic safety; 5) Provide measures for a safer neighborhood; 6) Reduce fire threats; 7) Develop community gathering places; 8) Improve public services; 9) Encourage a sense of community and pride in ownership by adopting a property upkeep ordinance; 10) Improve roadway signage; 11) Improve erosion control measures; 12) Encourage a consistent community design  No action in 2025
#10: Sierra Tract Neighborhood
Priorities: 1) Promote a walkable and bikeable neighborhood; 2) Improve walkability and bikeability; 3) Provide better transit service through neighborhood; 4) Improve traffic safety; 5) Provide measures for a safer neighborhood; 6) Reduce fire threats; 7) Develop community gathering places; 8) Improve public services; 9) Encourage a sense of community and pride in 491
City of South Lake Tahoe
2025 General Plan Annual Progress Report
40 ownership by adopting a property upkeep ordinance; 10) Improve roadway signage; 11) Improve erosion control measures; 12) Encourage a consistent community design  Speed Limit Reduced on Sierra Boulevard (Completed in 2025) #11: Al Tahoe Neighborhood
Priorities: 1) Improved road maintenance and snow removal; 2) Provide measures for a safer neighborhood; 3) Develop community gathering places; 4) Continue to support public land neighbors (CTC and USFS); 5) Promote a walkable and bikeable neighborhood; 6) Improve walkability and bikeability; 7) Provide better transit service through neighborhood; 8) Improve road infrastructure, maintenance, and safety; 9) Encourage consistent community design; 10) Improve roadway signage; 11) Improve erosion control measures
 Regan Beach Landing Project (Received Funding; Planning and Design in 2026) #12: Bijou Pines Neighborhood
Priorities: 1) Improve infrastructure, including streets and drainage; 2) Develop affordable, workforce, and inter-generation housing; 3) Improve access and connectivity to surrounding neighborhoods
 Johnson Boulevard Complete Streets Project (Ongoing; Seeking Additional Funding in 2026)
#13: Pioneer Village Neighborhood
Priorities: 1) Improve infrastructure, including streets and drainage; 2) Develop affordable, workforce, and inter-generation housing; 3) Improve access and connectivity to surrounding neighborhoods
 No action in 2025
#14: Rancho Bijou Neighborhood
Priorities: 1) Improve infrastructure, including streets and drainage; 2) Develop affordable, workforce, and inter-generation housing; 3) Improve access and connectivity to surrounding neighborhoods
 Bicycle Amenities and Wayfinding Signage Added in this Neighborhood (Repair Station Completed in 2025; Pending Wayfinding Completion in 2026)  Pioneer Trail Pedestrian Improvement – Phase 2 (Under Construction; Anticipated Completion in 2026)
#15: Rancho Bijou Acres
Priorities: 1) Develop community gathering places; 2) Develop bike and pedestrian paths to connect to nearby places; 3) Encourage a sense of community and pride in ownership by adopting a property upkeep ordinance; 4) Develop affordable, workforce, and inter-generation housing; 5) Provide measures for a safer neighborhood; 6) Improve street maintenance; 7) Improve infrastructure, including streets and drainage
 Annual Road Rehabilitation Project (Completed in 2025)  Dennis T. Machida Memorial Trail - CTC Greenway Phase 1C (Ongoing; Purchase Easements in 2026)
 Upper Bijou Park Creek Watershed Restoration Project (Under Construction; Seeking Additional Funding in 2026)
492
City of South Lake Tahoe
2025 General Plan Annual Progress Report
41  Pioneer Trail Pedestrian Improvement – Phase 2 (Under Construction; Anticipated Completion in 2026)
#16: Heavenly Village Neighborhood
Priorities: 1) Improve infrastructure, including streets and drainage; 2) Develop affordable, workforce, and inter-generation housing; 3) Improve access and connectivity to surrounding neighborhoods
 No action in 2025
#17: Bijou Park Neighborhood
Priorities: 1) Develop community gathering places; 2) Develop bike and pedestrian paths to connect to nearby places; 3) Encourage a sense of community and pride in ownership by adopting a property upkeep ordinance; 4) Develop affordable, workforce, and inter-generation housing; 5) Provide measures for a safer neighborhood; 6) Develop mixed land uses; 7) Improve street maintenance; 8) Improve infrastructure, including streets and drainage  No action in 2025
#18: Stateline Residential Neighborhood
Priorities: 1) Improve infrastructure, including streets and drainage; 2) Develop affordable, workforce, and inter-generation housing; 3) Improve access and connectivity to surrounding neighborhoods
 No action in 2025
#19: Tahoe Meadows Neighborhood
Priorities: 1) Improve infrastructure, including streets and drainage  No action in 2025
#20: Lakeside Park Neighborhood
Priorities: 1) Improve infrastructure, including streets and drainage; 2) Preserve historic structure and land use patterns
 Stateline Avenue Complete Streets Project (Ongoing; Conceptual Planning and Community Outreach in 2026)
 Bicycle Amenities and Wayfinding Signage Added in this Neighborhood (Repair Station Completed in 2025; Pending Wayfinding Completion in 2026) 493
City of South Lake Tahoe
2025 General Plan Annual Progress Report
42 APPENDIX A

CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE

HOUSING ELEMENT ANNUAL PROGRESS REPORT
CALENDAR YEAR 2025
494
Jurisdiction South Lake Tahoe ANNUAL ELEMENT PROGRESS REPORT Note: "+" indicates an optional field Reporting Year 2025 (Jan. 1 - Dec. 31) Housing Element ImplementationPlanning Period 6th Cycle 06/30/2022 - 06/30/2027 Date Application
Submitted
Total Approved
Units by Project
Total
Disapproved
Units by Project
Streamlining Historic Sites Application Status Project Type Notes 2 34 6 7 8 9 10 12 13 14
Prior APN+ Current APN Street Address Project Name+ Local Jurisdiction Tracking ID Unit Category (SFA,SFD,2 to 4,5+,ADU,MH) Tenure R=Renter O=Owner Date Application Submitted (see instructions) Acutely Low- Income Deed Restricted Acutely Low- Income Non Deed Restricted Extremely Low-Income Deed Restricted Extremely Low-Income Non Deed Restricted Very Low- Income Deed Restricted Very Low- Income Non Deed Restricted Low-Income Deed Restricted Low-Income Non Deed Restricted Moderate- Income Deed Restricted Moderate- Income Non Deed Restricted Above Moderate- Income Total PROPOSED Units by Project Total APPROVED Units by project Total DISAPPROVED Units by Project Please select
state
streamlining
provision/s the
application was
submitted
pursuant to.

Is this project
located on a site
with an
associated
historical
designation as
outlined in
Government
Code Section
65400(a)(2)(N)
and reported on
Table L?
Did the housing
development
application seek
incentives or
concessions
pursuant to
Government
Code section
65915?
Were incentives
or concessions
requested
pursuant to
Government
Code section
65915
approved?
Please indicate
the status of
the application.

Is the project
considered a
ministerial
project or
discretionary
project?
Notes+
Summary Row: Start Data Entry Below 0 0 9 0 9 0 114 0 0 0 63 195 24 0 023682026 905 LINDA AVE 25010026 SFD O 1/13/2025 1 1 1 NONE No No N/A Approved Ministerial 029720001 3794 MONTREAL RD #A OLD COLONY INN RESIDENCES (#24-107) 25020023 SFD O 2/10/2025 1 1 1 NONE No No N/A Approved Ministerial029720002 3794 MONTREAL RD #B OLD COLONY INN RESIDENCES (#24-107) 25020053 SFD O 2/18/2025 1 1 NONE No No N/A Pending Ministerial026134004 798 SONOMA AVE 25020045 ADU R 2/14/2025 1 1 1 NONE No No N/A Approved Ministerial 023341007 848 GLORENE AVE #B 25020127 ADU R 2/28/2025 1 1 NONE No No N/A Pending Ministerial 023391008 1072 4TH ST 25030032 SFD O 3/11/2025 1 1 NONE No No N/A Pending Ministerial029341001 1051 FERN RD #D 25040035 ADU R 4/9/2025 1 1 1 NONE No No N/A Approved Ministerial 027151006 3684 LARCH AVE ADU25-0002 ADU R 4/23/2025 1 1 1 NONE No No N/A Approved Ministerial 025551004 3541 APRIL DR ADU25-0005 ADU R 5/15/2025 1 1 NONE No No N/A Pending Ministerial DEED RESTRICTED PER TRPA BONUS UNIT REQUIREMENTS 031281022 2447 CONESTOGA ST #A RESNEW25-0004 SFD O 4/30/2025 1 1 NONE No No N/A Pending Ministerial031281022 2447 CONESTOGA ST #B ADU25-0006 ADU R 5/20/2025 1 1 NONE No No N/A Pending Ministerial 031134024 2709 ARMSTRONG AVE ADU25-0007 ADU R 5/28/2025 1 1 1 NONE No No N/A Approved Ministerial 031132012 1069 MARTIN AVE #A RESNEW25-0005 SFD O 5/1/2025 1 1 NONE No No N/A Pending Ministerial031132012 1069 MARTIN AVE #B ADU25-0009 ADU R 6/3/2025 1 1 NONE No No N/A Pending Ministerial 031132012 1069 MARTIN AVE #C ADU25-0008 ADU R 5/28/2025 1 1 NONE No No N/A Pending Ministerial 031132013 2675 ELWOOD AVE #A RESNEW25-0026 SFD O 6/7/2025 1 1 NONE No No N/A Pending Ministerial031132013 2675 ELWOOD AVE #B ADU25-0013 ADU R 6/30/2025 1 1 NONE No No N/A Pending Ministerial 031132013 2675 ELWOOD AVE #C ADU25-0010 ADU R 6/7/2025 1 1 NONE No No N/A Pending Ministerial 027111004 1048 HERBERT AVE ADU25-0012 ADU R 6/20/2025 1 1 NONE No No N/A Pending Ministerial 026094026 724 MODESTO AVE ADU25-0015 ADU R 9/8/2025 1 1 1 NONE No No N/A Approved Ministerial 023151030 725 JAMES AVE ADU25-0016 ADU R 9/23/2025 1 1 NONE No No N/A Pending Ministerial DEED RESTRICTED PER TRPA BONUS UNIT REQUIREMENTS 026252001 940 STAR LAKE AVE ADU25-0018 ADU R 11/30/2025 1 1 NONE No No N/A Pending Ministerial DEED RESTRICTED PER TRPA BONUS UNIT REQUIREMENTS 031103002 1017 BLUE LAKE AVE ADU25-0020 ADU R 12/18/2025 1 1 NONE No No N/A Pending Ministerial 023625020 773 GARDNER ST ADU25-0021 ADU R 12/19/2025 1 1 NONE No No N/A Pending Ministerial032291028 1888 LAKE TAHOE BLVD #D SUGAR PINE VILLAGE PHASE 4 (PHASE 2B PER PLANS #20- 200) MFDNEW25-0001 5+ R 12/14/2025 5 4 21 30 NONE No No No Pending Discretionary STREAMLINING = SB 35 032291028 1888 LAKE TAHOE BLVD #F SUGAR PINE VILLAGE PHASE 4 (PHASE 2B PER PLANS #20- 200) MFDNEW25-0002 5+ R 12/14/2025 4 5 21 30 NONE No No No Pending Discretionary STREAMLINING = SB 35029170001 3900 LAKE TAHOE BLVD 3900 & 3908 MULTI-FAMILY AFFORDABLE HOUSING PROJECT (#24-173) MFDNEW25-0003 5+ R 12/16/2025 72 3 75 NONE No No No Pending Discretionary STREAMLINING = SB 35; AFFORDABILITY LEVEL BREAKDOWN FOR THE UNITS IS TBD (DEVELOPER IS SECURING FINANCING) 022381022 259 BEACH DR RESNEW25-0002 SFD O 4/17/2025 1 1 1 NONE No No N/A Approved Ministerial025224019 1363 GILMORE LAKE RD RESNEW25-0003 SFD O 4/18/2025 1 1 1 NONE No No N/A Approved Ministerial022182021 2065 SLALOM CT RESNEW25-0006 SFD O 5/6/2025 1 1 NONE No No N/A Pending Ministerial025373001 1185 DOT ST RESNEW25-0024 SFD O 6/2/2025 1 1 NONE No No N/A Pending Ministerial031233014 2649 FOUNTAIN AVE RESNEW25-0025 SFD O 6/3/2025 1 1 NONE No No N/A Pending Ministerial025395011 3370 JANET DR RESNEW25-0027 SFD O 6/9/2025 1 1 1 NONE No No N/A Approved Ministerial031256003 964 RUBICON TRL RESNEW25-0033 SFD O 6/23/2025 1 1 1 NONE No No N/A Approved Ministerial029091021 4006 MEADOW RD RESNEW25-0034 SFD O 6/26/2025 1 1 1 NONE No No N/A Approved Discretionary025770003 1450 FRONTIER CT RESNEW25-0036 SFD O 7/23/2025 1 1 1 NONE No No N/A Approved Ministerial031174003 1153 O MALLEY DR RESNEW25-0037 SFD O 8/8/2025 1 1 NONE No No N/A Pending Ministerial029415004 3910 LARCH AVE RESNEW25-0038 SFD O 8/15/2025 1 1 NONE No No N/A Pending Ministerial031256006 2609 SUSSEX AVE RESNEW25-0039 SFD O 8/26/2025 1 1 NONE No No N/A Pending Ministerial031103030 1051 BLUE LAKE AVE RESNEW25-0042 SFD O 9/16/2025 1 1 NONE No No N/A Pending Ministerial026036011 860 SACRAMENTO AVE RESNEW25-0045 SFD O 10/24/2025 1 1 NONE No No N/A Pending Ministerial027153036 1161 SKI RUN BLVD RESNEW25-0047 SFD O 12/3/2025 1 1 NONE No No N/A Pending Ministerial 025223006 1357 SUSIE LAKE RD RESNEW25-0049 SFD O 12/10/2025 1 1 NONE No No N/A Pending Ministerial 023903014 2284 WASHINGTON AVE RESNEW25-0050 SFD O 12/12/2025 1 1 NONE No No N/A Pending Ministerial026064016 731 TALLAC AVE RESNEW25-0051 SFD O 12/26/2025 1 1 NONE No No N/A Pending Ministerial027381001 1050 FREMONT AVE RESNEW25-0052 SFD O 12/30/2025 1 1 NONE No No N/A Pending Ministerial022171053 404 CHRISTIE DR RESNEW25-0053 SFD O 12/30/2025 1 1 NONE No No N/A Pending Ministerial 027153038 3659 TAMARACK AVE RESNEW25-0055 SFD O 12/31/2025 1 1 NONE No No N/A Pending Ministerial 027170012 1050 FREMONT AVE FREMONT MULTI-FAMILY HOMES 25-029 5+ R 2/24/2025 11 11 11 NONE No No No Approved Discretionary 022210032 2435 VENICE DR TAHOE KEYS MARINA REDEVELOPMENT DR25-007 2 to 4 R 5/8/2025 3 3 NONE No No No Pending Discretionary 029010015 821 STATELINE AVE DR25-018 SFD O 12/30/2025 1 1 NONE No No N/A Pending Discretionary Table A
Cells in grey contain auto-calculation formulas
1 5
Project Identifier Unit Types Density Bonus Law Applications 11 Housing Development Applications Submitted
Proposed Units - Affordability by Household Incomes
495
Jurisdiction South Lake Tahoe ANNUAL ELEMENT PROGRESS REPORT Reporting Year 2025 (Jan. 1 - Dec. 31) Housing Element Implementation Cells in grey contain auto-calculation formulas Planning Period 6th Cycle 06/30/2022 - 06/30/2027
Table A2
Streamlining Historic Sites Infill
Housing
without
Financial
Assistance or
Deed
Restrictions
Term of
Affordability or
Deed
Restriction
Notes
23 56 89 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
Prior APN+ Current APN Street Address Project Name+ Local Jurisdiction Tracking ID Unit Category (SFA,SFD,2 to 4,5+,ADU,MH) Tenure R=Renter O=Owner Acutely Low- Income Deed Restricted Acutely Low- Income Non Deed Restricted Extremely Low- Income Deed Restricted Extremely Low- Income Non Deed Restricted Very Low- Income Deed Restricted Very Low- Income Non Deed Restricted Low- Income Deed Restricted Low- Income Non Deed Restricted Moderate- Income Deed Restricted Moderate- Income Non Deed Restricted Above Moderate- Income Entitlement Date Approved # of Units issued Entitlements Acutely Low- Income Deed Restricted Acutely Low- Income Non Deed Restricted Extremely Low- Income Deed Restricted Extremely Low- Income Non Deed Restricted Very Low- Income Deed Restricted Very Low- Income Non Deed Restricted Low- Income Deed Restricted Low- Income Non Deed Restricted Moderate- Income Deed Restricted Moderate- Income Non Deed Restricted Above Moderate- Income Building Permits Date Issued # of Units Issued Building Permits Acutely Low- Income Deed Restricted Acutely Low- Income Non Deed Restricted Extremely Low- Income Deed Restricted Extremely Low- Income Non Deed Restricted Very Low- Income Deed Restricted Very Low- Income Non Deed Restricted Low- Income Deed Restricted Low- Income Non Deed Restricted Moderate- Income Deed Restricted Moderate- Income Non Deed Restricted Above Moderate- Income Certificates of
Occupancy or
other forms of
readiness
(see
instructions)
Date Issued
# of Units
issued
Certificates of
Occupancy or
other forms of
readiness
Please select
the state
streamlining
provision the
project was APPROVED
pursuant to.
(may select
multiple)
Is this project
located on a site
with an
associated
historical
designation as
outlined in
Government
Code Section
65400(a)(2)(N)
and reported on
Table L?
Infill Units?
Y/N+
Assistance
Programs for
Each
Development
(may select
multiple - see
instructions)
Deed
Restriction
Type
(may select
multiple - see
instructions)
For units
affordable
without
financial
assistance or
deed
restrictions,
explain how the
locality
determined the
units were
affordable
(see
instructions)
Term of
Affordability or
Deed
Restriction
(years) (if
affordable in
perpetuity enter
1000)+
Number of
Demolished/D
estroyed Units
Demolished or
Destroyed
Units
Demolished/D
estroyed Units
Owner or
Renter
Total Density
Bonus Applied
to the Project
(Percentage
Increase in
Total Allowable
Units or Total
Maximum Allowable
Residential
Gross Floor
Area)
Number of Other
Incentives,
Concessions, Waivers,
or Other Modifications
Given to the Project
(Excluding Parking
Waivers or Parking
Reductions)
List the
incentives,
concessions,
waivers, and
modifications
(Excluding
Parking Waivers
or Parking
Modifications)
Did the project receive a
reduction or waiver of
parking standards? (Y/N)
Notes+
Summary Row: Start Data Entry Below 0 0 0 0 0 0 72 0 0 0 14 86 0 0 18 0 0 0 41 0 1 0 38 98 0 0 18 0 0 0 41 0 0 0 35 94 13 028221030 3907 SADDLE RD 22010054 SFD O 0 0 1 6/18/2025 1 NONE No Y 025261009 1316 HEATHER LAKE RD 22010102 SFD O 0 0 1 9/12/2025 1 NONE No N 023511011 867 CLEMENT ST 22050027 SFD O 0 0 1 4/3/2025 1 NONE No Y 026152002 2890 SACRAMENTO AVE #A 22060114 SFA O 0 0 1 1/13/2025 1 NONE No N 026152002 2890 SACRAMENTO AVE #B 23030006 ADU R 0 0 1 1/13/2025 1 NONE No N Other 1000 DEED RESTRICTED PER TRPA BONUS UNIT REQUIREMENTS 022051067 2141 INVERNESS DR 22070007 SFD O 0 0 1 2/4/2025 1 NONE No Y 1 Demolished O 029082009 4007 CEDAR AVE 22120105 SFD O 0 0 1 9/8/2025 1 NONE No Y 1 Demolished O 032151009 1971 F ST #A1 F STREET RESIDENTIAL (#23-117) 22120110 5+ R 0 1 8/8/2025 1 0 NONE No Y 032151009 1971 F ST #A2 F STREET RESIDENTIAL (#23-117) 22120111 5+ R 0 1 8/11/2025 1 0 NONE No Y 032151009 1971 F ST #B1 F STREET RESIDENTIAL (#23-117) 22120112 5+ R 0 1 8/11/2025 1 0 NONE No Y 032151009 1971 F ST #B2 F STREET RESIDENTIAL (#23-117) 22120113 5+ R 0 1 8/11/2025 1 0 NONE No Y 032151009 1971 F ST #C1 F STREET RESIDENTIAL (#23-117) 22120114 5+ R 0 1 8/11/2025 1 0 NONE No Y 032151009 1971 F ST #C2 F STREET RESIDENTIAL (#23-117) 22120115 5+ R 0 1 8/11/2025 1 0 NONE No Y 032151009 1971 F ST #D1 F STREET RESIDENTIAL (#23-117) 22120116 5+ R 0 1 8/11/2025 1 0 NONE No Y 032151009 1971 F ST #D2 F STREET RESIDENTIAL (#23-117) 22120117 5+ R 0 1 8/11/2025 1 0 NONE No Y 032151009 1971 F ST #E1 F STREET RESIDENTIAL (#23-117) 22120118 5+ R 0 1 8/11/2025 1 0 NONE No Y 032151009 1971 F ST #E2 F STREET RESIDENTIAL (#23-117) 22120119 5+ R 0 1 8/11/2025 1 0 NONE No Y 032151009 1971 F ST #F F STREET RESIDENTIAL (#23-117) 22120120 ADU R 0 1 8/11/2025 1 0 NONE No Y 1 Demolished O 032151009 1971 F ST #G F STREET RESIDENTIAL (#23-117) 22120121 ADU R 0 1 8/11/2025 1 0 NONE No Y 029341001 1051 FERN RD #D 25040035 ADU R 0 1 5/7/2025 1 1 9/19/2025 1 NONE No Y 029341003 1065 FERN RD #A 23030063 2 to 4 R 0 0 1 5/29/2025 1 NONE No Y 029341003 1065 FERN RD #B 23030064 2 to 4 R 0 0 1 5/29/2025 1 NONE No Y 029341003 1065 FERN RD #C 23030115 2 to 4 R 0 0 1 5/29/2025 1 NONE No Y 029341003 1065 FERN RD #D 24120047 ADU R 0 1 5/28/2025 1 1 5/29/2025 1 NONE No Y 029341003 1065 FERN RD #E 23030118 ADU R 0 0 1 5/29/2025 1 NONE No Y 031215002 2502 FOUNTAIN AVE 24020096 SFD O 0 0 1 1/22/2025 1 NONE No Y 032291028 1888 LAKE TAHOE BLVD #C SUGAR PINE VILLAGE PHASE 3 (PHASE 1B PER PLANS #20-200) 24050003 5+ R 0 9 20 1 2/27/2025 30 0 NONE No Y HOME, IIG, MHP, Other Other 55 STREAMLINING = SB 35; OTHER ASSITANCE PROGRAMS = HOME PI LOAN, FEDERAL TAX CREDIT EQUITY, PERM LOAN, LGMG, DEFERRED DEV. FEE; DEED RESTRICTED PER HCD FUNDING REQUIREMENTS; MANAGER'S UNIT MAY BE IN

BLDG C OR E TBD
032291028 1888 LAKE TAHOE BLVD #E SUGAR PINE VILLAGE PHASE 3 (PHASE 1B PER PLANS #20-200) 24050004 5+ R 0 9 21 2/27/2025 30 0 NONE No Y HOME, IIG, MHP, Other Other 55 STREAMLINING = SB 35; OTHER ASSITANCE PROGRAMS = HOME PI LOAN, FEDERAL TAX CREDIT EQUITY, PERM LOAN, LGMG, DEFERRED DEV. FEE; DEED RESTRICTED PER HCD FUNDING REQUIREMENTS; MANAGER'S UNIT MAY BE IN

BLDG C OR E TBD
032291028 1888 LAKE TAHOE BLVD #G SUGAR PINE VILLAGE PHASE 2 (PHASE 2A PER PLANS #20-200) 22120059 5+ R 0 0 9 21 10/1/2025 30 NONE No Y AHSC, IIG, Other Other 55 STREAMLINING = SB 35; OTHER ASSITANCE PROGRAMS = CITY COVERAGE LOAN, PERM LOAN, STATE HOUSING ACCELERATOR, PLHA, LGMG; DEED RESTRICTED PER HCD FUNDING REQUIREMENTS031194010 2619 ALMA AVE 24050188 SFD O 0 0 1 8/22/2025 1 NONE No Y 032283019 1259 DEDI AVE 24050189 SFD O 0 0 1 10/27/2025 1 NONE No Y 023693014 603 GARDNER ST 24060031 SFD O 0 1 5/1/2025 1 1 11/7/2025 1 NONE No N 022061054 2164 BALBOA DR 24080112 SFD O 0 1 5/23/2025 1 0 NONE No Y 1 Demolished O 023162016 767 GLORENE AVE 24090071 SFD O 0 1 7/25/2025 1 0 NONE No Y 029181033 3835 FOREST AVE 24090110 2 to 4 R 0 2 6/2/2025 2 0 NONE No Y 1 Demolished O 029101023 3779 BEACH RD 24090120 SFD O 0 1 6/30/2025 1 0 NONE No Y 1 Demolished O 029391020 3676 ROCKY POINT RD #C 24100128 ADU R 0 1 3/19/2025 1 0 NONE No Y Other Other 1000 DEED RESTRICTED PER TRPA BONUS UNIT REQUIREMENTS025554013 3560 RALPH DR 24110048 ADU R 0 1 2/20/2025 1 0 NONE No Y 032275008 1084 DEDI AVE 24120016 SFD O 0 1 4/30/2025 1 1 12/23/2025 1 NONE No Y 023682026 905 LINDA AVE 25010026 SFD O 0 1 8/15/2025 1 0 NONE No Y 029720001 3794 MONTREAL RD #A OLD COLONY INN RESIDENCES (#24- 107) 25020023 SFD O 0 1 9/11/2025 1 0 NONE No N 029720002 3794 MONTREAL RD #B OLD COLONY INN RESIDENCES (#24- 107) 25020053 SFD O 0 1 9/11/2025 1 0 NONE No N026134004 798 SONOMA AVE 25020045 ADU R 0 1 5/1/2025 1 0 NONE No Y 031184021 2535 ALMA AVE 25020046 SFD O 0 1 2/14/2025 1 1 2/18/2025 1 NONE No Y 1 Demolished R 027151006 3684 LARCH AVE ADU25-0002 ADU R 0 1 9/30/2025 1 0 NONE No Y 031134024 2709 ARMSTRONG AVE ADU25-0007 ADU R 0 1 8/21/2025 1 0 NONE No Y 026094026 724 MODESTO AVE ADU25-0015 ADU R 0 1 12/1/2025 1 1 12/1/2025 1 NONE No Y 022381022 259 BEACH DR RESNEW25-0002 SFD O 0 1 9/8/2025 1 0 NONE No Y 1 Demolished O 025224019 1363 GILMORE LAKE RD RESNEW25-0003 SFD O 0 1 12/1/2025 1 0 NONE No Y 025395011 3370 JANET DR RESNEW25-0027 SFD O 0 1 6/9/2025 1 0 NONE No Y 031124003 2612 ELWOOD AVE RESNEW25-0028 SFD O 0 1 6/16/2025 1 1 6/17/2025 1 NONE No Y 031256003 964 RUBICON TRL RESNEW25-0033 SFD O 0 1 8/14/2025 1 1 12/23/2025 1 NONE No Y 029091021 4006 MEADOW RD RESNEW25-0034 SFD O 0 1 10/22/2025 1 0 NONE No Y 1 Demolished O 25770003 1450 FRONTIER CT RESNEW25-0036 SFD O 0 1 11/3/2025 1 0 NONE No Y 029170001 3900 LAKE TAHOE BLVD 3900 & 3908 MULTI-FAMILY AFFORDABLE HOUSING PROJECT 24-173 5+ R 72 3 5/13/2025 75 0 0 NONE No Y Other Other 55 STREAMLINING = SB 35; OTHER ASSISTANCE PROGRAMS = PIP, PLHA (FUNDING HAS ONLY BEEN FOR PREDEVELOPMENT COSTS); DEED RESTRICTED PER

HCD FUNDING REQUIREMENTS
027170012 1050 FREMONT AVE FREMONT MULTI-FAMILY HOMES 25-029 5+ R 11 9/30/2025 11 0 0 NONE No Y 032291028 1888 LAKE TAHOE BLVD #H SUGAR PINE VILLAGE PHASE 2 (PHASE 2A PER PLANS #20-200) 22120060 5+ R 0 0 9 20 1 10/1/2025 30 NONE No Y AHSC, IIG, Other Other 55 STREAMLINING = SB 35; OTHER ASSITANCE PROGRAMS = CITY COVERAGE LOAN, PERM LOAN, STATE HOUSING ACCELERATOR, PLHA, LGMG; DEED RESTRICTED PER HCD FUNDING REQUIREMENTS 028052004 3760 TERRACE DR 22070145 SFD O 0 0 1 7/2/2025 1 NONE No Y 027144016 3792 ASPEN AVE 23110030 SFD O 0 0 1 5/9/2025 1 NONE No Y 027134010 1101 SONORA AVE 21030074 SFD O 0 0 1 11/6/2025 1 NONE No Y 1 Demolished O 032279009 1129 DEDI AVE 23060209 SFD O 0 0 1 12/4/2025 1 NONE No Y 031153006 2568 KNOX AVE 22120034 SFD O 0 0 1 7/29/2025 1 NONE No Y 026061006 692 LILY AVE 22100150 SFD O 0 0 1 2/4/2025 1 NONE No Y 026021011 747 LAKEVIEW AVE 23110101 SFD O 0 0 1 6/27/2025 1 NONE No Y 1 Demolished O 023531006 576 JAMES AVE 22090169 SFD O 0 0 1 3/12/2025 1 NONE No Y 1 Demolished O 032282016 1247 MARGARET AVE 24050006 SFD O 0 0 1 6/3/2025 1 NONE No Y 1 Demolished O 026122036 676 EL DORADO AVE 21030125 SFD O 0 0 1 9/15/2025 1 NONE No Y 023554007 678 ANITA DR 21060047 SFD O 0 0 1 6/10/2025 1 NONE No Y 022192013 2076 TRAVERSE CT 24050090 SFD O 0 0 1 8/6/2025 1 NONE No Y Note: "+" indicates an optional field
Housing with Financial
Assistance and/or Deed
Restrictions
Project Identifier Demolished/Destroyed Units
Annual Building Activity Report Summary - New Construction, Entitled, Permits and Completed Units Density Bonus
1 Unit Types Affordability by Household Incomes - Completed Entitlement Affordability by Household Incomes - Building Permits Affordability by Household Incomes - Certificates of Occupancy 4 7 10
496
Jurisdiction South Lake Tahoe ANNUAL ELEMENT PROGRESS REPORT Reporting Year 2025 (Jan. 1 - Dec. 31) Housing Element ImplementationPlanning Period 6th Cycle 06/30/2022 - 06/30/2027 1 Projection
Period 34
RHNA Allocation
by Income Level
Projection
Period -
12/31/2021-
06/29/2022
2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027
Total Units
to Date (all
years)
Total Remaining
RHNA by
Income Level
Deed Restricted - - - - - - - - - - Non-Deed Restricted - - - - - - - - - - Deed Restricted - - - - 18 - - - - - Non-Deed Restricted - - - - - - - - - - Deed Restricted - - - - - - - - - - Non-Deed Restricted - - - - - - - - - -
Deed Restricted - 68 61 - 41 - - - - - Non-Deed Restricted - - - - - - - - - - Deed Restricted 3 - - 2 1 - - - - - Non-Deed Restricted - - - - - - - - - - Above Moderate 127 32 23 44 58 38 - - - - - 195 -
289
35 91 105 60 98 - - - - - 389 88
Please note: The APR form can only display data for one planning period. To view progress for a different planning period, you may login to HCD's online APR system, or contact HCD staff at [email protected].

Acutely Low - -
*For years prior to 2025, data on deed-restricted vs. non-deed restricted Extremely Low-Income units is approximated from whether the projects reported any deed-restricted Very Low-Income Units. If you wish to edit this historical data for accuracy or have any questions about the data, you may login to HCD's online APR system, or contact HCD staff at [email protected] Units*For jurisdictions that received RHNA determinations for the current cycle prior to the passage of AB 3093 (September 19, 2024):- You were not allocated Acutely Low-Income and Extremely Low-Income RHNA targets, therefore the allocations in Field 1 are listed as "0" - If you wish to set your own targets in these income categories for informational purposes, contact HCD staff at [email protected] All Acutely Low-Income and Extremely Low-Income units reported during the cycle are counted towards Very-Low Income RHNA progress 36 Total RHNA
- - Low
*For years prior to 2025, Acutely Low-Income units are reported within the Extremely Low-Income categoryPlease Note: Table B does not currently contain data from Table F or Table F2 for prior years. You may login to the APR system to see Table B that contains this data.Extremely Low - 6 Moderate
70 50 42
170 18
Income Level
Very Low
18 -
This table is auto-populated once you enter your jurisdiction name and current year data. Past year information comes from previous APRs.

Please contact HCD if your data is different than the material supplied here 2 Table B
Regional Housing Needs Allocation Progress
Permitted Units Issued by Affordability
52 497
Jurisdiction South Lake Tahoe ANNUAL ELEMENT PROGRESS REPORT Reporting Year 2025
(Jan. 1 - Dec.
31) Housing Element Implementation
Planning Period 6th Cycle 06/30/2022 - 06/30/2027
Date of
Rezone Rezone Type
2 4 5 6 7 9 10 11
APN Street Address Project Name+
Local
Jurisdiction
Tracking ID+
Date of
Rezone
Very LowIncome Low-Income Moderate- Income Above Moderate- Income Rezone Type Parcel Size (Acres) General Plan Designation Zoning Minimum Density Allowed Maximum Density Allowed Realistic Capacity Vacant/Nonvacant Description of Existing Uses Note: "+" indicates an optional fieldCells in grey contain auto-calculation formulas Summary Row: Start Data Entry Below
3 8
Project Identifier RHNA Shortfall by Household Income Category Sites Description 1 Sites Identified or Rezoned to Accommodate Shortfall Housing Need and No Net-Loss Law Table C
498
Jurisdiction South Lake Tahoe
Reporting Year 2025 (Jan. 1 - Dec. 31)
1 2 3 4 5 6 78 9
Name of Program Objective
Projected
Completion Date in
Housing Element
Applicable
Cycle
Status of
Program
Implementation
Program Implementation Details
Quantified
Outcomes:

Category
Quantified
Outcomes:

Count
Supporting Documents
Program 1-1 Mixed-Use Development
The City shall continue to create incentives (i.e., alternative parking requirements, streamlined permitting) to encourage production of housing in areas where residential use is appropriate to the setting and where mixed-use projects could address job and housing needs. Incentives have been included in the Tourist Core Area Plan and Tahoe Valley Area Plans as well as for affordable residential development throughout the City. The City provides information regarding the incentives at City Planning Division offices and on the City’s website. 12/18/2024 6th Cycle Completed The City adopted updates to two area plans in December 2024 and the anticipated adoption for the Mid-Town Area Plan is June 2026. Other Tahoe Valley Area Plan: https://www.cityofslt.gov/DocumentCenter/View/22231/TahoeValleyAreaPlan_Amended2024?bidId= Tourist Core Area Plan: https://www.cityofslt.gov/DocumentCenter/View/22982/TCAP_AmendedDec2024?bidId= Program 1-2 Development of Substandard/Underutilized Sites The City will provide information on substandard or underutilized parcels as part of the City’s online GIS database. The City will update the database annually. 3/31/1935 7th Cycle Continuous The City continues to identify substandard and undertilized parcels and will make this information available to the public. Other Program 1-3 Parking Best Practices
The City shall continue to research best practices for parking standards and continue to allow more flexible parking standards and shared parking for mixed-use and other housing projects. The City’s objective Residential Development and Design Standards allow parking requirement reductions for studio and one bedroom units and multi-family projects that commit to parking management measures. The City will continue to strive to balance requests for parking requirement reductions to encourage housing development with environmental and safety impacts associated with a lack of sufficient parking. Additional updates to parking standards could include one or more of the following practices: 1) Encouraging affordable housing developers to unbundle parking and rent parking spaces separately from the units.2) Allowing housing developers to pay an in-lieu fee to support public transportation access to the project site in place of some of the parking requirements. 6/2/2026 6th Cycle Continuous
The City continues to research best past practices and incorporated theses measures in two updated area plans (Tourist Core and Tahoe Valley Area Plan updates) and will incorporate updates in the Mid-Town Area Plan.

Other
Tahoe Valley Area Plan: https://www.cityofslt.gov/DocumentCenter/View/22231/TahoeValleyAreaPlan_Amended2024?bidId= Tourist Core Area Plan: https://www.cityofslt.gov/DocumentCenter/View/22982/TCAP_AmendedDec2024?bidId= Program 1-4 Using Local Incentives
The City shall produce an informational handout and have one, central hub on the City website that describes all of the City-offered incentives for multifamily and affordable housing for extremely low-, very low-, and low-income households, including bonus units, land coverage within Community Plans, and/or density bonuses in addition to incentives and options offered by TRPA. The handout will briefly summarize the local incentives and provide links to the City’s website. The information will be available on the City’s website and also at the City Development Services offices. The City will reach out to developers annually to market these incentives.In addition, the City will continue to work with TRPA and other Tahoe Basin agencies as part of Program 2-8 toward amending Basin-wide regulations to allow the City to offer density bonuses and other allowances consistent with the state density bonus law (Government Code Section 65915, et seq.). This will be added to the City’s workplan to coordinate with TRPA. The City shall use its representation as a voting member on the TRPA Governing Board and the TRPA Advisory Planning Commission and its participation in specific working group efforts such as the Tahoe Living: Housing & Community Revitalization Working Group to advance these changes to TRPA regulations. 3/1/2026 6th Cycle Completed
An ADU guidebook was created and housing development incentives were published on the City website and made available to describe development process (November 2022). A program for pre-approved ADU plans was approved by Council in 2024 with anticipated completion of the plans by early 2026.

Units 5
Development Incentives: https://www.cityofslt.gov/1247/Development-Incentive-ProgramsADU Guidebook: https://www.cityofslt.gov/DocumentCenter/View/22111/AccessoryDwelling-Unit-Guide?bidId= Program 1-5 Clarifying the Development Process
The City shall continue to provide information on the City’s website to clarify the development process for developers/builders who are looking to construct housing in South Lake Tahoe and are unfamiliar with the process. 12/31/2022 6th Cycle Continuous An ADU guidebook was created and housing development incentives were published on the City website and made available to describe development process (November 2022). A program for pre-approved ADU plans was approved by Council in 2024 with anticipated completion of the plans by early 2026.

Other
Development Incentives: https://www.cityofslt.gov/1247/Development-Incentive-ProgramsADU Guidebook: https://www.cityofslt.gov/DocumentCenter/View/22111/AccessoryDwelling-Unit-Guide?bidId= Program 1-6 Clarify how Residential-Care Facilities are allowed under state law The City will work with TRPA to amend the City and TRPA zoning regulations to specify that residential care facilities (group homes) of all sizes are allowed by right in all residential districts when TRPA and City next amend the Residential Plan Area Statements. This will be added to the City’s workplan to coordinate with TRPA. 12/18/2024 6th Cycle Completed
Amendment of the Residential Plan Area Statements was approved on December 18, 2024 for the update of the Tourist Core and Tahoe Valley Area Plans and development of the Mid-Town Area Plan is anticipated to be completed in winter 2025.

Other
Tahoe Valley Area Plan: https://www.cityofslt.gov/DocumentCenter/View/22231/TahoeValleyAreaPlan_Amended2024?bidId=Tourist Core Area Plan: https://www.cityofslt.gov/DocumentCenter/View/22982/TCAP_AmendedDec2024?bidId= Program 1-7 Small Lot Consolidation
To ensure that there is a sufficient supply of multifamily zoned land to meet the City’s Regional Housing Needs Allocation (RHNA), the City will continue to encourage lot consolidations to combine small residential lots into larger developable lots by proactively reaching out to local developers (as part of Program 1-4) and meeting with local developers to discuss development opportunities and advertise incentives for lot consolidation to accommodate affordable housing units and making applicants aware of these opportunities at the planning counter. In addition, the City will continue to allow administrative processing of lot consolidation. As developers/owners approach the City interested in lot consolidation for the development of affordable housing, the City will offer one or more of the following local incentives on a project-byproject basis given property owners’ and developers’ needs: 1) Continue to discuss consolidation opportunities with property owners of adjacent parcels identified in Appendix A. This incentive is currently in place;2) Implement a process to guide property owners through the lot consolidation (lot line adjustment) application process, and waive the fee for this particular entitlement when the resulting project includes designated deed-restricted affordable units;3) Continue to assist property owners in identifying and applying for financial resources for projects which incorporate affordable units. This incentive is currently in place. 3/31/1935 7th Cycle Not Yet Started
Establish program to guide property owners through the lot consolidation process and waive the fee for designated affordable units by September 2023, and then implement the program as applicants come forward. Reach out to local developers annually as part of Program 1-4.

Other
Program 1-8 Housing Element Implementation Progress
The City shall annually conduct a public workshop or public meeting to discuss progress on housing programs and to solicit feedback. 2/20/2025 6th Cycle Continuous February 20th, 2025 Planning Commission served as APR and public meeting on housing element progress. Meetings 1 Feb. 20, 2025 Planning Commission Agenda Packet: https://d3n9y02raazwpg.cloudfront.net/slt/d3ade926-dd97-11ef-a9e2-005056a89546- 3909ba5f-ddb4-4964-8f1e-c81219bb0cdf-1739579999.pdf

ANNUAL ELEMENT PROGRESS REPORT
Housing Element Implementation
Housing Programs Progress Report
Describe progress of all programs including local efforts to remove governmental constraints to the maintenance, improvement, and development of housing as identified in the housing element.

Table D
Program Implementation Status pursuant to GC Section 65583 499
Program 2-1 Pursue State
and Federal Funds
To support the creation of quality, affordable housing options for extremely low-, very low-, low-, and moderate-income households, the City shall continue to seek and pursue grant opportunities for state and federal funds, when appropriate and feasible. The City will prioritize use of these funds to encourage construction of lower- and moderate-income housing in Town Centers near services and amenities and integrate lower- and moderate-income housing into neighborhoods determined to be Racially or Concentrated Areas of Affluence (RCAA). 3/31/1935 7th Cycle Continuous
Between 2020 to 2025 the City has been awarded state and federal funds including the following: CDBG, PIP, PLHA Formula & Competitive, AHSC, HOME Program, HHAP, and LEAP. These grants have funded the construction or rehabilitation of 110 affordable housing units in 2025.

Units 110
Program 2-2 Partnerships for Workforce Housing
The City shall continue to work with larger employers in South Lake Tahoe (e.g., Barton Hospital, Lake Tahoe Community College, Lake Tahoe Unified School District, and resorts), St. Joseph Community Land Trust, and other organizations to develop new affordable housing opportunities for employees through public-private partnerships between the employers, developers, and local government, prioritizing sites close to employment centers. The City will work with the larger employers on a pilot program to develop a model policy for employers to provide first month’s rent and rental deposit, which would be re-paid through payroll deduction, to remove barriers to access for lower- and moderate-income households and thus promote housing mobility. Outreach efforts will be made with employers to provide education and to gather information to help create the program. The City will establish the guidelines for the policy that each employer would comply with to standardize how the employer, landlords and employee/tenant would enter into an agreement. The City will also recruit employers to participate once the policy is established.

Additional partnerships with large employers will be considered, such as:
• Partnering with property management companies to provide employers notification and first right of refusal as units become available.• Making the homebuyer programs available to employees.• Providing financial assistance or other support to employees that initially need to rent upon relocation to the city. 8/31/2025 6th Cycle Continuous
Lake Tahoe Community College completed construction of a 100-bed student dormitory in Summer 2025. All units will be deed-restricted for low- and very low-income students.

As a “school building” defined in CA Education Code 81130.5 the permitting authority for this project was the Division of the State Architect (DSA). It is therefore not included in Table 2A; however, the City supported this effort by providing 21 multifamily residential units of use for the project, at no cost. Based on the market rate of residential units of use at the time, this was equivalent to a contribution of $315,000. The units shall be returned to the City upon the adoption of an area plan which would allow bonus units to be allocated from TRPA to the project.

Persons 100 https://www.ltcc.edu/news/oncampushousing.php; https://www.ltcc.edu/campuslife/student-housing/residence-hall.php Program 2-3 InterJursidictional Cooperation for Housing The City shall continue to meet with surrounding jurisdictions in the Tahoe Basin, TRPA, and other organizations to discuss housing issues and develop cooperative strategies that address identified housing needs. This shall include meeting regularly with regional groups and other specific efforts. The outcomes of these future meetings should build regional capacity to identify State and regional grant opportunities and inform the City’s future Housing Element policies and programs. 3/31/1935 7th Cycle Continuous The City has a seat on the TRPA Regional Planning Committee and the Tahoe Living Working Group to update TRPA codes for all jurisdictions in the Tahoe Basin. Meetings 15 Program 2-4 Analysis of State Lands
The City shall continue discussing the potential for developing quality workforce and affordable housing on nonenvironmentally sensitive lands owned by the California Tahoe Conservancy (CTC), through the Tahoe Livable Communities program, and other state and federal agencies as opportunities arise. The City shall meet with CTC on a regular basis to discuss opportunities for land transfers or partnerships to develop quality workforce and affordable housing. The City shall ensure that important natural resources are protected and only pursue surplus lands that these agencies have determined do not have a clear and compatible conservation or recreation purpose consistent with agency goals. The City shall also coordinate housing efforts with local, regional, and statewide fire safety and transit efforts to ensure housing is safe and accessible. 3/31/1935 7th Cycle Continuous
The City is pursuing a land exchange with California Tahoe Conservancy (CTC) for developable parcels. The City meets regularly with the CTC and other state agencies to discuss partnerships.

Meetings 5
Program 2-5 Student and Faculty Housing
In support of the Lake Tahoe Community College (LTCC) opportunities study regarding development of student and faculty housing, the City shall continue to provide assistance to the Lake Tahoe Community College (LTCC) to examine the need for, and feasibility of, developing student and faculty housing. The City shall help identify opportunities to overcome the barriers to permanent student and faculty housing identified in the study. The City will continue to work with LTCC to monitor housing conditions on properties used to house students. 8/31/2025 6th Cycle Completed
Lake Tahoe Community College completed construction of a 100-bed student dormitory in Summer 2025. All units will be deed-restricted for low- and very low-income students. As a “school building” defined in CA Education Code 81130.5 the permitting authority for this project was the Division of the State Architect (DSA). It is therefore not included in Table 2A; however, the City supported this effort by providing 21 multifamily residential units of use for the project, at no cost. Based on the market rate of residential units of use at the time, this was equivalent to a contribution of $315,000. The units shall be returned to the City upon the adoption of an area plan which would allow bonus units to be allocated from TRPA to the project.

Persons 100 https://www.ltcc.edu/news/oncampushousing.php; https://www.ltcc.edu/campuslife/student-housing/residence-hall.php Program 2-6 Assist Nonprofit Housing Developers
The City shall provide technical and financial support (when feasible) to local, regional, and statewide not-for-profit housing sponsors that facilitate the creation of affordable housing, prioritizing projects that locate affordable housing in Town Centers near services and amenities or integrate affordable housing into affluent neighborhoods. Such support can include the donation of City-owned sites, the use of existing City housing programs for project clients when appropriate, the prompt processing of needed applications, and the preparation of funding applications. 3/31/1935 7th Cycle In Progress
The City continues to partner with Related CA and St. Joseph Community Land Trust for the development of Sugar Pine Village for 248 units of low-income housing (under 80% AMI). This project is four phases. The first phase (68 units) began construction in Fall 2022 with a Certificate of Occupancy issued in Fall 2024. The second phase (60 units) began preliminary site work in Summer 2023 and completed in Summer 2025. Construction on the third phase is expected to be completed in Fall 2026. The fourth and final phase is in the process of securing financing. The City is partnering with developers on a former Redevelopment site in the city and have initiated predevelopment for the construction of 72 additional affordable housing rental units located at 3900 and 3908 Lake Tahoe Boulevard. On April 17, 2025, Planning Commission approved the TRPA Multi-Family Dwelling Project Application for 3900 Lake Tahoe Blvd.

Units 60
Sugar Pine Village: https://sugarpinevillageslt.com/
3900 Lake Tahoe Blvd: https://novindevelopment.com/project/3900-lake-tahoe-blvd-southlake-tahoe-ca/ Program 2-7 Homebuyer Assistance Program Administration Partnering The City has initiated discussions with other agencies and organizations that may be able to take on the administration of a first-time homebuyer and/or moderate income homebuyer program for residents of the city. The City released a Request for Proposals in March 2022 for partnership with an external consultant to administer a moderate-income homebuyer program, and the City will initiate solicitation and contracting with other agencies and organizations to assist the City in administering the program. As part of this program, the City will conduct outreach to lower-income communities to promote the program and lower-income household homeownership opportunities in high resource areas. 3/31/1935 7th Cycle In Progress
The amount needed for down payment assistance in the current housing market does not make sense with the limited funding, so the City shifted funds to projects that impact more residents.

Other
Program 2-8 Mitigation of TRPA Regulations
The City shall continue to advocate for changes to TRPA regulations in order to reduce restrictions on affordable, workforce, and mixed-use housing developments. The City shall use its representation as a voting member on the TRPA Governing Board and the TRPA Advisory Planning Commission and its participation in specific working group efforts such as the Tahoe Living: Housing & Community Revitalization Working Group to advance TRPA Code Amendments and Area Plans that will reduce the following barriers to housing development. There are three categories for actions that will take place as part of this program, divided by the approval requirements and associated timing: 1) Amendments to the TRPA Code of Ordinances, 2) New Area Plan for areas currently regulated by Plan Area Statements, and 3) New Area Plan for areas currently regulated by Plan Area Statements and amendments to existing area plans. Specifc details of the three catagories can be found in the Housing Element. 6/30/2027 6th Cycle Continuous
The City continues to participate in TRPA planning processes including the Tahoe Living: Housing and Community Revitalization Working Group, the TRPA Advisory Planning Commission and TRPA Governing Board. The City adopted updates to two area plans in December 2024 and continued working on the Mid-Town Area plan with an anticipated adoption date in June 2026.

Other
500
Program 2-9 Public
Education
The City shall continue to provide information that describes the myths and realities of multifamily and affordable housing development. This will include promoting ADUs as a housing option in the city. The City will also continue to publicize programs, such as energy-efficiency programs and state and federal funding programs currently available to South Lake Tahoe residents. Information is available on the City’s website and, when needed, the City makes the presentation/slide show on myths and realities of multifamily and affordable housing development available to housing advocates and to developers involved in local affordable housing projects. The City shall continue to encourage local housing advocates to make presentations to local builders and developers, Chamber of Commerce, civic groups, and the local community. Additionally, the City shall publicize the Affordable Housing Resources page of the City’s website as a source of information on housing programs, in addition to providing information in response to inquiries via phone, email, and at the Permit Center. 6/30/2027 6th Cycle Continuous
The City created informational brochures on the City's Housing programs and resources and a large informational posterboard with educational information. These are provided at the State of the City address, and any other opportunities that Housing staff have a booth. City staff have also presented on housing at local clubs, leadership groups, and more as invited. City staff held two Housing Community Office Hours meetings in 2025 and attended 18 other meetings throughout the community to foster relationships, discuss programs, and hear challenges and solutions from the community.

Meetings 20 Affordable Housing Information and Resources: https://www.cityofslt.gov/381/Housing- Division; https://www.cityofslt.gov/2332/Affordable-Housing-Properties-Other-Deve Program 2-10 Moveable Tiny Homes
The City will consider City Code amendments to allow tiny homes on wheels/on a chassis and work with TRPA to provide this type of housing as an option in residential areas of the City. 3/1/2022 6th Cycle Completed Pursue program funding by September 2023. If funds are secured and allocated by the City Council, establish this program by September 2024 and then administration will be ongoing. If these timeframes are not met, the City will continue to pursue program implementation every year during the planning period. Moveable tiny home ordinance adopted 3/1/2022.

Other
Moveable Tiny Home Ordinance: https://www.codepublishing.com/CA/SouthLakeTahoe/html/SouthLakeTahoe06/SouthLakeTahoe0685.html#6.85.060 Program 2-11 Local Funding Source Feasibility Study and Linkage Program The City shall conduct a feasibility study to explore local funding options to support affordable housing projects and programs. Examples of options to pursue include vacancy tax, housing transfer tax, sales tax, transient occupancy tax, linkage fees, impact fees, inclusionary housing in-lieu fees, and housing investment or trust funds. In addition, the City shall analyze thresholds of significance, standards, and criteria for a linkage program, which would connect new development to the housing demand that it creates. The City shall consider a linkage program ordinance that would require development to mitigate housing impacts. Revenues collected for the ordinance shall be placed in a housing fund to provide housing and associated childcare for the South Lake Tahoe workforce. Based on the results and recommendations from the study, the City will choose one or more implementation measures which may include one of the following options below:1) Developers build affordable workforce housing units.2) Developers contribute land for the production of affordable and/or workforce housing.3) Developers pay an in-lieu fee into the housing fund to help finance the production of affordable and/or workforce housing.4) The City will consider offering incentives to developers participating in the program. 11/21/2023 6th Cycle Completed
Consultant began contract in Spring 2022, study was completed in January 2023. Funding study was presented at January 24, 2023 Council meeting to discuss the various funding types to fund housing development, preservation, and programs and provide direction for which funding sources to further study. On November 21, 2023, the Inclusionary Housing Ordinance was implemented.

Other
Funding Feasibility Study: https://legistarwebproduction.s3.amazonaws.com/uploads/attachment/pdf/1748850/SouthLakeTahoe_LocalHousingFundingFeasibilityStudy_01-13-2023.pdf; Inclusionary Housing Ordinance: https://www.codepublishing.com/CA/SouthLakeTahoe/html/SouthLakeTahoe06/SouthLakeTahoe0627.html#6.27 Program 2-12 InterAgency Housing Program Coordination
The City shall work with housing providers, managers, and non-profits to build capacity to administer and monitor affordable housing programs. These efforts should include:• Identify the primary management organization or person that would lead administration of programs. Identifying funding to support this work. • Consider contracting with additional organizations to provide housing services and information for special-needs groups within the City.• Meet with organizations to identify sites for affordable housing and provide technical assistance, when requested, in identifying funding to subsidize units.• Conduct outreach to local housing developers annually to advertise sites identified for affordable housing. 6/30/2027 6th Cycle In Progress
City staff have been providing support to Related California and John Stewart Company to asisst with the lease up of affordable housing property, Sugar Pine Village. In 2025, City staff assisted with the lease up of 60 new units. In 2025, the City also provided $40,000 grants respectively to Vista Rise Collective and Tahoe Coalition for the Homeless, two local nonprofits providing services to domestic violence survivors and the local homeless population.

Households 60
Program 2-13 Streamline Affordable Housing
The City has updated its zoning regulations to comply with Senate Bill 35 to streamline affordable housing development.

The City will continue to implement and advertise streamlined ministerial review for housing projects in compliance with objective development and design standards. 6/30/2027 6th Cycle Continuous
Through Housing Element Policy 4-4, the City provides priority permitting for special needs housing for seniors, disabilities, and homeless populations. In 2025, this policy was applied for permitting for the Bear's Den, a 22 unit permanent supportive housing facility for the homeless.

Units 22
Program 2-14 Tax Credit Allocation Map Process
The City shall participate in state processes to provide input on the TCAC Opportunity Areas mapping with the goal of improving the mapping accuracy in identifying low, moderate and high opportunity areas. 3/31/1935 7th Cycle Not Yet Started Not yet started. Other Program 2-15 Rental Assistance Program
The City shall seek funding to establish a rental assistance program. The rental assistance program would provide financial assistance for initial rental deposits for lower-income households in South Lake Tahoe. Renters in the program would gradually repay the deposit to the City in installments as part of a pre-established payment plan. 6/30/2027 6th Cycle Continuous
In July 2024, the City launched and implemented the Rental Assistance Program, an interest-free security deposit loan for city residents at 80% AMI or lower. This program also supports application fees as a grant to residents at the same income level. In 2025, the Rental Assistance Program provided interest free security deposits to 39 households consisting of 87 individuals, and 23 rental application fee grants.

Persons 87 Rental Assistance Program: https://www.cityofslt.gov/2379/Rental-Assistance-Program- RAP Program 3-1 Rehabilitation Loan
Program Administration Partnering
The City shall develop a housing rehabilitation program to serve city residents in order to incentivize improved housing conditions, harden homes against wildfire threats, and make energy efficiency upgrades while maintaining affordability and reducing displacement risk against substandard housing conditions. Within 3 months of developing the program, the City will provide printed informational flyers in City buildings and post information on the City’s website for all residents to access. The City will also prioritize marketing of this program in areas of concentrated rehabilitation need, such as the Tahoe Sierra neighborhood, and areas of concentrated poverty, such as the area east of Ski Run Boulevard by making flyers available in community gathering spots such as libraries or grocery stores at least annually. 3/31/1935 7th Cycle Not Yet Started
City staff participated in the 2025 Enterprise California Public Sector Preservation Academy Cohort to build capacity for preservation and rehabilitation of affordable, multifamily dwelling properties. The City continues to look for funding for this type of program.

Meetings 6
Program 3-2 MultipleFamily Dwelling and Single-Room Occupancy Inspection and Maintenance Program Continue the Multiple-Family Dwelling Inspection and Maintenance Program on multifamily projects of six units or more (or smaller projects if approved by City Council) and single-room occupancy (SRO) units in hotels and motels to identify substandard housing stock and to provide for the rehabilitation of housing that does not meet minimum building, housing, and property maintenance code standards, and site maintenance standards as well as citywide design standards, or is not safe to occupy, and further, to preserve and enhance the quality of life for residents of the city living in multifamily dwelling units. The City continues to successfully conduct inspections each year on all housing units that are subject to these program requirements. Units inspected under this program are distributed geographically in all areas of the city. 6/30/2027 6th Cycle Continuous
These two programs continue with inspections almost daily for proprerties that require more extensive oversight, however the program has been successful at facilitating more properties achieving exceptional certification status. In 2025, City staff conducted 193 site visits to multi-family properties and certified 1,337 units as exceptional.

Units 1337
501
Program 3-3 Mobile Home
Parks Ordinances
The City shall modify the mobile home parks ordinances to: - Address conversion of mobile home parks to other uses (quantifying what constitutes a change of use, the definition of “cessation,” such as all or part of a park, immediately or gradually when relocation payment is required, etc.).- Require mitigation of housing loss associated with mobile home park conversions and/or demolitions. 3/31/1935 7th Cycle Not Yet Started Not started yet. Other Program 3-4 Preservation and Acquisition of At-Risk Properties The City shall continue to provide technical and financial assistance to the St. Joseph Community Land Trust and other nonprofit housing organizations that might be interested in, and have the capacity to, step in to acquire and rehabilitate any of the assisted or substandard properties to maintain, or create, long-term, affordable rental housing. The City may consider adopting a policy that prioritizes local residents for housing rehabilitation services. The City will monitor the list of all dwellings in the city that are subsidized by government funding or low-income housing developed through local regulations or incentives. The list will include, at least, the number of units, the type of government program, and the date on which the units are at risk to convert to market rate. The City did not identify any units at risk of converting to market rate within 10 years of the beginning of the sixth-round Housing Element planning period. The City has over 300 subsidized units, and the City will work to reduce the potential conversion of any units to market rate through the actions identified in the Housing Element.If a development is offered for sale, HCD must certify persons or entities that are eligible to purchase the development and to receive notice of the pending sale. Placement on the eligibility list will be based on experience with affordable housing.When necessary, the City shall continue to work with property owners of deed-restricted affordable units who need to sell within 45 years of initial sale. When the seller is unable to sell to an eligible buyer within a specified time period, equitysharing provisions are established (pursuant to the affordable housing agreement for the property), whereby the difference between the affordable and market values is paid to the City to eliminate any incentive to sell the converted unit at market rate. See Housing Element for full details. 3/31/2026 6th Cycle In Progress
City staff have provided close to $1,700,000 in CDBG funding to the Tahoe Coalition for the Homeless to do rehabilitation on one of the three Project Homekey properties they acquired. This process is still underway for the 22 units.The City also awarded Tahoe Coalition for the Homeless an additional $120,000 in Prohousing Incentive Program funds for rehabilitation of all three Homekey properties.

Other
Program 3-5 Preservation of Housing Conditions
Continue to enforce City building, fire, health, and zoning codes to remedy existing properties that are experiencing deterioration or are in need of fire resiliency protection or energy efficiency upgrades, and improve the condition of existing housing stock in coordination with rehabilitation and other infrastructure improvement programs. In order to reduce displacement risk resulting from substandard housing conditions, the City will provide information on rehabilitation assistance programs to eligible households found in violation of City codes particularly in lower resource areas of the city. 6/30/2027 6th Cycle Continuous
The City continues enforcement of code and zoning requirements through building permits, planning permits, response to code violations, multi-family inspection program and single-room occupancy programs. The City also operates a Housing Hotline (English and Spanish) to receive complaints about substandard housing conditions and conduct follow up investigation and compliance. In 2025, the Housing Hotline received 38 substandard housing complaints resulting in 19 enforcement actions.

Households 38
Program 3-6 Replacement of Lost Units from Residential Demolitions In accordance with California Government Code Section 65583.2(g), the City will require replacement housing units subject to the requirements of California Government Code Section 65915(c)(3) on sites identified in the sites inventory when any new development (residential, mixed-use, or nonresidential) occurs on a site that has been occupied by or restricted for the use of lower-income households at any time during the previous five years. This requirement applies to:- Non-vacant sites- Vacant sites with previous residential uses that have been vacated or demolished 6/30/2027 6th Cycle Continuous In 2025, there were 9 tear down and rebuilds of residences and one residential unit lost that was a nonconforming duplex converted to a single family dwelling. Units 9 Program 3-7 Monitoring Impacts of Vacation Home Rentals on Long-Term Rental Supply South Lake Tahoe voters approved Measure T in late 2018 to prohibit vacation home rentals in many areas of the city where they were previously allowed. Full implementation of Measure T began in 2021 when all existing vacation home rental permits in residential areas expired. The City shall continue enforcement of Measure T regulations and will monitor the effects of limiting vacation home rentals during the course of the Housing Element planning period as the impacts unfold after 2021. The City will report to the City Council on any identifiable impacts to the supply and cost of long-term rental housing by the end of 2023.
6/30/2027 6th Cycle Continuous On March 13, 2025, Measure T was overturned. A new VHR ordinance, Ordinance 2025-1200, was passed by City Council on June 17, 2025. Other 1 Vacation Home Rental Ordinance 2025-1200: https://www.cityofslt.gov/DocumentCenter/View/23379/Ordinance-2025-1200-VHR- Amendments---signed?bidId= Program 3-8 Multi-Family Acquisition and Rehabilitation Program The City will partner with organizations, employers, and non-profits to establish a multi-family acquisition and rehabilitation program to increase quality of housing for low income residents and ensure long term affordability. The City will encourage acquisition of multi-family housing in areas of concentrated affluence and outside of areas with concentrations of existing affordable housing to promote housing mobility and affordability in high income neighborhoods. The City will also target acquisitions to increase housing options for lower-income households and reduce overcrowding in existing housing units. 6/30/2027 6th Cycle Not Yet Started
City staff participated in the 2025 Enterprise California Public Sector Preservation Academy Cohort to build capacity for preservation and rehabilitation of affordable, multifamily dwelling properties.

Meetings 6
Program 3-9 Landlord/Tenant Matching Program
Continue the program to incentivize long term rental of second homes and spare rooms to promote the availability of low and moderate income rental housing for existing employees in the city. The City has been conducting a multi-faceted marketing campaign through press releases, internet-based outreach, media outreach/interviews, direct mailing to property owners and with advertisements published in the local paper of general circulation. The City will conduct specific outreach and marketing to owners of existing large housing units to participate in the rental incentive program in order to expand housing opportunities for larger renter households. The City will seek acquisition of housing in areas of concentrated affluence and outside of areas with concentrations of existing affordable housing to promote housing mobility and affordability in high income neighborhoods. 6/30/2027 6th Cycle Continuous
During 2025, the City phased out their partnership with Landing Locals (rebranded as Placemates) to administer the Lease to Locals program within the City’s Housing Division, renamed as the Long-Term Rental Incentive Program. This program offers grants to qualifying South Lake Tahoe property owners when they rent their homes longterm to local residents. The goal of the program is to provide an incentive for second homeowners to lease long-term rather than rent short-term or leave homes vacant and increase rental housing stock. The program was expanded in Summer 2022, in Fall 2023, in Fall 2024, in early 2025, and brought in-house in Fall 2025. In 2025, 22 people were housed through this program, and a total 149 people housed across all years combined.

Persons 22 Long Term Rental Incentive Program: https://www.cityofslt.gov/2523/Long-Term-Rental- Incentive-Program-LTR Program 3-10 Mobile Home Park Preservation
The City shall promote the longevity and quality of life at existing and new mobile home parks by:- Codifying regulations for mobile home park conversions.- Evaluating TRPA’s restrictions on the reuse of any residential units of use that originate from a mobile home park, and considering their reuse for workforce housing.- Reviewing City regulations for new and enlarged mobile home parks to consider adding design, fencing, and amenity requirements and requiring an affordability assessment.- Conducting an inventory of mobile home parks to identify those that are most desirable or feasible for long-term preservation.- Work with HCD Mobilehome and Special Occupancy Parks Program to gather and maintain data on resident complaints, inspections and code violations.- Targeting mobile home parks for park-wide infrastructure improvements or select coach rehabilitation or replacement. 3/31/1935 7th Cycle Not Yet Started Not started yet. Other 502
Program 4-1 Reasonable
Accommodation and Land Coverage
The City shall complete the process of reviewing and amending its Code to provide individuals, family members, caregivers, and/or anyone acting on behalf of the person with disabilities reasonable accommodation in rules, policies, practices, and procedures that may be necessary to ensure equal access to housing as feasible in coordination with TRPA. This will be added to the City’s workplan to coordinate with TRPA. This procedure will include, but will not be limited to, the existing City procedure to grant exception for carport structures for persons with disabilities and other uncodified City process for reasonable accommodation. This procedure will be a ministerial process subject to approval by the Director of Development Services. The City shall also continue to work with TRPA to facilitate reasonable accommodation requests within the framework of the Regional Plan to address any needs for accommodation by persons with disabilities for additional land coverage for necessary site improvements beyond the additional land coverage allowances for Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) improvements in Chapter 30 of the TRPA Code of Ordinances.
11/30/2023 6th Cycle Continuous
The City has provided correspondence to TRPA outlining City Housing Element priorities for regional regulatory amendments. TRPA amended their coverage standards for Facilities for Public Safety and Access of the Disabled.Receiving parcels with legally existing development and insufficient available or banked coverage may transfer in land coverage for the addition of facilities for access of disabled persons for compliance with the ADA and other public safety requirements. The City also grants exemptions for carport structures for persons with disabilities.

Other Carport Exemption- Section 6.85.030.A.2.j: https://ecode360.com/47757677#47757690 Program 4-2 Employee Housing Act Compliance
To comply with the State Employee Housing Act (Health and Safety Code Sections 17021.5, 17021.6, and 17021.8), the City will continue working with TRPA on definitions in their regulations and amend the City’s zoning code to treat employee housing that serves six or fewer persons as a single-family structure and permitted in the same manner as other single-family structures of the same type in the same zone (Section 17021.5). This will be added to the City’s workplan to coordinate with TRPA. The City is in compliance with the rest of the Employee Housing Act (Sections 17021.6 and 17021.8) as there are no agricultural zones or uses in the City. 12/18/2024 6th Cycle Completed The City adopted these amendments through updates to of the two exisitng Area Plans and is currently adopting a new Area Plan. Other Tahoe Valley Area Plan: https://www.cityofslt.gov/DocumentCenter/View/22231/TahoeValleyAreaPlan_Amended2024?bidId= Tourist Core Area Plan: https://www.cityofslt.gov/DocumentCenter/View/22982/TCAP_AmendedDec2024?bidId= Program 4-2 Employee Housing Act Compliance
To comply with the State Employee Housing Act (Health and Safety Code Sections 17021.5, 17021.6, and 17021.8), the City will continue working with TRPA on definitions in their regulations and amend the City’s zoning code to treat employee housing that serves six or fewer persons as a single-family structure and permitted in the same manner as other single-family structures of the same type in the same zone (Section 17021.5). This will be added to the City’s workplan to coordinate with TRPA. The City is in compliance with the rest of the Employee Housing Act (Sections 17021.6 and 17021.8) as there are no agricultural zones or uses in the City. 12/10/2024 6th Cycle Completed
City Council passed Ordinance 2024-1191 directing employers to post signage in employee housing notifying tenants to contact the City for substandard housing issues which are then reported to HCD.

Other Ordinance 2024-1191: https://portal.laserfiche.com/Portal/DocView.aspx?id=64471&repo=r-fc957f45 Program 4-3 SpecialNeeds Housing
Continue to work with housing providers to ensure that special housing needs are addressed for seniors, large families, female-headed households, single-parent households with children, persons with disabilities and developmental disabilities, those with extremely low incomes, and homeless individuals and families. The City will seek to meet these special housing needs through a combination of incentives, zoning standards, new housing construction programs, and supportive services programs. The City will conduct outreach to affordable housing developers and service providers annually to identify and pursue development opportunities, in tandem with developer outreach conducted as part of Program 1-4. Program 1-5 contains additional incentives the City plans to implement. The City may also seek funding under the federal 202 Senior Housing Program-Supporting Housing for the Elderly, California Child Care Facilities Finance Program, California Homebuyer’s Downpayment Assistance Program, and other state and federal programs designated specifically for special-needs groups such as seniors, extremely low-income households, persons with physical and developmental disabilities, and persons at risk for homelessness as determined by the needs in the community.The City shall continue to hold discussions with surrounding jurisdictions to determine how to address the needs of homeless residents and identify potential sites and funding sources for an emergency shelter. The City shall also meet with at least one organization that provides services to persons with developmental disabilities and/or the Alta California Regional Center by June 2023 to identify specific strategies to address displacement risk and homeless services specifically for persons with developmental disabilities. 3/31/2026 6th Cycle In Progress
The City continues to work with Tahoe Coalition for the Homeless on the rehabilitation of the Bear's Den motel, a Project Homekey property. The City provided $490,000 in CDBG to assist with rehabilitation costs for 22 units of permanent supportive housing. The City was awarded an additional $1,200,000 in CDBG funds for this project. In addition, a City staff member was elected to the CoC Board to further understanding and opportunities to ensure housing needs are met for special-needs populations.

Units
Program 4-4 Childcare and Intergenerational Facilities
Consider establishing a program to address the following housing needs in the city:- Affordable housing developments that include on-site childcare.- Promoting intergenerational facilitiesAfter studying these options, determine whether a program will be established and establish and publicize program if initiated. 3/31/1935 7th Cycle Not Yet Started Sugar Pine Village was permitted to include a community building that provides affordable childcare pending funding. Other Program 4-5 Definition of Family Update the definition of “family” in the City’s zoning regulations to be compliant with State law. 12/18/2024 6th Cycle Completed The City adopted these amendments through updates to the two exisitng Area Plans and is currently adopting a new Area Plan. Other Tahoe Valley Area Plan: https://www.cityofslt.gov/DocumentCenter/View/22231/TahoeValleyAreaPlan_Amended2024?bidId= Tourist Core Area Plan: https://www.cityofslt.gov/DocumentCenter/View/22982/TCAP_AmendedDec2024?bidId= Program 5-1 Fair Housing
To comply with AB 686, the City will implement serveral actions (see Housing Element for full program details), such as:- Implement the previously identified programs to affirmatively further fair housing- Continue to use the City’s Housing website to distribute information on fair housing information and available services, updating annually, or as needed.- As fair housing complaints are received at the City, refer cases to the appropriate fair housing agency or address through inspections, as appropriate.- Continue the Housing Issues Hotline service to assist residents with substandard housing and fair housing concerns.- Ensure that projects needed to develop infrastructure improvements to support housing and residents without vehicles will continue to be included in the City's Capital Improvement Plan.- Determine what, if any, outside factors impede student performance that can be alleviated, such as stable housing opportunities, childcare opportunities for working parents, access to before- and after-school resources and events, and more.- Send mailers or virtual information to landlords and property managers about the Housing Choice Voucher (Section 8) program and avoiding discriminatory practices based on income or other protected classes.- Conduct targeted outreach to underrepresented and underserved groups by recruiting them to participate in the planning process and apply to committees by, at least annually, coordinating with service providers, sending recruitment information to community groups or organizations, and posting information in public locations such as grocery stores.- Maintain information on organizations and programs that are available to landowners to assist them in meeting defensible space goals and taking other steps that may decrease flood and fire insurance rates to reduce disaster displacement risk. 6/30/2027 6th Cycle Continuous
The Housing Hotline received 935 calls in 2025. Housing staff responded to 38 filed substandard housing complaints and refered civil issues to Legal Services of Northern California. City staff has also met with various stakeholder groups, including Lake Tahoe Collaborative with close to 25 local nonprofits and public entities to hear more about resident needs and provide updates on City housing programs. Two city housing staff provide bilingual services (Spanish/English) to support current housing programs and are working on providing documents in multiple languages. The City Attorney's office sent a letter to a property owner regarding Fair Housing violations for illegal eviction for retailation against a tenant.

Other 935 Housing Issue Hotline: https://www.cityofslt.gov/574/Housing-Issue-Hotline, Fair Housing Rights: https://www.cityofslt.gov/1056/Community-Resources 503
Program 5-2 Transit
Accessibility
Meet with the Tahoe Transportation District by December 2022, and biannually thereafter, to assess if any new unmet transit needs have developed and, if so, will provide technical assistance in applying for state and federal funding for expansions and will assist in identifying at least two funding sources annually that could be used fund expansions. 6/30/2027 6th Cycle Continuous
The City has continuously met with the Tahoe Transportation District and the South Shore Transportation Management Association to discuss transit service needs in the City. The City also conducted an analysis of the existing transit services and has implemented an on demand microtransit service, Lake Link, to further meet needs.

Meetings 19 Lake Link: https://ss-tma.org/lake-link/
Program 6-1 Green Building Incentive Program
The City shall continue to implement its green building incentive program that rewards developers for building green projects. The City shall also evaluate opportunities to provide additional incentives for green building projects. 6/30/2027 6th Cycle Continuous This program is currently active; however, the City has not received much interest in the program. The program will be updated with the area plan amendments that the City is currently pursuing.

Other
Program 6-2 Energy Regulations
The City shall continue to require applicants for building permits to demonstrate compliance with the state energy conservation requirements at the time building plans are submitted. The City will also explore potential “Reach” codes that include energy efficiency measures beyond state requirements for new construction. In addition, the City will continue to implement appropriate Climate Action Plan strategies as they relate to housing. 6/30/2027 6th Cycle Continuous City housing staff is working with the City Sustainability Coordinator to complete a solar project associated with Affordable Housing and Sustainable Communities grant. Other Program 6-3 Energy Conservation Assistance for Low-Income Households The City shall consider including weatherization and energy conservation as eligible activities should housing rehabilitation efforts resume. 3/31/1935 7th Cycle Not Yet Started Not started yet. Other Program 6-4 Energy Conservation
The City will provide information and refer eligible property owners to other programs offered by Liberty Utilities and nonprofit organizations and will refer interested individuals to energy rebate and conservation assistance programs offered by others and maintain information on these programs at City Hall. 6/30/2027 6th Cycle Continuous
The City has updated it's Housing website to include programs offered by Liberty Utilities including California Rates for Alternative Energy, Medical Baseline Allowance, Energy Savings Assistance, Low Income Energy Assistance, and Home Energy Assistance Programs.

Other 1 https://www.cityofslt.gov/1056/Community-Resources Program 7-1 Maintaining Neighborhood Character
The City shall work with project proponents and community special interest groups to integrate affordable and workforce housing into existing neighborhoods—including smaller duplexes, triplexes, and accessory dwelling units—while addressing local concerns and maintaining the character and environmental quality of the surrounding area. The City will also work with TRPA to implement these objectives within the framework of the Regional Plan. 6/30/2027 6th Cycle In Progress
The City is working on new construction projects, ADU development (6 meetings) and the Long-Term Rental Incentive Program in order to integrate affordable and workforce housing into existing neighborhoods. The City also continues to participate in the TRPA Tahoe Living Working Group (4 meetings in 2025) and actively provides input on recommended Code amendments to integrate affordable housing and workforce housing in existing neighborhoods.

Other 10
504
Jurisdiction South Lake Tahoe ANNUAL ELEMENT PROGRESS REPORT Reporting Period 2025 (Jan. 1 - Dec. 31) Housing Element ImplementationPlanning Period 6th Cycle 06/30/2022 - 06/30/2027 Description of
Commercial
Development Bonus
Commercial Development Bonus
Date Approved
34 APN Street Address Project Name+
Local
Jurisdiction
Tracking ID+
Very Low
Income
Low
Income
Moderate
Income
Above Moderate
Income
Description of
Commercial
Development Bonus
Commercial Development Bonus
Date Approved
Summary Row: Start Data Entry Below
Units Constructed as Part of Agreement
Commercial Development Bonus Approved pursuant to GC Section 65915.7 Table E
Note: "+" indicates an optional field
Project Identifier
1 2
Cells in grey contain auto-calculation formulas
(CCR Title 25 §6202)
Annual Progress Report January 2020
505
Jurisdiction South Lake Tahoe ANNUAL ELEMENT PROGRESS REPORT Note: "+" indicates an optional field Reporting Period 2025 (Jan. 1 - Dec. 31) Housing Element Implementation Cells in grey contain auto-calculation formulasPlanning Period 6th Cycle 06/30/2022 - 06/30/2027 The description should adequately document how each unit complies with subsection (c) of Government Code Section 65583.1+.

For detailed reporting requirements, see the chcklist here:

Extremely LowIncome+ Very Low- Income+ Low-Income+ TOTAL UNITS+ Extremely Low- Income+ Very Low- Income+ Low-Income+ TOTAL UNITS+ https://www.hcd.ca.gov/community- development/docs/adequate-sites-checklist.pdf Rehabilitation ActivityPreservation of Units At-RiskAcquisition of UnitsMobilehome Park PreservationTotal Units by Income Table F
Please note this table is optional: The jurisdiction can use this table to report units that have been substantially rehabilitated, converted from non-affordable to affordable by acquisition, and preserved, including mobilehome park preservation, consistent with the standards set forth in Government Code section 65583.1, subdivision (c). Please note, motel, hotel, hostel rooms or other structures that are converted from non-residential to residential units pursuant to Government Code section 65583.1(c)(1)(D) are considered net-new housing units and must be reported in Table A2 and not reported in Table F.

Activity Type
Units that Do Not Count Towards RHNA+
Listed for Informational Purposes Only
Units that Count Towards RHNA +
Note - Because the statutory requirements severely limit what can be counted, please contact HCD at [email protected] and we will unlock the form which enable you to populate these fields.

Units Rehabilitated, Preserved and Acquired for Alternative Adequate Sites pursuant to Government Code section 65583.1(c) Annual Progress Report January 2020
506
Jurisdiction
South Lake
Tahoe ANNUAL ELEMENT PROGRESS REPORT
Note: "+" indicates an optional field
Reporting Period 2025 (Jan. 1 - Dec. 31) Housing Element Implementation Cells in grey contain auto-calculation formulasPlanning Period 6th Cycle 06/30/2022 - 06/30/2027 Notes
23 6
Prior APN+ Current APN Street Address Project Name+
Local
Jurisdiction
Tracking ID
Unit
Category
(2 to 4,5+)
Tenure
R=Renter
Very LowIncome Deed
Restricted
Very LowIncome
Non Deed
Restricted
Low- Income Deed
Restricted
Low- Income
Non Deed
Restricted
ModerateIncome Deed
Restricted
ModerateIncome Non
Deed
Restricted
Above
ModerateIncome
Total Moderate Income
Units Converted from
Above Moderate
Date
Converted Notes
Summary Row: Start Data Entry Below 00 0 0 0 0 0 0
Table F2
Above Moderate Income Units Converted to Moderate Income Pursuant to Government Code section 65400.2 For up to 25 percent of a jurisdiction’s moderate-income regional housing need allocation, the planning agency may include the number of units in an existing multifamily building that were converted to deed-restricted rental housing for moderate-income households by the imposition of affordability covenants and restrictions for the unit. Before adding information to this table, please ensure housing developments meet the requirements described in Government Code 65400.2(b). 5 Project Identifier Unit Types
1 4
Affordability by Household Incomes After Conversion Units credited toward Moderate Income RHNA 507
Jurisdiction South Lake Tahoe
Reporting Period 2025 (Jan. 1 - Dec. 31)Period 6th Cycle 06/30/2022 - 06/30/2027 ANNUAL ELEMENT PROGRESS REPORT Housing Element Implementation
23 4
APN Street Address Project Name+
Local
Jurisdiction
Tracking ID+
Realistic
Capacity
Identified in the
Housing
Element
Entity to whom the site transferred Intended Use for Site 291-700-010-000 3900 LAKE TAHOE BLVD 3900 & 3908 MULTI-FAMILY AFFORDABLE HOUSING PROJECT 24-173 25 NDC LAKE TAHOE LP (DEADLINE FOR BUYER TO CLOSE ESCROW 1/18/2027) AFFORDABLE HOUSING / MIXED-USE029-170-002-000 3908 LAKE TAHOE BLVD 3900 & 3908 MULTI-FAMILY AFFORDABLE HOUSING PROJECT 24-173 25 NDC LAKE TAHOE LP (DEADLINE FOR BUYER TO CLOSE ESCROW 1/18/2027) AFFORDABLE HOUSING / MIXED-USE 1 Summary Row: Start Data Entry Below
Note: "+" indicates an optional fieldCells in grey contain auto-calculation formulas Table G
Locally Owned Lands Included in the Housing Element Sites Inventory that have been sold, leased, or otherwise disposed of Project Identifier
NOTE: This table must only be filled out if the housing element sites inventory contains a site which is or was owned by the reporting jurisdiction, and has been sold, leased, or otherwise disposed of during the reporting year. 508
Jurisdiction South Lake Tahoe Note: "+" indicates an optional field Reporting Period 2025
(Jan. 1 - Dec.
31) Cells in grey contain auto-calculation formulas
Designation Size Notes
1 2 34 5 6 7
APN Street Address/Intersection Existing Use Number of Units Surplus Designation Parcel Size (in acres) Notes 025-061-039-000 SEGMENT OF MARTIN AVE AND A SMALL SLIVER SOUTH OF MARIE AVE BRIDGE UPSTREAM ALONG TROUT CREEK Vacant Exempt Surplus Land 1.26 EXCHANGE FOR STATE AGENCY CONSERVATION USE025-061-037-000 MARTIN AVE - 1ST "PARCEL" UPSTREAM OF ROADWAY Vacant Exempt Surplus Land 21.53 EXCHANGE FOR STATE AGENCY CONSERVATION USE025-081-013-000 MID-SECTION WITH CONFLUENCE OF TROUT AND COLD CREEK Vacant Exempt Surplus Land 57.07 EXCHANGE FOR STATE AGENCY CONSERVATION USE080-010-013-000 OUTSIDE CITY LIMITS & BORDERS PIONEER TRL Vacant Exempt Surplus Land 20.82 EXCHANGE FOR STATE AGENCY CONSERVATION USE025-091-012-000 COLD CREEK SECTION WITH LAKE CHRISTOPHER Vacant Exempt Surplus Land 22.27 EXCHANGE FOR STATE AGENCY CONSERVATION USE080-020-008-000 COLD CREEK SECTION ABOVE PIONEER TRL Vacant Exempt Surplus Land 54.836 EXCHANGE FOR STATE AGENCY CONSERVATION USE023-685-001-000 2180 WASHINGTON AVE Vacant Surplus Land 0.22031-030-020-000 948 LINK RD Vacant Exempt Surplus Land 1.22 EXCHANGE FOR STATE AGENCY CONSERVATION USE031-030-039-000 LINK RD Vacant Exempt Surplus Land 2.23 EXCHANGE FOR STATE AGENCY CONSERVATION USE031-030-024-000 LINK RD Vacant Exempt Surplus Land 0.08 LESS THAN 5,000 SF029-170-001-000 3900 LAKE TAHOE BLVD Vacant Exempt Surplus Land 0.34 PLANNING ENTITLEMENTS APPROVED ON 5/13/2025 (#24-173)029-170-002-000 3908 LAKE TAHOE BLVD Vacant Exempt Surplus Land 0.82 PLANNING ENTITLEMENTS APPROVED ON 5/13/2025 (#24-173)032-311-008-000 1180 JULIE LN Vacant Exempt Surplus Land 0.59 EXCHANGE FOR OTHER PUBLIC AGENCY USE032-314-012-000 1160 INDUSTRIAL AVENUE Vacant Exempt Surplus Land 1.57 EXCHANGE FOR OTHER PUBLIC AGENCY USE NOTE: This table must contain an inventory of ALL surplus/excess lands the reporting jurisdiction owns Summary Row: Start Data Entry Below
Parcel Identifier

ANNUAL ELEMENT PROGRESS REPORT
Housing Element Implementation
Table H
Locally Owned Surplus Sites
509
Jurisdiction South Lake Tahoe ANNUAL ELEMENT PROGRESS REPORT Reporting Period 2025 (Jan. 1 - Dec. 31) Housing Element ImplementationPlanning Period 6th Cycle 06/30/2022 - 06/30/2027 Project Type Date
Units
(Beds/Student
Capacity) Granted
Notes
23 5 6
APN Street Address Project Name+
Local
Jurisdiction
Tracking ID+
Unit Category
(SH - Student
Housing)
Date
Very LowIncome Deed
Restricted
Very LowIncome Non
Deed
Restricted
Low- Income
Deed
Restricted
Low- Income
Non Deed
Restricted
ModerateIncome Deed
Restricted
ModerateIncome Non
Deed
Restricted
Above
ModerateIncome
Total Additional
Beds Created Due
to Density Bonus
Notes
Summary Row: Start Data Entry Below
Note: "+" indicates an optional field
Cells in grey contain auto-calculation formulas
Table J
Student housing development for lower income students for which was granted a density bonus pursuant to subparagraph (F) of paragraph (1) of subdivision (b) of Section 65915 Project Identifier Units (Beds/Student Capacity) Approved 1 4
NOTE: STUDENT HOUSING WITH DENSITY BONUS
ONLY. This table only needs to be completed if there
were student housing projects WITH a density bonus
approved pursuant to Government Code65915(b)(1)(F)
510
Annual Progress Report January 2020
Jurisdiction South Lake Tahoe ANNUAL ELEMENT PROGRESS REPORT Reporting Period 2025 (Jan. 1 - Dec. 31)Planning Period 6th Cycle 06/30/2022 - 06/30/2027 Yes Does the Jurisdiction have a local tenant preference policy? If the jurisdiction has a local tenant preference policy, provide a link to the jurisdiction's webpage containing authorizing local ordinance and supporting materials.

Notes
Table K
Tenant Preference Policy
Local governments are required to inform HCD about any local tenant preference ordinance the local government maintains when the jurisdiction submits their annual progress report on housing approvals and production, per Government Code 7061 (SB 649, 2022, Cortese). Effective January 1, 2023, local governments adopting a tenant preference are required to create a webpage on their internet website containing authorizing local ordinance and supporting materials, no more than 90 days after the ordinance becomes operational. https://www.cityofslt.gov/2469/Local-Tenant-Preference-PolicyAdopted January 28, 2025 per Resolution 2025-006 511
Jurisdiction South Lake Tahoe Note: "+" indicates an optional field Reporting Period 2025
(Jan. 1 - Dec.
31) Cells in grey contain auto-calculation formulas
Size Notes
3 4
APN Street Address/Intersection Date of Designation Designation Level Historic Site Period Areas of Significance Parcel Size (in acres) Notes Summary Row:
026-243-015 947 GOLD TIP AVE 5/12/2025 Local 1900 to Present Architecture, Community 0.25 LOCATED IN AL TAHOE-HARRISON TRACT HISTORICAL DISTRICT (TRPA-DESIGNATED HISTORIC RESOURCE) Historical Resources
Parcel Identifier
1 Designation
2 NOTE: This table needs to be completed with any sites within your jurisdiction that were newly added to a National, State, or Local register of historic places within the reporting year. If none, leave blank.

ANNUAL ELEMENT PROGRESS REPORT
Housing Element Implementation
Table L
512
Jurisdiction South Lake Tahoe
Reporting Year 2025 (Jan. 1 - Dec. 31)
Total Award Amount Total award amount is auto-populated based on amounts entered in rows 15-26.

Task $ Amount Awarded $ Cumulative Reimbursement Requested Other Funding Notes Summary of entitlements, building permits, and certificates of occupancy (auto-populated from Table A2) Current Year
Deed Restricted 0Non-Deed Restricted 0Deed Restricted 0Non-Deed Restricted 0Deed Restricted 0Non-Deed Restricted 0Deed Restricted 72Non-Deed Restricted 0Deed Restricted 0Non-Deed Restricted 0 1486
Current Year
Deed Restricted 18Non-Deed Restricted 0Deed Restricted 12Non-Deed Restricted 0Deed Restricted 30Non-Deed Restricted 0Deed Restricted 0Non-Deed Restricted 0Deed Restricted 1Non-Deed Restricted 0 3798
Current Year
Deed Restricted 9Non-Deed Restricted 0Deed Restricted 5Non-Deed Restricted 0Deed Restricted 16Non-Deed Restricted 0Deed Restricted 0Non-Deed Restricted 0Deed Restricted 0Non-Deed Restricted 0 2252
Moderate
Above Moderate
Total Units
Completed Entitlement Issued by Affordability Summary
Income Level
Very Low
Low
Moderate
Above Moderate
Total Units
Building Permits Issued by Affordability Summary
Income Level
Very Low
Low
Acutely Low
Extremely Low
Total Units
Certificate of Occupancy Issued by Affordability Summary Income Level
Very Low
Low
Moderate
Above Moderate
Acutely Low
Extremely Low
Acutely Low
Extremely Low

ANNUAL ELEMENT PROGRESS REPORT
Local Early Action Planning (LEAP) Reporting
(CCR Title 25 §6202)
Please update the status of the proposed uses listed in the entity’s application for funding and the corresponding impact on housing within the region or jurisdiction, as applicable, categorized based on the eligible uses specified in Section 50515.02 or 50515.03, as applicable. $ -
Task Status
513
Jurisdiction South Lake Tahoe
Reporting Year 2025Housing Element Planning Period 6th Cycle Current Year
Deed Restricted 0
Non-Deed Restricted 0Deed Restricted 18
Non-Deed Restricted 0
Deed Restricted 0Non-Deed Restricted 0Deed Restricted 41 Non-Deed Restricted 0
Deed Restricted 1Non-Deed Restricted 0
3898
Units by Structure Type Entitled Permitted CompletedSingle-family Attached 0 0 1Single-family Detached 0 16 252 to 4 units per structure 0 2 35+ units per structure 86 70 60Accessory Dwelling Unit 0 10 5Mobile/Manufactured Home 00 0 Total 86 98 94Infill Housing Developments and Infill Units Permitted # of Projects Units 36 95
33 51
195
24 0
00 Income Rental Ownership Total
Acutely Low 00 0
Extremely Low 00 0Very Low 00 0Low 00 0Moderate 00 0
Above Moderate 00 0
Total 0 0 0Streamlining Provisions Used - Permitted Units # of Projects UnitsSB 9 (2021) - Duplex in SF Zone 00 SB 9 (2021) - Residential Lot Split 00
AB 2011 (2022) 00
SB 6 (2022) 00SB 423 (2023) 00Ministerial and Discretionary Applications # of Units Ministerial 44 44
Discretionary 7 151
Density Bonus Applications and Units Permitted
Number of Applications Submitted Requesting a Density Bonus 0Number of Units in Applications Submitted Requesting a Density Bonus 0Number of Projects Permitted with a Density Bonus 0Number of Units in Projects Permitted with a Density Bonus 0 Housing Element Programs Implemented and Sites Rezoned Count 44 0
Cells in grey contain auto-calculation formulas
Data is auto-populated based on data entered in Tables A, A2, C, and D Total Housing Applications SubmittedNumber of Proposed Units in All Applications Received:Total Housing Units Approved:

Total Housing Units Disapproved:Total UnitsHousing Applications SummaryUse of SB 423 Streamlining Provisions - ApplicationsNumber of SB 423 Streamlining Applications Above Moderate
Indicated as InfillNot Indicated as Infill
Building Permits Issued by Affordability Summary
Income Level
Programs ImplementedSites Rezoned to Accommodate the RHNA (Jan. 1 - Dec. 31)
06/30/2022 - 06/30/2027
Units Constructed - SB 423 Streamlining Permits
Number of SB 423 Streamlining Applications Approved
Very Low
Low
Moderate
Acutely Low
Extremely Low
514
City Council
May 5, 2026
Housing Terminology, Housing Element Annual
Progress Report, and Update
515
Stuff and things
516
Workforce Housing
Not defined in Federal or State Statute
Any type of housing that is affordable for the working
class that is near their jobs & other essential services Reduces commute times & traffic congestion
The picture can't be displayed.